Nandipur 425MW CCPP Electrical Operation Manual

NANDIPUR 425MW CCPP ELECTRICAL OPERATION MANUAL
1
Preface
This manual is edited on the basis of provisions and relevant drawings from
manufacturer and design institute, only for electric system operation of Pakistan
Nandipur 425MW Combined Cycle Power Plant. With the progress of the project, the
manual will be supplemented and improved.
2
Abbreviation
Abbreviation Full Title
MCC Motor Control Center
AC Alternating Current
DC Direct Current
DCS Distributed Control System
PLC Programmable Logic Controller
LED Light Emitting Diode
LCD Liquid Crystal Display
UPS Uninterruptible Power Supply
PC Power Center
PT/VT Potential Transformer/Voltage Transformer
CT Current Transformer
MT Main Transformer
U.A.T. Unit Auxiliary Transformer
GT Gas Turbine
ST Stream Turbine
U.T. LV Unit Transformer
C.T. LV Common Transformer
F.C.T.T. LV Forcing Cooling Tower Transformer
S.T.G.U.T. LV Steam Turbine Generator Unit Transformer
F.T. LV Fuel Transformer
A.B.T. LV Administration Building Transformer
D.W.P.H. LV Deep Well Pump House Transformer
CRT Cathode-ray Tube
ECS Electrical Control System
3
Contents
Abbreviation ................................................................................................. 3
1 132kV System ............................................................................................ 1
1.1 Introduction ..................................................................................................... 1
1.2 Main Operation Mode ..................................................................................... 2
1.2.1 Standard Operation Mode ........................................................................ 2
1.2.2 Non-standard Operation Mode ................................................................ 2
1.2.3 Relative Regulations for Non-standard Operation Mode ........................ 2
1.3 Equipment Specification ................................................................................. 3
1.4 System frequency, Voltage Regulation and Management .............................. 4
1.5 132kV System Switching Operation ............................................................... 5
1.5.1 Switching Operation Principles ............................................................... 5
1.5.2 Specifications for Switching Operation ................................................... 6
1.5.3 Charging Operations ................................................................................ 7
1.5.4 Shut-off Operation of Power .................................................................. 10
1.6 The Operation, Inspection and Maintenance during Normal Operation ...... 13
1.6.1 The Regulation Inspection of 132kV Switch Yard ................................ 13
1.6.2 Switch ..................................................................................................... 14
1.6.3 Isolator and Earth Isolator ...................................................................... 15
1.6.4 PT and CT .............................................................................................. 16
1.6.5 The Inspection and Maintenance of Bus bar ......................................... 17
1.6.6 Cable ...................................................................................................... 18
1.6.7 Lightning Arrestor, Jacket Porcelain Insulator and Other Equipment .. 19
1.7 Checking and Treatment during Abnormal Operation ................................. 20
1.7.1 Switch ..................................................................................................... 20
1.7.2 Isolating Switch...................................................................................... 21
1.7.3 Voltage Transformer and Current Transformer ..................................... 22
1.7.4 Lightning Arrestor, Jacket and Porcelain Isolator ................................. 24
1.8 Accident Treatment ....................................................................................... 24
1.8.1 General Principle for Accidents Treatment ........................................... 24
1.8.2 The detailed regulation for accidents treatment ..................................... 25
1.8.3 Fault Handling........................................................................................ 27
2 Gas Turbine Generator Operation Regulation ................................... 28

4
2.1 Equipment Technical Instructions ................................................................ 28
2.1.1 Gas Turbine Generator ........................................................................... 28
2.1.2 Steam Turbine Generator ....................................................................... 29
2.1.3 Exciter .................................................................................................... 30
2.1.4 ST Excitation Transformer..................................................................... 30
2.1.5 Isolated Phase Closing Busbar ............................................................... 31
2.1.6 Generator Auxiliary Equipment ............................................................. 31
2.2 Gas Turbine Generator Operation ................................................................. 32
2.2.1 Inspections Before Gas Turbine Generator Startup ............................... 32
2.2.2 Gas Turbine Generator Synchronizing and On-load ............................. 34
2.2.3 Gas Turbine Generator Load and Power Factor Regulating ................. 36
2.2.4 The Excitation System of the Gas Turbine Generator ........................... 37
2.2.5 Gas turbine generator disconnection and shutdown .............................. 39
2.3 Gas Turbine Generator Operation Regulations ............................................ 39
2.4 The Inspection and Maintenance of the Gas Turbine Generator .................. 41
2.4.1 The Inspection of the Gas Turbine Generator........................................ 41
2.4.2 The Maintenance of The Gas Turbine Generator .................................. 42
2.5 Abnormal Operation and Emergency Handling ........................................... 43
2.5.1 Emergency Handling Principles ............................................................ 43
2.5.2 Abnormal Operation and Handling ........................................................ 43
3 Transformer Operation Regulation ...................................................... 49

3.1 Equipment Technical Regulation .................................................................. 49
3.1.1 Main Transformer .................................................................................. 49
3.1.2 UAT........................................................................................................ 50
3.1.3 Low-Voltage Auxiliary Transformer ..................................................... 50
3.2 Transformer Operational Specifications ....................................................... 52
3.3 Transformers Put In and Quit ...................................................................... 56
3.3.1 Prepare Work of Transformer Put In ..................................................... 56
3.3.2 Transformer Putting In and Quit ............................................................ 57
3.4 Normal Operation and Inspecting of Transformer ....................................... 58
3.5 The Transformer Abnormal Operation and Accident Handling ................... 61
3.5.1 Abnormal Operation Handling .............................................................. 61
3.5.2 Emergency Handling.............................................................................. 63
4 Auxiliary Power System Operation Regulation .................................. 67
5
4.1 11KV Auxiliary Power System .................................................................... 67
4.1.1 Equipment Technical Specification ....................................................... 67
4.1.2 Operating Mode ..................................................................................... 69
4.1.3 Switching Operation .............................................................................. 71
4.1.4 Emergency Handling.............................................................................. 72
4.2 400V Auxiliary Power System ..................................................................... 74
4.2.1 Operating Mode ..................................................................................... 74
4.2.2 Control and Operation ............................................................................ 75
4.3. Motor Operating Mode ................................................................................ 76
4.3.1 Normal operating mode ......................................................................... 76
4.3.2 Allowable temperature and temperature rise ......................................... 77
4.3.3 Operation, Monitoring and Maintenance of Motors .............................. 79
4.3.4 Handle Accident and Abnormality of Motor ......................................... 82
5 Operation Regulation of DC System ..................................................... 88

5.1 Gas Turbine DC System ............................................................................... 88
5.1.1 System Constituent ................................................................................ 88
5.1.2 Operation and Maintenance ................................................................... 89
5.1.3 Fault Alarm and Treatment .................................................................... 90
5.2 DC System .................................................................................................... 91
5.2.1 Summary ................................................................................................ 91
5.2.2 DC system technical specification ......................................................... 91
5.2.3 DC System Inspection and Maintenance ............................................... 93
5.2.4 Accumulator battery ............................................................................... 94
5.2.5 DC System Operation ............................................................................ 95
5.2.6. DC system abnormal handing ............................................................... 96
6 UPS System Operating Regulation ....................................................... 98

6.1 System Summarization ................................................................................. 98
6.2 Operating Mode ............................................................................................ 99
6.2.1 Normal Operating Mode ........................................................................ 99
6.2.2 DC Power Supply Mode ...................................................................... 100
6.2.3 Auto Bypass Power Supply Mode ....................................................... 100
6.2.4 Manual Bypass Operation Mode ......................................................... 101
6.3 The Inspection and Maintenance of UPS System ....................................... 101
6.3.1 The Inspection Before Putting Into Operation ..................................... 101
6.3.2 The Inspection During The Operation of UPS System........................ 102
6
6.3.3 The Periodic Maintenance of UPS System .......................................... 102
6.4 UPS Operation ............................................................................................ 102
6.4.1 First Starts up Procedure: ..................................................................... 102
6.4.2 Shut down UPS .................................................................................... 108
6.4.3 Operation Modes .................................................................................. 110
6.5 Common Troubleshooting .......................................................................... 112
7 The Safety Section Bus and The Diesel Generator Unit ................... 113
7.1 Summary ..................................................................................................... 113
7.2 The specification of diesel generator .......................................................... 113
7.3 Start/stop Diesel Generator ......................................................................... 113
7.3.1 Inspection Prior to Start-up .................................................................. 113
7.3.2 Start/stop Mode of Diesel Generator ................................................... 116
7.3.3 No-load Test of Diesel Generator Unit ................................................ 118
7.3.4 Maintenance of Diesel Generator ........................................................ 118
7.4 The Protections of Diesel Unit Set.............................................................. 119
7.4.1 The Protections of Diesel Set ............................................................... 119
7.4.2 Shutdown protection device ................................................................. 120
7.4.3 Alarm protection device ....................................................................... 120
7.5 The Fault Handling ..................................................................................... 120
7.5.1 Diesel Start-Up Failure ....................................................................... 120
7.5.2 High Temp Fault .................................................................................. 120
7.5.3 High Voltage Shutdown ...................................................................... 121
7.5.4 Low Battery Voltage Alarm................................................................. 121
7.5.5 High-Temperature Failure Alarm; ....................................................... 121
7.5.6 The Unit can not Stop .......................................................................... 122
7.5.7 No-Voltage during Unit Commissioning ............................................. 122
8 The Regulation of Relay Protection and Auto Device....................... 122

8.1 General Operation Regulation .................................................................... 122
8.2 work permit ................................................................................................. 124
8.3 Before the operation of check items. .......................................................... 125
8.4 No Power to Work ...................................................................................... 125
8.5 The Checking .............................................................................................. 125
8.6 The Content of Record ................................................................................ 126
7
8.7 The Equipment Operation Rules ................................................................. 126
8.8 The Setting Value of Auto Device and the Control Characteristic ............ 127
8
1 132kV System
1.1 Introduction
The 132kV system in Pakistan NANDIPUR 425MW combined cycle power
plant is designed as a one-and-a-half circuit breaker scheme with 3 circuit
breakers for 2 feeders.
The 132kV switchyard is equipped with seven bays; six bays are equipped
with equipment and one spare for future without equipment. It included:
Six 132 kV transmission lines;

Two 132 kV busbars;
Four 132 kV connections between the switchyard and the power station
Generator Transformers;
The 132kV capacitance voltage transformer, lightning arrester and line
wave trap of outgoing line feeder;
Incorporating electric meters are measure by kWh and kVarh at switchyard
for each 132kV transmission line. This included the line connections to the
generator transformers and the station transformer.
Network (132kV Switchyard) control room. Control type of network

(Switchyard) section: mimic control panel; Blocking against disoperation will
be realized by hard wired.
1.1.1 By the isolated phase bus duct, the outgoing feeders of generator are connected
with low voltage side of main transformers respectively and then associated
with GIS step-up substation.
1.1.2 There are two operation modes of 132kV system switch local and remote control.
Generally, in DCS using remote control mode, operate on the network control
room only inspect on the DCS. The local operation just use for inspect and
maintain the switches.
1.1.3 There are three modes of switch operation, which are remote control, local
control of electric and manual machinery. Generally, using remote operate on
the network control room and inspect on DCS control screen.
1
1.1.4 There are two operation modes of earth isolator, which are local control of
electric and manual machinery.
1.2 Main Operation Mode
1.2.1 Standard Operation Mode
1.2.1.1 132 KV I, II bus bar operation in this period and consists of #1 main
transformer, a qualification complete series, # 2 main transformer, line
composition of a complete list. # 3 main transformer, line composition of a
complete list. # 4 main transformer, line composition of a complete list.
The two strands of complete series parallel operation. # 1, 2, 3, 4 side of main
transformer of 132 kV neutral point use direct grounding operation mode. The
11 kV using neutral resistance grounding operation mode.
1.2.1.2 The project without rev for change, factory with 11 KV system is divided into
two segments. There were three high plant power supply. Norma two to run
in one group of high plant and the rest one sets as backup
1.2.2 Non-standard Operation Mode
1.2.2.1 Stop operation for any unit of bus;
1.2.2.2 Maintenance for any switch on operation unit
1.2.2.3 Maintenance for isolating switch in high voltage side of main transformer;
1.2.2.4 Shut down and maintenance for any generator;
1.2.2.5 Outage equipment of protection device must be shut down and maintained.
1.2.3 Relative Regulations for Non-standard Operation Mode
1.2.3.1 Change the operation mode because of the equipment maintenance or

emergency, means the relative protection state should change along the change
of primary equipment state.
1.2.3.2 When the generator shut down, recover the paralleling operation mode of this
series switches after open the outlet isolating switch.
1.2.3.3 When bus I or bus II side switch of the complete series are out of power, it is
not allowed to cut off the switch in the complete series, and bus I or bus II
cant power off.
1.2.3.4 When starting standby auxiliary transformer and 132kV are out of power for
maintenance, the unit and public transformers will lose reserve power supply.
2
It should ensure that 11KV safety power source is in service or quit the standby
condition under this operation mode.
1.3 Equipment Specification

SAHOWALA SIALKOT E15Q1 line BB-E1Q1 CBE1Q3
CBBB-E1Q2 CBSAHOWALA SIALKOT E16Q1 line BB-
E5Q1 CBE5Q3 CB BB-II E5Q2 CBGUJRANWALA
PASRUR ROAD (GPR-4) line BB-E5Q2CB
Switch code GUJRANWALA PASRUR ROAD (GPR-3) line BB-I E2Q1CB
E2Q3 CBBB-II E2Q2CB
AROOP(ARP-II) line BB-I E4Q1 CBE4Q3CBBB-II
E4Q2CB
AROOP(ARP-I) line BB-I E3Q1 CBE3Q3CBBB-II E3Q2CB
Switch rated Interrupting current for
2000A 31.5KA
current switch
Isolating Isolating Switch of Isolating Switch of
switches Bas bar I Bas bar II
Nominal
2000A 2000A
current
Current
Ratio range Current ratio
transformer
IMBD
IMBD type:600-1200/1A type:1200/1A
Metering CT
LB-132W2 type:400-2000/1A LB-132W2
type:2000/1A
IMBD
IMBD type:600-1200/1A type:1200/1A
Metering CT
LB-132W2 type:400-2000/1A LB-132W2
type:2000/1A
IMBD
Protection IMBD type:600-1200/1A type:1200/1A
CT LB-132W2 type:400-2000/1A LB-132W2
type:2000/1A
Mode Installation Site
Oxide
Main transformer high
lightning
Y10W5-120/295 voltage side and output
arrester
circuit
Bus code Bus
PT nominal 132kV TYD-132/ 3
Mode
voltage -0.015H
No- load
(132/ 3 / 0.11/ Current No-load
voltage 132/0.11KV
3 /0.11KV voltage ratio
ratio scope
3
Installed position 132kV bus side

PT nominal TYD-132/-0.01
132kV Mode
voltage 5H
No- load
132/ 3 /0.11/ Current No-load
voltage 132/0.11KV
3 /0.11KV voltage ratio
ratio scope
Installed position # 1 - # 4 main transformer high voltage side
1.4 System frequency, Voltage Regulation and Management
1.4.1 132kV system voltage is controlled and adjusted according to the voltage curve
provided by Pakistan dispatching station, which shall be kept in the range of
voltage curve.
1.4.2 When 132kV system operation voltage exceeds the allowable range, on the
condition that the voltage of generator terminal and the stator current do not
exceed the limit or the power factor does not exceed the system stable limitation,
can regulate the reactive output of the generator. If the voltage cant be regulated
or there is difficulty of regulation, should report to the dispatching station
immediately, apply for the system regulation and then do the record well.
1.4.3 Standard frequency of 132kV system is 50Hz. The frequency deviation cannot
exceed 500.2Hz. System frequency should be kept less than 500.1Hz under
the normal condition. When the frequency exceeds 500.2 Hz, shift engineer
should regulate the unit output according to the dispatch command. When the
frequency exceeds 500.5 Hz, should regulate the unit output initiatively.
1.4.4 Each shift of people on duty will monitor the status of 132KV switchyard at
regular time through DCS operator station monitor screen for finding the
abnormal condition in time.
Permit to work (PTW) shall be taken by the switch yard engineer (Electrical
engineer) or SDO NTDC and to ensure the isolation of line circuit where he has
to work and operator should isolate the isolator and earth the equipment. After
assurance of job completion, PTW may be cancelled and circuit be put into
operation safely.
1.4.5 Person on duty should check and verify whether the equipment state indication
of surpervision pictures and the actual position on site is the same, no abnormal
alarm.
4
1.5 132kV System Switching Operation
1.5.1 Switching Operation Principles
1.5.1.1 The normal switching operation and emergency treatment for electric
equipment, which should follow the Electric Safety Operating Regulation and
Station Electric Operating regulation strictly.
1.5.1.2 The switching operation of system can be executed after receive the command
from dispatching station and the duty director. The switching operation of
auxiliary system should be executed after receive the command from the duty
director.
1.5.1.3 The switching operation command is sent by the duty director, and the
command receive should be qualified for the post(owning the permission of
electric work permit). The switching operation should be executed after filling
the operation permit according to the relative regulation and fulfilling the
signature formality.
1.5.1.4 Equipment outage should be operated according to the sequence of switch-load

side isolating switch-power supply side isolating switch, while the sequence of
feeding is opposite. It is forbidden to open /close the switch with load. When
install ground connection, first connect the earth terminal, after confirm there
is no voltage by checking, connect the short-circuit of three phase at once, and
the ground connection should be in good contact condition. When dismantle
ground connection, conductor terminal first, then earth terminal.
1.5.1.5 It is better to arrange the switching operation after shutdown or change shifts
period. It is inhibited to do the switching operation outdoor as lightening and
rainstorm.
1.5.1.6 Duty director only gives one operation command once. When person on duty
goes outside for round inspection or other task, cannot receive the operation
task privately, if necessary, should get the approval from the duty director.
1.5.1.7 During the operation, if there are some mistakes in the work permit, or some
questions in the operation items, or some accidents in the operation, should
stop the operation. Modify the work permit, should report to command sender,
then go on the operation after make clear all the things.
1.5.1.8 The operator should verify the given operation items according to the system
diagram, and then hand over to the supervisor to check and sign.
5
1.5.1.9 Before the equipment feeding should finish the following items:
a. Finish the relative work permits
b. Check primary and secondary equipment well, keep clean on site.
c. Dismantle the temporary safety measures of ground connection, fence and so

on.
d. Put the equipment protection into operation
1.5.1.10 Cautious below mentioned mistakes for switching operation:
a. Open /close the isolating switch with load:
b. Closing the switch with ground connection, connect the ground electrode;
c. Move to the wrong interval, miss-shutdown and miss-feeding the equipment
d. Non-synchronization.
e. Improper of protection putting into /quitting
1.5.2 Specifications for Switching Operation
1.5.2.1 Before cut or switch isolating switch, it is necessary to check switch in

disconnect condition and control power source in case cut or switch isolating
switch with load.
1.5.2.2 Disconnect isolating switch, drive power supply during switch operation,
disconnect switch controlling and operation source during isolating switch
operation.
1.5.2.3 Confirm isolating switch and switch in disconnect state before take out or put
into low voltage fuse.
1.5.2.4 Non-synchronization switch is inhibited. When both sides of switch get voltage,
it should be synchronized, then switch it.
1.5.2.5 When transformer is out of power, disconnect side switch of load first, then
disconnect switch of side source. Its opposite to feed power. It is inhibited to
charging transformer with isolating switch.
1.5.2.6 Opening and closing below mentioned equipments with isolating switch are
permitted:
a. Connect and disconnect voltage transformer and lightning arrestor.
6
b. Connect and disconnect neutral point ground isolating switch of transformer,

when neutral point ground isolating switch of transformer meet arc
suppression reactor, put into operation with correct system.
c. Switch on and off no-load transformer with magnetizing current not more
than 2A (voltage 35KV, capacity is less than1000kVA; voltage110kV,
capacity is less than 3200kVA).
d. Switch on and off no-load transmission line with capacitive current not more
than 5A (voltage 10KV, line length is less than 5km; voltage 35KV, line
length is less than 10km).
e. Connect and disconnect capacitive current that no faults bus and bus of
equipment.
f. Use for equipotential concept to put into switch operation.
1.5.2.7 Switch and isolating switch are out of service for a long time or passed
maintenance, put into operation after test of cut and switch once or twice.
1.5.3 Charging Operations
1.5.3.1 Operations for no-voltage bus, such as II no-voltage bus and its operations
mode.
1 Filled in work permits and removed safety measures
2 Check the APR-I line PT control and power supply in good condition .
3 Check the breaker E3Q2 in open position.
6 Check isolator E3Q22 is in open position.

7
13 Check isolator E3Q20 of AROOP(ARP-II) line is in open position.
14 Check other complete series of switch breaker isolator earthing isolator

in open position.
15 Check for normal differential bus protection device, clamp into right.
16 Closed E3Q10 isolator (ARP -II) line side.
17 Check E3Q10 isolator (ARP - II) line side is in closed position
18 Closed E3Q31 isolator.
19 Check E3Q31 isolator is in closed position.
24 Closed E3Q22 isolator
26 Input line protection device and normal.
27 Closed the breaker E3Q3 power supply operation.
28 Switch on the synchronizing device no voltage protected pressing plate.
29 Switch on the E3Q3 switch.
30 Switch on the synchronizing device voltage transfer switch.
31 Start the synchronized button.
32 Closed the breaker E3Q3.
33 Check the breaker E3Q3 is in closed position.
34 Switch off the E3Q3 to the off position.
35 Switch on the bus II E3Q2 switch.
36 Start the synchronizing device button.
37 Closed the breaker E3Q2 .
8
39 Switch off the E3Q2 switch.
40 Check 132 KV BB-II of bus charging is good.
41 Operation completed and over check.
42 Timing record and report.
1.5.3.2 Charging operation of transformer.
Transformer charging with 132kV bus such as charging for #1 main

transformer with BB-II.
1 Filled in work permits and removed safety measures.
2 Open the breaker E1Q3.
3 Check the breaker E1Q3 is in open position.
6 Open E1Q32 isolator.
7 Check E1Q32 isolator is in open position.
14 Open the breaker E1Q3 power supply operation.
16 Check K1Q10 isolator is in open position.
9
19 Closed PT power supply operation on the HV side of the #1 main

transformer.
24 Closed the breaker E1Q2 power supply operation.
25 Start the synchronizing device no voltage protected pressing plate.
26 Switch on bus II E1Q2 switch.
27 Switch on the synchronizing device voltage converter
28 Switch on the voltage converter button.
29 Closed the breaker E1Q2.
31 Switch off the bus II E1Q2 option switch.
32 Check the #1 main transformer charge is good.
1.5.4 Shut-off Operation of Power
1.5.4.1 Buss shut-off operation (e.g. bus out of operation)
1 Take 132 KV BB-I side switches reclose clamp.
10
32 The disconnect switch power supply disconnect operation.
33 Open PT power supply operation of BB-I.

11
34 Check BB-I no-voltage.
35 Arrange safety measures according to work permit contents.
1.5.4.2 Main transformer outage operation
Main transformer out of power with unit shut down (such as #1 main
transformer quit operations)
1 Permit
18 Check the breaker K1Q1 of #1GTG is in open position.
19 Check K1Q10 isolator is in open position of #1GTG.
20 Check the Auxiliary transformer work power in open position.
21 Open PT power supply of #1 main transformer.
12
1.6 The Operation, Inspection and Maintenance during Normal Operation
1.6.1 The Regulation Inspection of 132kV Switch Yard
1.6.1.1 At least four times of round inspections shall be done every shift.
1.6.1.2 Other work shall be avoided when inspecting the HV equipment, such like
moving or crossing the handrail.
1.6.1.3 Inspection times shall be increased for newly operated equipment or those are
loading after maintenance.
1.6.1.4 An overall inspection shall be done on relevant equipment when facing faults
like over-load or short-circuit.
1.6.1.5 Insulation shoes shall be applied when inspecting the HT equipment in rainy
days, and avoid being near the lightning arrestor.
1.6.1.6 Inspection times shall be increased for those outdoor HT equipment in windy,
rainy, foggy and snowy days. Check whether the jacket lead wire is swinging
heavily or with situation of electric discharge. The snow left on each joint shall
not melt suddenly.
1.6.1.7 Doors of grid control room and step-up substation shall be locked whenbeing
out of the step-up substation area.
1.6.1.8 The pressure of SF6 in gas chambers of GIS shall be within the normal range.
Alarm of pressure high or low are not allowed. The SF6 pressure gauge shall
be monitored carefully during routine inspection.
The pressure of SF6 gas (in 20 ) (pressure shown on gauge)
Switch room(rated/alarm/locked): 0.5/0.45/0.43 106N/m2(1MPa=106N/m2)
Other room(rated/alarm): 0.4/0.35 106N/m2(1MPa=106N/m2)
The pressure of SF6 switch (in 20 ) (pressure shown on gauge)
Highest 0.515 106N/m2(1MPa=106N/m2)
Rated 0.50 106N/m2(1MPa=106N/m2))
Lowest 0.43 106N/m2(1MPa=106N/m2)
13
Low pressure alarm0.45 106N/m2(1MPa=106N/m2))
Switch open and closed locking auto insulation and emergency alarm
pressure 0.43 106N/m2(1MPa=106N/m2)
1.6.1.9 Each lead wire is fine, the joint is not dropped, loose, and overheated.
1.6.1.10 The jacket is clean without damage, crack and electric discharging situation
1.6.1.11 All grounding device is complete for primary and secondary equipment and
the contact is fine.
1.6.1.12 All terminals wiring inside the control cabinet are not loose. All air circuit
breakers of control power supply, operation power supply and PLC power
supply in the integrated control cabinet are closed. The operation method of
AC & DC looped network control power supply shall be set as per regulation,
the interlocking switch shall be shifted to interlock. (The PLC device is
used for electric interlock, so cutting the power supply of which is inhabited!)
1.6.1.13 The mechanical switching position of the switch and isolator display correctly
and match with the relative indicating lamps inside the integrated control
cabinet. The power indicating device of the incoming and outgoing wires
shall be correct.
1.6.1.14 The equipment control boxes shall be fully closed without foreign obstacles
left inside or oil and water leakage from them. The temperature and humidity
controller shall work normally.
1.6.2 Switch
1.6.2.1 Operation conditions
a. All work permits shall be returned before operating the switch. All safety
scaffolding shall be removed. Check whether tools left on site or inside the
switch proper.
b. Check the protective circuit and ensure the device is in line and avoid
equipment operating without protections.
c. All maintained equipment shall be operated only after acceptance from

operation department.
d. All maintained switches, isolators and earth isolators shall be done with
switching and de-switching tests both in local and from remote. The display
14
shall be correct on DCS and also correct in local. The relevant indicating
lamps in the integrated control cabinet shall display correctly. Those
malfunctioned equipment shall be avoid being used.
e. The primary and secondary circuits of switch shall not be replaced with any
conductor.
f. The voltage of the switch operating power source shall be within the regulated
range.
1.6.2.2 The Inspection Range of Maintenance
a. The jacket and porcelain insulator are not damaged and without crack and
electric discharging situation.
b. Each contacting is good and without heating and color changing.
c. If the switch is off automatically, the below shall be checked after forcing
energizing:
a) each contact is not loose and without overheating situations;
b) switch porcelain insulator is not damaged and without electric discharging

situation;
c) the switch actuator and operating power supply are normal without
abnormal alarm.
1.6.3 Isolator and Earth Isolator
1.6.3.1 Operation Conditions
a. Before operating the isolator, ensure the circuit breaker is opened (during
equipment busbar change-over is exception). Make sure the relevant circuit
breaker and isolator is open before closing the earth isolator.
b. All maintained isolator and earth isolator can be put into operation only after
acceptance from the operation department.
c. The actuators of isolator and earth isolator shall work flexible and without
stuck. The three phases moving and static contact shall operate in the similar
step, the switch contact shall be good.
d. The allowed temperature for the isolator normal operation shall be 80

when the ambient temperature is 40 .
15
1.6.3.2 The Inspection Content of Maintenance
a The following check shall be done before energizing:
a) Return all the relevant work permits; remove all the safety scaffolding and
recover the handrail and signal plates.
b) There shall be no obstacles around which might affect the operation.

There are no foreign obstacles on the isolator and all safety tools are
complete and ready.
c) Each mechanical link lever shall be without deformation, and which work
flexible and without stuck.
d) The connector porcelain insulator shall be without any damage.
e) The position displays correctly.
b. The below maintenance inspection shall be done during normal operation:
a) The connector shall be clean on surface and without any damage or

electric discharging situation.
b) Each connection contact shall be good and without overheating situation.

The tightening screw shall not be loose and without any abnormal sound.
c) The isolator lever and each pin shall be not damaged.
c. The following inspection shall be done during special situation:
a) Windy day: The busbar and each connection wires are not swinging
heavily and without dropping off situation.
b) After thunderstorm: the porcelain insulator and equipment surface shall

be without electric discharging trace.
c) Foggy and rainy days: No sound of flame and electric discharging from
each part.
d) The current is too high or reach its ceiling, contact heating shall be
checked.
e) No burning trace after short-circuit shocking.
1.6.4 PT and CT
Matters need attention and Inspection & Maintenance Items during PT and CT
16
running:
a. Matters need attention during operation.
a) The secondary side of PT shall not be short-circuit .
b) The secondary side of CT shall not be circuit open.
c) The replacement of fuse in PT secondary side shall be applied according to

standard IEC 60296. The fuse capacity is 6A.
b. The below shall be checked during normal operation
a)The secondary fuse in the PT shall be in good contactthe secondary out

going wire shall be in good contact.
b) The surface shall be clean and without electric discharging trace and
abnormal sound. The porcelain insulator jacket is not damaged, the
out-going wire joint is not overheating, and each screw shall be fully
tightened. The grounding of the shell and secondary wire shall be good and
not loose. There is no oil leakage from each part, and the jacket oil level is
normal. The dry type PT and CT have no condensate drop on their shell.
c. The power interrupting and energizing operation for PT: (The operation shall
be after the outage of bus bar without special reason)
a) Power Interrupted
I) Switch off the air circuit breaker in the PT secondary side
II) Open the isolator in the PT primary side
b) Energizing
I) Close the isolator in the PT primary side
II) Switch on the air circuit breaker in the PT secondary side
1.6.5 The Inspection and Maintenance of Bus bar
1.6.5.1 The Inspection of the 132kV Bus Bar
a. The painting of the bus shell surface shall be clear and without crack, material
rising or color change.
b. The retractable joint shall be complete and without crack or overheating

situation
17
c. No over-load and noisy vibration sound come out during operation.
d. The journal insulator shall be clean and without crack, electric discharging
sound or trace.
e. The screws in each connection part of bus bar shall be tightened and in good
contact, without being loose, vibration or overheating situation.
1.6.5.2. Check the Heating on Each Part
a. Check the minor moistureless and steam situation after raining.
b. Compare the wiring joint color changing with the neighboring equipment to
distinguish.
c. Check the overheating by insulating rod and wax rod hot test.
d. Measure the temperature live-line by infra-red thermo-detector
1.6.6 Cable
1.6.6.1 The Allowed Operation Condition for Cables
a. Ensure all maintenance work are finished before putting the cable into
operation. All temporary safety building is removed and no tools and
sundries left on site.
b. Different megameter shall be applied for measuring the cable insulation on its
different voltage classfor cable of 6KV or above2500V or 1000V
megameter shall be usedwhile for cable of 400V500V class megameter
shall be used. The insulation value of resistance shall be read after
megameter being used after one minute, and the insulation resistance value
shall be more than 1 megohm every KV.
c. Over-load is inhabited during cable normal operation, but during emergency

status it is only allowed for a very short time.
d. The normal working voltage of cable shall not exceed the 15% of the rated
one.
1.6.6.2 The Inspection and Maintenance of Cable
a. The cable shall be clean and complete and without oil leakage.
b. The cable joint shall be well in connection and without being loose and
overheating situation. The oil-filled cable end is without oil diffusion or
18
bubbling situation.
c. The cable cover is not damaged, no reeking trace and overheating situation.
d. The grounding wire shall be fixed tight and without being loose.
e. Any objects shall not be put around the cables to avoid cable being damaged.
f. The cable support shall be complete. The vertical-laid cable shall be fixed
well.
g. There shall be no water deposit or flammable objects inside the cable room
and cable trench. The lighting shall be available; the fire-proof tools and
signal plate shall be complete.
h. Safety measures shall be taken when working on the in-line cables.
i. Cable trench lap
1.6.7 Lightning Arrestor, Jacket Porcelain Insulator and Other Equipment
1.6.7.1 The inspection and maintenance of lightning arrestor
a. Electric discharge data shall be recorded before putting the lightning arrestor
into operation, and after its outage and thunderstorm.
b. The below of lightning arrestor shall be checked: the porcelain insulator is not
damaged, there is no electric discharging sound from the inside and the
outside shall be clean.
c. The arrestor connection shall be fixed fully and without being loose.
d. The line arrestor equalizing ring shall be fixed well and without deformation
and displacement.
e. The arrestor grounding down-lead wire and backstand grounding wire shall
be complete, and the grounding connection shall be good.
f. If any below abnormal situation happens to the arrestor, the operation shall be
quit:
a) The connection wire is loose and dropped off.
b) There is electric discharging sound from the arrestor inside
1.6.7.2 The Inspection and Maintenance of the Jacket, Journal Porcelain

19
Insulator and Other Equipment:
a. Normal round inspection: The jacket and journal porcelain insulator shall be
clean and complete without and damage or crack. The oil level of jacket shall
be visable.
b. Inspection in days of specific weather like rainy, foggy and thunderstorm:

check the porcelain port and see whether there are situation of corona and
discharge. There shall be no damage or flashover trace.
c. Wave barrier proper shall be clean and without any foreign obstacles.
d. Line tuning device disk gate shall be closed fully and the earth isolator shall
be open.
e. The optical fiber cable contact joint shall be good.
f. All signal plates for equipment shall be good and complete.
1.7 Checking and Treatment during Abnormal Operation
1.7.1 Switch
1.7.1.1 Operate the 132kV system on the grid control page, if auto
quasi-synchronization operation is failed, the reasons may as follow:
On the synchronizing device if choose success the synchronization is fail that

means we should check condition of the electric loop make sure whether have
fault.
a)Check the control power supply is normal or not.
b) Check the control circuit is in line or not and the contact is good.
c) Is the SF6 gas pressure low? Any switch locking be operated.
d) Is the switch operation mode be set on remote.
e) Check whether the electric lock conditions are still not satisfied.
f) Is the switch power-cumulated.
g) The both sides voltage of the switch is normal? Is it be locked by

synchronization device low voltage.
h) The switch operation box (or switching relay) work normally
i) If all the above are normal but the switch still fail to be closed, then hold it to
20
maintenance department for further treatment.
1.7.1.2 Treatment on SF6 Gas Pressure Low
a. When the SF6 gas pressure of the switch drop to certain setting value
(0.45Mpa)and alarm issued; when it goes more serious and pressure down to
0.43Mpa, the opening and closing of the switch circuit will be locked
automatically for the safety of switch.
b. When the SF6 gas pressure suddenly drop to zero, the switch shall be shifted
to non-auto control and has its control power supply cut. Contact the dispatch
departments and other relevant department, and take any necessary measures
to stop using the faulty switch and put it to maintenance.
c. If the SF6 gas chamber has gas leakage and issue out gas compensation signal
during operation, but the switch red and green lamps are not off, which
means the gas pressure is still above the lock pressure value.
d. If power off is fail due to system reason, qualified SF6 gas can be used to
make it up in safe conditions.
1.7.1.3 The Switch Fails to be Power-accumulated
The following shall be checked if switch is found to be failed in power

accumulation during round inspection:
a. Check the motor insulation and DC resistance and see whether the motor is
burned or not
b. Is the accumulator circuit with any voltage, the voltage normal.
c. Is the auto accumulator switch closing.
d. The carbon brush is damaged and the accumulator motor fails to work
normally.
Note: Please note that the accumulator motor can be applied within very short
time. The start-up times for the motor shall not exceed 20 times each hour to
avoid motor damage due to overheating.
1.7.2 Isolating Switch
1.7.2.1 Operate the switch on the 132KV grid control page switch on the switch, if
can cannot switch on may have following reasons:
The electric part shall be checked then. Check parts situation in the electric
21
circuit to make sure whether the electric circuit is faulty or not, the methods
are:
a) Check whether the control power supply is normal or not
b) Is the control circuit put into operation and healthy
c) Whether the isolator operation mode is set on position of remote control
d) Whether all electric lock conditions satisfied for the isolator
If all the mentioned above are normal but switching is still failed, then leave
which to the maintenance department for further treatment.
1.7.2.2 Miss-close the isolator: when this situation found, pulling up the switch is
forbidden in any condition. Pulling is done only after the circuit is open by
circuit breaker.
1.7.2.3 Miss-pull isolator: Keep pulling up the isolator, pushing down the isolator is
not allowed later on.
1.7.3 Voltage Transformer and Current Transformer
1.7.3.1 Common Abnormal Situation of PT and CT, and Inspection and

Treatment:
a. When PT and CT are found with abnormal situation, then confirm whether
the transformer is really faulty or nor by judging the metering and other
signals.
b. When transformer and secondary circuit are found faulty, the relevant
protection and each auto device shall be quit.
c. When the CT secondary circuit is found open, staff shall stand on the
insulation pad with insulation gloves and try to make the CT terminal
short-circuit. If it is failed to be handled, then notify the maintenance
department.
d. The transformers shall be quit if the below situations happen:
a) Reek and on-fire
b) Serious overheating
c) When the transformer is on fire, disconnect which from the power supply
immediately. Sand or dry type fire-extinguisher shall be used for fire
22
fighting.
1.7.3.2 PT Secondary Minor Switch trip
a. Phenomenon
a) MW gauge displays value down
b) Signal off PT circuit cut-off is issued
c) Voltage gauge display value down or down to zero
b. Treatment:
a) Check out the faulty PT and record the exact time
b) Stop relevant protection and auto device, and recover it after treatment
c) Notify staffs on relevant posts to prevent misjudgment due to abnormal

meter
d) If the secondary minor switch trip, trial run shall be done for one time
but avoid trial run again if it fails and notify the maintenance
department to check it out.
1.7.3.3 CT Secondary Circuit Open:
a. Phenomenon
a) The current meter and power meter display abnormally
b) The faulty CT has sound of wen wen, even worse it might be reek and
on fire
b. Treatment
a) Stop relevant protection and auto device, and recover it after treatment
b) Check the faulty CT, if it is reeking and on fire then cut off the power
supply immediately and distinguish the fire.
c) Make necessary safety measures and monitoring and process the secondary
short-circuiting.
d) If sound of wen wen still comes out from the CT internal after short
circuiting, which means the internal has circuit open, and then power
supply cut-off is necessary for treatment.
23
1.7.4 Lightning Arrestor, Jacket and Porcelain Isolator
1.7.4.1 The below faulty phenomena shall be reported to the shift in-charge
immediately during lightning arrestor running, and process the treatment after
applying for power supply cutting off:
a. Porcelain jacket is damaged
b. The connection wire is loose and broken
c. Light electric discharge sound comes from the internal
d. The grounding wire is loose
1.7.4.2 Treatment is required after power cut-out if the below faulty phenomena are
found on running arrestor:
a. Lightning arrestor jacket burst
b. Serious electric discharge happens
c. Reeking or on fire situations happen
1.7.4.3 Treatment is required if the below faulty phenomena are found on running wall
jacket or journal porcelain isolator:
a. The porcelain part is cracked and damaged
b. Electric discharge or flashover situation found
c. The seat bolt is loose.
1.8 Accident Treatment
1.8.1 General Principle for Accidents Treatment
1.8.1.1 Limit the developing of accident and prevent which become worse. Eliminate
the source of accident and remove the threats for safety of both human and
equipment
1.8.1.2 Hold on the auxiliary power or recover which as soon as possible, and avoid
whole plant auxiliary power loss happening
1.8.1.3 Hold on or recover quickly the normal operation of unit and system
1.8.1.4 Hold on or recover quickly the power supply to customers
24
1.8.2 The detailed regulation for accidents treatment
1.8.2.1 Precaution the below major accident or serious accidents:
a. Auxiliary power interrupted or the whole plant auxiliary power loss
b. Equipment are damaged by asynchronous paralleling
c. Close the isolator on-load, open and close the switch and isolator with
grounding wire in line, which result in equipment damage and human
injuries and death.
d. System collapses and unit is damaged.
1.8.2.2 The on-shift staffs shall do the following when handling the accident:
a. Check, analyze and judge the accident nature, position and range based on the
system shocking situation, meter display, signal display and protection alarm,
and then issue the treatment proposal and make detailed record on it
b. When accident happen, all the round inspector or staffs who are having other
work shall return the control room as soon as possible and sit on their post
c. When accident happen, staff shall report all to the shift in charge while
dealing with the accident, and contact the dispatcher for knowing the system
situation
d. Be calm, quick, decisive when handling the accident After completing all
orders from the shift in charge, shall get back to the order issuer.
1.8.2.3 Reporting can be hold on until treatment complete in the below situations:
a. Unit shall be parallel off in emergency when which is threatening the safety
of human and equipment
b. Disconnect all switches on bus bar after bus power loss
c. Recover all HT auxiliary power after no-voltage happening
d. Generator emergency parallel with the system after parallel-off
e. Charge the standby bus bar in emergency
f. Cut off the power supply when the electric equipment on fire
1.8.2.4 The shift in charge is the direct leader on the whole plant accidents
treatment.The shift attendant shall follow the order from the shift in charge and
25
conduct theelectric accident treatment and operation. If the shift attendant think
the order is wrong, he can suggest and explain which in short; but he need to
conduct the order immediately when the shift in charge insist on his opinion.
When the shift attendant think the order might threaten the safety of human
and equipment, he can refuse to follow, but still he need to follow the upper
leaders order after reporting to whom.
1.8.2.5 If the shift in charge is out of the electric control room, the main shift attendant
shall replace whom and command on the treatment and operation.
1.8.2.6 The shift attendant shall repeat the order by oral to the order issuer when
receiving the order. If the order is found not clear or not clear on purpose, the
attendant shall enquire further and report immediately after complete the job. If
shift attendant receive orders from administration leader, general engineer and
technical in charge, he need to report to the shift in charge before conduct the
order. If the order is for removing the threats on human and equipment safety,
he can report after conducting the order.
1.8.2.7 No operation permit is required when handling the accidents but Safety
Regulations and Operation Instruction Manual shall be followed.
1.8.2.8 When the accident was completely solved, the following rehabilitation work
should be done:
a. Inspect the auxiliary power system, recover those equipment tripped by low
voltage.
b. Check the faults, and try to eliminate the faults, inform the maintenance
people to handle them when necessary.
c. Clean the accident process, make a detail record on the duty notebook to the
accident phenomenonsignal feedbackinstrument indicationsprotection
alarmsoperating proceduresoperating timeaccident judgment, etc., items,
and reserve the accident printing records.
1.8.2.9 Accident happened between shift change while the shift taken over procedures
uncompleted, last shifts persons should stay on the post and handle the
accident, the next shifts persons should actively help to handle it.
1.8.2.10 Submit emergency report to related department as soon as possible,including

the operation mode before the accidentaccident phenomenonsignal feedback
instrument indicationsprotection tagsoperating proceduresoperating time
accident judgment accident printed records etc. items, as well submit
26
preliminary analysis to the handling processprotection operated situation
1.8.3 Fault Handling
1.8.3.1 132kV busbar fault, differential protection operated.
a. Phenomenon:
a) Alarm rings, loud speaker sounds.
b) The system impacts, generator may start the force exciting operation.
c) The main transformer connected to the fault busbar and all the switches
trip, the generator switch under the main transformer may trip, the related
green light will flash.
d) Troubled busbar voltage meterall trip switch circuit meter indicates zero,
frequency meter not normal.
e) Busbar protection operated.
f) 132kV voltage circuit disconnectsignal on;
g) Troubled oscilloscope operated.
b. Handling:
a) Remove audio device.
b) Check if the auxiliary power inter-start is normal or not, recover the

interrupted auxiliary power.
c) Handle those tripped generator according to the operation regulation.
d) Adjust the untripped generator to keep normal operation..
e) Check the protection operation state, confirm the fault busbar.
f) Reporting to the shift leader and dispatching people
g) Disconnect the untripped switches on the troubled busbar.
h) If the fault was caused by the main transformer incominglink line switch
fault, after pulling open those two sides isolating switch or isolating this
fault, according to dispatching order, one time trial charging is allowed, if
it is fine, line can be recovered and tripped unit can be synchronized.
i) If confirmed the fault is on the busbar, synchronize the disconnected
27
generator to the system as soon as possible through the non-fail bus bar.
j) Verify busbar and protection mode and make adjustment to start and stop
the protection
k) Recover the auxiliary power equipment tripped by the low voltage.
1.8.3.2 132kV bus bar PT circuit disconnection
a. Phenomenon
a) Alarm rings
b) On DCS system, there is 132kV PT circuit disconnection signal.
c) Protection operated, printer started
d) Line protection, generator-transformer protection voltage circuit

disconnection signal send out
e) Fault oscilloscope start and calling signal may happens
f) Busbar voltage meter indicates zero and all lines activereactive meters
indications decrease
b. Handling:
a) According to the situations send out by the signal, comprehensively judge

the nature of the fault.
b) If necessary, stop those easily mistaken started protections.
If it is the PT secondary switch trip, immediately manual close it once, if

failed, find out the reason timely, contact the maintenance people to handle it.
2 Gas Turbine Generator Operation Regulation

2.1 Equipment Technical Instructions
2.1.1 Gas Turbine Generator

Generator model 9A5 Manufacturer Austria
Rated
150 Rated power(MW) 127.5
capacity(MVA)
Rated power factor 0.85 Rated RPM(r/min) 3000
Rated stator
15 Rated stator current(A) 5774
voltage(KV)
Rated exciting Rated exciting current
375 880
voltage V A
28
Brushless
Rated frequency Hz 50 Excitation system
excitation
Stator insulation F Rotor insulation F
Cooling mode Air cooling Short circuit ratio 0.58
stator temperature
B class Rotor temperature limit B class
limit
Cooling water
36 cooling air temperature outlet40C
temperature
(second) Tq0'
(second)Td0 D-axis
Quadrature axis
transient state time
transient state time
constant when Stator 10.9 0.65
constant when
winding is open
Stator winding is open
circuit
circuit
(second)Tq0" D-axis
(second)Td0" D-axis
sub-transient state
sub-transient state time
time constant when 0.089 0.045
constant when Stator
Stator winding is
winding is open circuit
open circuit
(second) Td Rotor 3 phases 3 phases 0.41,
(second) Td" D-axis
d-axis transient state 0.96, 2 2
sub-transient state time
time constant when phases 1.68, phases 0.41,
Stator winding is single single
winding is short circuit
short circuit phase 2.05 phase 0.31
2.1.2 Steam Turbine Generator

QF-200-2-15.
Generator model Manufacturer DECL
72
Rated
235.3 Rated power(MW) 200
capacity(MVA)
Rated power factor 0.85 Rated RPM(r/min) 3000
Rated stator Rated stator
15.75 8625.2
voltage(KV) current(A)
Rated exciting Rated exciting
266.3 1727.17
voltage V current A
Static Thyristor
Rated frequency Hz 50 Excitation system
Excitation
Stator insulation F Rotor insulation F
Cooling mode Air cooling Short circuit ratio 0.67
Stator temperature Rotor temperature
B class B class
limit limit
Cooling water cooling air Inlet(85C)
35
temperature temperature Outlet(40C)
( second ) Td0 D-axis X d d-axis under
10.673 160.28
transient state time saturation
29
constant when Stator Synchronizing

winding is open resistance
circuit
secondTd0"
Saturation
D-axis sub-transient
X d d-axis transient 19.22%,
state time
state Under 0.16
resistance' saturation
winding is open
15.27%
circuit
(second Td Rotor
d-axis transient state
(second T d"
time constant when
3 phases D-axis
Stator winding is 3 phases 0.16, 2
1.279, 2 sub-transient state
short circuit second phases 2.17, phases 0.41,
time
T d Rotor d-axis single
single constant when Stator
transient state time phase 0.31
phase 2.52 winding is short
circuit
winding is short
circuit
2.1.3 Exciter
Exciter model: Brushless
cooling style: self-ventilation cooling style
Rated voltage: Un=375V
Rated current: In= 1160 A
Unloaded: U o= 375V, I o= 880A
Rated exciting voltage: Un= 375 V
Rated exciting current: In=960A
Insulation class: F
2.1.4 ST Excitation Transformer
modelZSB9-1500KVA/15.75KV
Rated voltage 15.75KV
Rated capacity1500KVA
Rated frequency50Hz
30
Connecting style YD11
2.1.5 Isolated Phase Closing Busbar
2.1.5.1 Isolated Phase Closing BusbarGT
Model: QZFM20/8000-Z
Rated voltage: 20KV
Highest voltage: 20KV
Rated current: 8000A
Rated frequency: 50HZ
Rated main frequency withstand voltage per minute: 65KV
Thunderstorm impact withstand voltage: 125KV
Thermo-stable current: 63KA-3sec
Dynamic stable current: 160KA
Insulation resistance standard value: 1000 Mega ohm
2.1.5.2 Isolated Phase Closing BusbarST
ModelQZFM20/10000-Z
Rated voltage20KV
Highest voltage20KV
Rated current10000A
Rated frequency50 HZ
2.1.6 Generator Auxiliary Equipment
2.1.6.1 Generator outlet side current transformer
Model: AOC
Transformation ratio: 8000/1A
Voltage: 15/38/95/KV
Frequency: 50HZ
Rated current: In=8800A40

31
2.2 Gas Turbine Generator Operation
2.2.1 Inspections Before Gas Turbine Generator Startup
2.2.1.1 Inspections Before Gas Turbine Generator Startup
a) All work permits end up, and there isthe detailed repair paper report and
conclusion that it is able to commissioning, all installed ground lead
marking board temporary obstructer are removed. Generator group
surroundings is clean without sundries to influence operation.
b) Generatorexcitation transformerenclosed busbar and related primary

secondary units are completeness and fitness, and satisfy operating
condition.
c) Slip ring of generator is clean, electric brush and leading wire including
axial electric brushare completeness and fitness, no earthingshort-circuit
phenomena.
d) Generator exit circuit breaker instrument protection and signaler are

fitnessand has the commissioning condition.
e) In excitation small room, primarysecondary units field adjustment screen

excitation rectifier screendeexcitation screenexcitation transformer
aluminum busbar row etc equipments should be in good condition.
f) Cooling air path system of generator must gland well, air cooling room does
not have sundries and the ground is clean. The cooler does not have leakage
water and moisture condensation phenomena.
g) Enclosed busbar micro positive draft device is normal.
h) Generator exit earthing disconnector is in off position.
i) Before startup of generator and after outages, generator stator coil and all
excitation loop insulation resistance should be measured and all of them are
qualified.
j) Place qualified fire-fighting equipment on generator starting area.
2. 2.1.2 Stipulation of insulation resistance.
a The following examination should be carried out before testing the generator
insulation..
a) Examine the power supply of generator control has been tripped.

32
b) Examine all PT(potential transformer) of engine are in off position, and

primary and secondary fuse of AC power are off.
c) Examine generator exit disconnector is in off position.
d) Examine generator neutral-point disconnector is in off position
b Every time measurement datetemperature used megohmmeter model number

and sizemeasurement results are recorded in insulation resistance note book.
When the measured insulation resistance is unqualified, should report to shift
leader in time.
c Generator stator insulation resistance is measured by 2500V megohmmeter, its

resistance value per KV is not lower than 1Mbut measured value must not
be 8 lower than 1/31/5 of it last time, absorption ratio 60/151.3
otherwiseshould detect reason and eliminate it..
d Use 500V megohmmeter to measure the resistant of generator rotor winding

resistant of insulation against ground, the value must not be lower than 1M.
2.2.1.3 Before startup, make a full inspection to the unit according to the following
checking list, so as to confirm the unit meet the startup conditions (take #1as an
example):
No. Checking content Required state Remarks
1output transformation voltage
1 Inspection made before Normal
#1mina
Transformer operation
2 isolating switch E1Q20 closed
3 isolating switch K1Q10 closed
4 earth isolator K1E10 open
5 K1Q1 switch K1Q1 Open, power storage normal,
at remote mode
2MCC cabinet
1 #1 working power supply Closed, voltage 400V
incoming switch
2 #2 reserve power supply Open, voltage 400V
incoming switch
3 S1 Interlock switch AUTO mode
4 Startup motor power supply Working mode, control style is
switch(11KV) remote control, no fault alarm
5 #1 charger AC switch closed
6 #2 charger AC switch closed
7 DC bus bar switch 125V
33
8 Battery floating current 12~15A

9 MCC cabinet inner small Location correct
switch
3Generator control and protection cabinet
1 Electric kilowatt-hour meter All indications show correct
2 LCD Activereactive indications no
fluctuation, generator voltage
current exciting current
normal, no alarms of affecting
units start stop
3 Exciting current Indications correct
4 Starting excitation power OFF is on, ON is off
supply switch is closed
during inspection, exciting
switch shows
5 Regulating operation mode MANU and AUTO are off
selecting switch
6 WATCHDOG light off
7 Generator protection device HEALTHY is on
8 Excitation protection control HEALTHY is on
panel no fault alarm
9 Control panel lighting test Normal
10 Each small switch inside the Each small switch inside the
cabinet
2.2.2 Gas Turbine Generator Synchronizing and On-load
2.2.2.1 Conditions for synchronous paralleling
a. Differential voltage between generator and grid no more than 5%
b. Differential frequency between the generator and the grid less then 0.15Hz
c. Generator voltage and grid voltage phase close
d. Generator and system have same phase sequence
2.2.2.2 Generator synchronization should be practiced under the command of the shift
in charge, choose the automatic synchronizing style or manual synchronizing
style if necessary.
2.2.2.3 Generator automatic synchronizing
a. When the unit reaches the idling full speed, record the generator voltage and
exciting current, make sure there is no abnormality and start synchronization.
34
b. Enter the control page and open the synchro sub-page, click Auto target
under the column of Generator Sync Mode, Auto light is on.
Synchronizing meter is running, click the Raise or Lower target under the
column of Generator Voltage to adjust the generator voltage a little higher
than the system voltage, the unit will be automatically synchronized, the
generator outlet switch Breaker will turn from green to red.
c. After successfully synchronized, make sure the following

equipment(parameters) are satisfied with those requirements:
a) Page shows: Startup status Column shows: LOADING Speed Level

Column shows: 14HS.
b) Unit automatically carries rotating standby load 5MWautomatically

synchronized, the generator outlet switch Breaker will turn from green to
red.
c) Unit operates normally.
2.2.2.4 Generator manual synchronizing
a. The generator normal step-up will be completed by the auto control, if failed,
make sure there is no abnormal alarm, normally put in the starting excitation
power. If the generator terminal voltage is more than 15%, changeover the
exciting control selection switch on MANUAL mode to set-up manually. If
the end voltage is less than 15%, with the shift in charges agreement, people
can force L14HF to 0 then cancel the force operation, reset the starting
excitation overtime signal, unit re-started excitation.
b. Make sure generator voltage/ system voltage are normal, enter the sub-page
Synchro of the Control page, click the Manu target under the column of
the Generator Sync Mode, Manu light on, synchronizing meter is running.
c. Regulating the generator end voltage, mean tine press the ENABLE key on
the generator control panel, as well as the + or - key of the
EXCITATION VOLTAGE CONTROL, observe the voltage meter on the
generator control panel, adjust the generator voltage a little higher than the
system voltage.
d. Regulating the generator frequency, adjust the frequency by the + or - key

of SPEED/LOAD CONTROL on the nan-machine interface HMI of
MARK
35
e. If the voltage is no more than 8%, phase is no bigger than 20o and the phase
finger turns to 11 oclock, the synchronizing meter slowly runs, click the
generator outlet switch Close, close switch G44(G43G42G41).
2.2.3 Gas Turbine Generator Load and Power Factor Regulating
2.2.3.1 After synchronization, the unit on-load status should be practiced under the
command of shift leader.
2.2.3.2 If need preselect load, operate as followed: click the Preselect Ld target under
the column of the Load Select, Preselect Ld light on, column MW Control
will show on the page, click the target Set point under this column, input the
preselect load value, the unit starts increasing load, the Raise target under the
column of Speed/Load Control will flash, after the load reaches the preselect
value, the Raise target will stop flashes.
2.2.3.3 Operation for base load is as followed: enter the sub-page Start-up on the
Control page, click the Base Load under the column of the Load Select,
Base Load light on. The unit starts load increasing, the Raise target under
the column of Speed/Load Control flash, after it reaches the base load,
Raise target will stop flashes, column Startup Status shows: BASE LOAD.
2.2.3.4 If people want to increase or decrease the active power manually, he can
simultaneously press the ENABLE key on the generator control board and
the + or - key of the SPEED/LOAD CONTROL to adjust the active
power.
2.2.3.5 If people want to increase or decrease the reactive power manually, he can
simultaneously press the ENABLE key on the generator control board and
the + or - key of the VOLTAGE CONTROL to adjust the reactive power
2.2.3.6 Input power factor control
Operate on the MK-VI, enter the sub-page Startup of the Control page, click
the PF target under the column of Generator Mode, PF light on, PF
Control column shows on the page, click the Setpoint target under this
column, input the power factor value and confirm.
36
2.2.4 The Excitation System of the Gas Turbine Generator
The Excitation System of the Gas Turbine Generator No.1

37
The Excitation System of the Steam Turbine Generator No.2
38
2.2.4.1 The generator excitation system mainly controls the generator stator voltage
terminal to make sure the generator transfer stable power to the grid. When
fault happened to the system, it will make sure the generator safe and reliable
operation.
2.2.4.2 Power circuit: Through the rheostat located at the generator outlet providing
exciting power to the excitation system, passing through the thyristor rectifier
bridge controlled by manual/automatic channel, then send to the 5 antipode
250HZ exciting field by the exciting switch, rectified by the 3 phases rotating
2.2.5 Gas turbine generator disconnection and shutdown
2.2.5.1 The generator shutdown includes normal shutdown and emergency shutdown.
Normal shutdown includes shutdown and manual shutdown. Emergency
shutdown includes protective operated shutdown and manual emergency
shutdown.
2.2.5.2 Generator normal shutdown: After sending out the shutdown signal, under the
non-consistent power factor mode, the generator reactive output will
automatically setted as 0.5MVAR, the generator will automatically decrease
the active output until the generator low power protection(32L:2MW) operated
to disconnect the motor transformer unit outlet switch .When the unit rotating
speed is less than 90%the exciting switch will disconnect and de-exciting
automatically. MK-board shows the exciting switchQ01 is at OPENthe
generator control board UNIT BREAKER CONTROL light on, change the
UNIT BREAKER CONTROL light from CLOSE to OPEN, light off, the
gas turbine shutdown.
2.2.5.3 Generator emergency shutdown, the generator or gas turbine protection trip the
generator-transformer unit outlet switch, which makes the unit emergency
disconnect load rejecting and shutdown,
2.2.5.4 If adapting manual shutdown, try to avoid disconnecting the unit while it still
takes some load, trip the unit by load rejecting when any fault happened.
2.2.5.5Generator normally manual shutdown, first decrease load, and manually lower
the reactive power to zero. When the active power reduces to about 2.5MW,
manually disconnect.
2.3 Gas Turbine Generator Operation Regulations
2.3.1 During generator normal operation, the stator and rotor current should nt be
higher than rated current.
39
2.3.2 The generator allows zero-sequence operation during un-balanced 3 phases load;
any phase current shouldnt be higher than the rated value; the stator maximum
differential 3 phases current shouldnt be higher than 10% of the rated value.
2.3.3 The generator not allows leading phase operation. When the power factor is
lower than 0.85, the generator will have more reactive output, the limit will be
not higher than the stator rated current.
2.3.4 Under the generator normal operation situation, the stator temperature should nt
be higher than 120the temperature rising ratio should not be higher than
75
2.3.5 Keep the generator inlet air temperature at between 2040, no less than 20,
so as to avoid being frosted. Different generator unit has different outlet air
temperature. Usually the outlet temperature will not fluctuate seriously under the
similar environmental parameters and working condition. If the fluctuation is
more than 5, people should find out the reason and handling it.
2.3.6 The operation mode when generator voltage changes:
a. The generator stator voltage is allowed to change between 5of the rated
value, if this moment the power is the rated value, then the rated capacity will
not change.
b. The highest permissive voltage during continuous operation should not be

higher than 10% of the rated value, and lowest permissive voltage should not be
less than 90% of the rated value.
c. If the generator voltage is higher than the rated value, the stator current will
decrease.
d. If the generator voltage is lower than the rated value, and it is not higher than 95%
of the rated value, the stator current can be increased accordingly, but if it is
lower than 95% of the rated value, the stator current should not be higher than
105% of the rated value.
e. The generator 3 phases current should be balanced, the operation conditions

when it is unbalanced: the unbalanced currentmaximum current minus the
minimum currentshould not be higher than 10% of the rated current, but the
highest phase current should not be higher than the rated value.
f. The generator cycle changing range: normally it should not be higher 500.2Hz.
At this moment, the generator can operate with the rated capacity, except for
emergency situation, but it should be handled immediately and recover to
40
normality.
2.3.7 When generator operates under the rated load and normal conditions, all the
main parts temperature and the rising temperature should not be higher than the
permissive value of the operation regulation.
2.4 The Inspection and Maintenance of the Gas Turbine Generator
2.4.1 The Inspection of the Gas Turbine Generator
2.4.1.1 During generator operation, the duty person should frequently inspect those
meters and gauges are in the standard range and running as required in the
regulation, if there is any bias, they should be adjusted in time, record the
inspection meters and gauges by every hour.
2.4.1.2 The inspection in the normal operation, any problem found should be told to
the shift leader in time, and handle it timely and make records.
a. The generatorexciter cover is clean, no foreign maters around them, sound

and vibration of the generator exciter is normal.
b. The carbon brush and slip ring is clean and completed, color didnt change
and turn to black, the leaf-spring pressure in normal and even, carbon brush
connects well, no sparks.
c. The exciting regulating should be operated at the automatic channel; the

AUTO light on the local board is on, the channel tracking current meter
points at zero. If automatically changes to manual channel, people should find
out the reason, confirm there is no abnormal alarm, the automatic channel can
put in, after the shift leader agreed, change back to automatic channel.
d. The generator active/reactive output fluctuation is in the normal range.
e. The generator statorrotor windingiron core temperature is normal,

inlet/outlet air temperaturewater temperature is in the regulated range, cool
air temperature is no higher than 65the hot air temperature is no higher
than 100.
f. There is no alarm on the exciter micro control panel, if there is, find the
reason and eliminate it as soon as possible.
g. No alarm for the rotor grounding device.
h. No alarm for the generator protective display, Closing/tripping winding

inspecting light indicates correct.
41
i. When short circuit attack happened in the system, people should practice an
all-round inspection to the generator and exciter primary system.
j. After the force exciting operated, priority checks the generator exciting circuit
relevant equipment.
k. Each shift normally checks the standby generator and the appendix equipment
to guarantee they can be started any time.
2.4.2 The Maintenance of The Gas Turbine Generator
2.4.2.1 To make sure the generator preserves well during long-term shutdown period,
people should keep the generator cleanwarm and dry, each month spend half
an hour on flushing the oil into the bearings to keep a lay oil film on the bright
metal parts.
2.4.2.2 When generator stopped, the heaters should be supplied with consistent power.
2.4.2.3 Each week check all the visible connectors on the primary tubes and bearings
if there is oil leakage phenomenon.
2.4.2.4 Each week check all the visible connectors on the primary tubes and bearings
if there is oil leakage phenomenon. Inspect the oil level of the oil tank and
check if there is any damage.
2.4.2.5 If generator stopped for long time, circulate the lube oil for at least half an hour
each month to avoid rustiness.
2.4.2.6 Clean the generator, using cleaning cloth, brush, dull hook, blade, insulating
tape to remove the dirt maters.
2.4.2.7 Every 3 months check the shell sealing, if there is any water leakage or dust
leakage, re-seal it.
2.4.2.8 Every 3 month check the stator grounding fault inspector, pressing testing
button, testing inspector.
2.4.2.9 Every 6 months using ceresin waxcoal oil or suitable cleanser to clean the
lube oil filter screen.
2.4.2.10 Every 6 months take some lube oil sample to analyse the wateracidity etc,.
Conditions If it didnt meet the requirement, change the lube oil.
2.4.2.11 Every 6 months check the grounding electric brush, when it wear to 14mm,
change it.
42
2.4.2.12 Every 6 months check the air inlet/outlet suction drainer and clean them
thoroughly.
2.5 Abnormal Operation and Emergency Handling
2.5.1 Emergency Handling Principles
2.5.1.1 In all situations, human safety first, equipment safety second.
2.5.1.2 When generator emergency happened, the duty person shouldnt interrupt all
the automatic devices and the normal working of the recorder and printer.
2.5.1.3 When the generator emergency happened, the duty person should quickly find
the protective operations, and give detail record to all alarming signals, judging
the emergency nature before handling.
2.5.1.4 When the generator emergency tripped, pay attention to the changeover of the
service power, avoid service power loss for the whole plant.
2.5.1.5 If the system emergency caused the generator trip or abnormal operation,
handling the emergency according to the dispatching orders. If the unit
disconnected with the system, immediately recover the units frequency and
voltage to normal value, prepare for paralleling any time.
2.5.2 Abnormal Operation and Handling
2.5.2.1 System Emergency Generator Stator Over Load
Phenomenon:
a. Stator current higher than rated value
b. Stator over current protection fist stage alarm
c. Frequencyvoltage decreased
d. Stator temperature increased
Reason:
System fault or not normal, which affect the unit increase the output.
Handling:
Allowing the generator keeps on operation, closely inspect the current/

voltage, pay attention to the over load time. Reduce the load if necessary. If the
system active power is not sufficient, decrease the exciting and reduce the
reactive power; if the system reactive power is insufficient and voltage is low,
43
decrease the active power. When decrease the reactive power, do not make the
generator power factor too high or voltage too low.
2.5.2.2 The handling of generator rotor over load affected by the system
emergency
Phenomenon:
a. Rotor voltagecurrent is higher than the rated value, over excitation first stage
alarms, stator current increases.
b. Rotor is over load.
c. Rotor temperature increases.
Handling:
Allowing the generator keeps on operation, inspect the operation parameters,

pay attention to the over load time. In normal operation the generator with
comparatively high temperature statorrotor winding can properly reduce
excitation, and decrease the generator power when necessary.
2.5.2.3 The generator stator temperature unusual rising
Phenomenon:
a. Generator each part temperature indication rising
b. Generator inlet/outlet air temperature differential is more than normal

situation.
Reason:
a. Generator over load
b. Cooling system fault, cooling water flow insufficient.
c. Measuring gauges fault
Handling:
Allowing the generator keeps on operation
a. Fully check the generator each parts temperature, collate the generator load,
cooling the system air exhaust.
b. If the generator over load or cooling system fault cant be solved, decrease
the load.
44
c. Strengthen inspection to the gauges error, and inform maintenance people to
handle it.
2.5.2.4 Generator rotor one point grounding
Phenomenon:
Generator rotor one point grounding protection alarm.
Reason:
Generator rotor insulation damage, one point grounding happened
Handling:
Allowing the generator keeps on operation, inform there levant leaders,

strengthen the inspection to all the generator gauges changing situation, make
the potential emergency predict for rotor two points grounding short circuit.
2.5.2.5 Stator 3 phase unbalanced current higher than 10% Phenomenon:
Phenomenon:
a. 3 phase current meters are disaccord
b. Generator hot air temperature rising
Reason:
a. System load seriously asymmetric
b. Conducting wire connectorswitch connector etc. connection failure
c. Circuit wire breaks or non all phases operating
d. Measuring gauge fault, error too big
Handling
a. If this unit switch non all phases operating, stop the unit to handle it.
b. Find out if it was caused by the system or the unit fault, check if the
measuring circuit has any fault.
c. Unbalanced current control time should practiced as followed:
Unbalanced current to rated current (%) 15 20 30 40 50 60
Time(minute) 24 10 4.6 2.4 1.7 1
45
d. Decrease the stator current until the unbalanced current reduced to the
permissive value, and the maximum phase current shouldnt be higher than the
rated value.
2.5.2.6 Put in generator force excitation
Phenomenon:
Generator exciter currentstator current rising, reactive power load increases.
Reason:
a. Generator-transformer fault
b. System fault
c. Excitation system fault
d. Force excitation device mistaken operated
Handling:
a. During normal force excitation, do not interrupt the force excitation device
operation within the permissive forcing time.
b. After the force excitation, if the voltage couldnt recover to normal value,
changeover to manual mode, manually increase the generator exciting
current to maximum value, at this moment the generator is allowed to using
the emergency overload to maintain the voltage, and practice it by according
to the emergency over load schedule regulations. Rotor emergency over load
schedule is as followed:
Over current multiple ( multiple) 1.15 1.2 1.25 1.3 1.4 1.5
Permissive time (second) 186 136 106 86 62 48
c. If the force excitation mistaken operated, change to manual mode and close
the force excitation device.
d. If the force excitation operation is caused by the generator-transformer fault,

and the protection didnt started, fast disconnect the generator and start
de-excitation
2.5.2.7 Handling to unable to increasing voltage under unloaded generator
Phenomenon:
a. Stator voltage meters has no indication or close to zero

46
b. Rotor voltage metersrotor current meters has no indication or rotor voltage
meter has indication while rotor current meter has no indication.
Handling:
a. Check the starting exciting power is normal or not
b. Check the generator outlet PT circuit is normal or not
c. Check the rotor circuit is open or not, the rotating rectifier diode is open circuit
or not
d. Check the rotor circuit meter is normal or not
e. Measuring if there is any voltage between the positive and negative pole of the
main exciter slip ring, check if the carbon brush connection is fine or not
f. Check if each component or unit of the exciter regulator is normal or not
g. Change each exciting regulating mode to increase the voltage
h. If the working exciting system is fault, adapt the standby exciter to increase
voltage and synchronize.
2.5.2.8 Generator exciter transformer temperature overheated
Phenomenon:
Exciter transformer overheated first stage alarms
Reason:
a. exciting current is too high
b. exciting transformer resistance bias is too high
Handling:
Allowing the generator keeps on running, inspect the exciting current, properly
decrease the exciting current to recover the alarm. If necessary, decrease some
load, reduce the generator output power.
2.5.2.9 Generator exciting current
Phenomenon:
Exciting current increases, the exciting over current first stage alarms.
Reason:
47
a. System fault caused
b. Rotor over load
Handling:
Allowing the generator keeps on running, inspect the change of the exciting
current, properly decrease the excitation, if necessary reduce the generator
output power.
2.5.2.10 Generator CT secondary side open circuit
Phenomenon:
a. If the instrument circuit CT is open, stator current points at zero,

active/reactive power meters indication decreases, kilowatt-hour meter
rotating speed decreased
b. If the differential circuit CT is open, it will appears protection device fault

alarm and the protective plug-in connector interlock operation light on, the
differential relay light on.
c. The exciting regulator circuit CT is open, the automatic excitation regulating

output is abnormal.
d. There is smoke, sparks shows on the open circuit location.
Handling:
a. Inform the electric person to handle this, beware of the high voltage. Tools
used and standing place must with fine insulation.
b. The differential circuit CT is open, stop the differential protection at once.
c. If the regulating circuit CT is open, change the automatic exciting to manual

exciting.
d. If the open circuit locates near the primary equipment, report to the shift
leader, disconnect the generator to handle this.
2.5.2.11 PT circuit break
Phenomenon:
a. Voltageactive powerreactive power meters indication decreased or went to

zero, cycle meter failed, the stator current will rise when put in the
line-frequency voltage regulator
48
b. Active powerreactive kilowatt-hour meter speed decreased or stopped,
active power meter indication decreased or went to zero.
c. Stator currentexciting currentexciting voltage meter indicates normally.
d. Small secondary fused switch trip alarm
Handling:
Allowing generator keeps on running
a. Quit force excitation
b. Stop the excitation-loss protection and voltage protection
c. Check and replace the PT secondary fuse, if it burn out after being replaced,
inform the maintenance people to handle it.
d. If the small secondary switch tripped, it can be closed manually for one time,
if tripped again, inform the maintenance people to handle it.
e. When handling completed, start those above stopped protection.
3 Transformer Operation Regulation

3.1 Equipment Technical Regulation
3.1.1 Main Transformer

Transformer No.#1#2#3
Model SF10170000/140 Rated capacity 170000KVA
Manufacturer TBEA Heng yang Rated current 701.1/3777.8A
Transformer Group
Co. , Ltd.
Rated voltage 14052.5%/15KV Cooling mode ONAF/ONAN
Terminal type YNd11
P high-medium P high
Short circuit
P high-low 474.85 P high
losskW
P medium-low P low
U%high-medium1 U% high
Sort circuit U% high-low 3 13 U% medium
voltage% U% medium-low5 U% low
P0unloaded 65.68kw Unloaded 0.06%
loss Current%
Transformer tap voltage(kV)
First Second Third Fourth Fifth
157.5 154 150.5 147 143.5
Transformer No.#4
49
Model SFJ240000/140 Rated 240000KVA
capacity
Manufacture TBEA Heng yang Transformer Rated current989.74/8797.7
r Group Co. , Ltd. 2A
Rated 140515.75KV Cooling mode ONAF/ONAN
voltage
Terminal YNd11
type
P high-medium P high
Short circuit
P high-low 591.288 P high
losskW
P medium-low P low
Sort circuit U%high-medium1 U% high
voltage U% high-low 3 13.062 U% medium
% U% medium-low5 U% low
Po 97.836 unloaded 0.18
Unloaded Current
loss(KW) %
Transformer tap voltage(kV)
First Second Third Fourth Fifth
157.5 154 150.5 147 143.5
3.1.2 UAT
MANUFACTURER PRODUCT MODE:#1#2#3
TBEA Hengyang Transformer Group SZ9-20000/15
Co. , Ltd.
RATED CAPACITY20MVA RATED VOLTAGE(1581.25)
11KV
RATED VOLTAGE RATED CURRENT769.8/1049.7A
HIGH VOLTGE SIDE: 15KV,
LOW VOLTAGE SIDE:11KV
JOINT UNIT MARK: Dyn11 COOLING TYPE: ONAN
FREQUENCY50HZ Unloaded current0.2773
Unloaded loss84.659 KW Short circuit resistance (%)10.568
3.1.3 Low-Voltage Auxiliary Transformer
3.1.3.1Deep well pump transformer and office transformer

Specification resin insulation dry-type
model electric transformer Rated Power 500KVA
SCB10-500/11
Rated 11000/400 Rated Current(A) 26.2/721.7
Voltage(V)
50
Number of 3 Connection Dyn11
phases symbol
Tapping range 22.5% Insulation Class F
Rated frequency 50HZ Short circuit 4
resistance (%)
Cooling method AN/AF
3.1.3.2 #1#2#3 GT Low voltage transformer and fuel oil transformer

SCB10-1250/11
Rated 11000/400 Rated Current(A) 65.6/1804.2
Voltage(V)
phases symbol
Rated frequency 50HZ Short circuit
6
resistance(%)
3.1.3.3 Low voltage common transformer

SCB10-1000/11
Rated Voltage(V) 11000/400 Rated Current(A) 52.5/1443.4

phases symbol
6
resistance (%)
3.1.3.4 Low voltage plant transformer

Specification resin insulation
model dry-type electric
Rated Power 1600KVA
transformer
SCB10-1600/11
Rated 11000/400 Rated Current(A) 84/2309.4
51
Voltage(V)
phases symbol
Rated frequency 50Hz Short circuit
8
resistance (%)
3.1.3.5 Mechanical tower transformer
Specification resin insulation

model dry-type electric
Rated Power 2000KVA
transformer
SCB10-2000/11
Rated 11000/400 Rated Current(A) 105/2886.8
Voltage(V)
phases symbol
8
resistance (%)
3.1.3.6 Tap position of winding

H.V. Winding L.V. Winding
Tap position Voltage(KV Voltage(KV)
23 11.550
34 11.275
0.4
45 11.000
56 10.725
67 10.450
3.2 Transformer Operational Specifications
3.2.1 The latching operation of transformer putting into operation should be done
according to the safety working regulation
3.2.2 The transformer can run for long-term according to the rated nameplate under
the stipulated conditions.
52
3.2.3 The allowing temperature and temperature increase rate in oil-immersed electric
transformer operation should be checked according to the upper oil temperature.
Various cooling type transformer upper oil temperature and the allowable value
are as follows:
Cooling method Oil-immersed Forced oil
ventilation ventilation
Highest allowable temperature 95 85
Allowable temperature increase rate 55 40
Normal allowable temperature 85 75
3.2.4 The transformer load current in normal operation should not exceed rated value.
3.2.5 When the no-load regulating transformer changes to tap joint within rated 5,
its rated capacity is unchanged.
3.2.6 The transformer allowable overload
3.2.6.1 It is allowed for transformer to work under overload for some time. Under
emergency condition, it is allowed to work under overload for short time, but
the upper oil temperature of transformer should not exceed the stipulated value.
3.2.6.2 When there are some serious defects in transformer ( like cooling water system
fault, serious oil leakage, chromatographic analysis abnormality etc.). It is not
allowed to work overload.
3.2.6.3 The cooler should all put into operation when the transformer works overload,
and add the temporary cooling device if it is necessary.
3.2.6.4 The overload of transformer is controlled by the overload capacity of motor.
3.2.6.5 The main transformer normal overload allowable time( normal condition, it is
full load before its overload and the environment temperature is 40)
Over current % Allowable operating timemin
20 120
30 30
45 12
60 6
70 4
3.2.7 When the main transformer cooling system is normal, there are two ways of
manual and auto to control for cooling air fan.
3.2.7.1 Manual mode: when the inverter is in manual position, the cooling air fan is in
53
operation.
3.2.7.2 Auto mode; when the inverter is auto mode, the cooling air fan will start
according to the transformer upper oil temperature or transformer load current.
3.2.7.3 There are usually two ways for cooling air fan. The air circuit breaker of two
ways should be closed in normal operation. The option switch chooses one of
the way to run and another one is to be the standby.
3.2.8 After the transformer putting into power grid, its cooling system should be able
to auto putting in or quitting cooling fan running correspondingly according to
the change of the load and oil temperature.
3.2.9 When removes the transformer, the cooling fan system should be able to
automatically remove all the oil under the cooling fan according to the oil
temperature.
3.2.10 The temperature of the main transformer alarm, trip, start air fan, stop air fan
are as follows
Transformer model Alarm Trip Start air Stop
name () () Fan () air Fan
()
#1 #2 #3 SF10 Oil surface 80 130
170000/140
55 35
Main Winding 90 130
transformer
3.2.11 Insulation Resistance Testing
3.2.11.1 Before putting in after transformer maintenance work or shut down for one
month, every side coil insulation to ground and insulation between every side
coil and absorb rate should be tested ,write down the insulation resistance and
the temperature at that moment in record.
3.2.11.2 Transformer coil voltage higher than 6KV, 2500V shake gauge should be
used. Transformer coil voltage lower than 500V, 500v shake gauge should be
used.
3.2.11.3 Before and after testing the insulation of the transformer, the tested
instrument should electric discharge to ground. The neutral point isolating
switch of the neutral point grounding transformer should be closed before or
after the test.
3.2.11.4 The allowed value of transformer insulation resistance has no specific

54
stipulation, but it should fit following standard
a. Absorb rate R60"/R15">1.3
b. Insulation resistance should not be lower 50% than the first time test
c. The R60"test this time, conversion to the value fort test under same
temperature should lower than R60"for 1/3--1/5
3.2.12 The running principle of 132kV main transformer neutral point to ground
connection.
3.2.12.1 The running main transformers 132kV neutral point to ground connection
switch putting in should be accordance with the system running way.
3.2.12.2 Main transformer charge, power cut, paralleling operation under normal
condition. 132kV main transformer neutral point to ground connection switch
must be put in, make the decision of pull open or not after the operation is
completed.
3.2.13 Operation Rule of Gas Protection Device
3.2.13.1 Gas protection device should join signal and trip when the transformer is
operating, the gas of the on-load tap changer protection should be connected
to trip signal.
3.2.13.2 Oil filter, oil make up, change oil filter adsorbent, gas should change joint
signal, at the same time, other protection device should be connected to trip
signal.
3.2.13.3 When the oil surface of the oil levels gauge or the breath system is abnormal,
and when it is necessary to open the relief steam or relief oil valve, the gas
joint signal should be changed.
3.2.13.4 During the earthquake reporting period, the heavy gas protection operating
way should be assured according to the transformers specific condition and
gas relays anti seismic performance.
3.2.13.5 The earthquake cause the transformer outage of the heavy gas, and the
transformer and gas protection before putting into operation should be
checked and put in after there is no abnormality.
3.2.14 Transformer Tap Changer Operational Stipulation
3.2.14.1 When the loss of excitation regulating transformer changes to tap, it should be
rotated frequently to eliminate the contacting oxide film and oil
55
contamination. After assuring the conversion tap locked tightly, test the DC
resistance of winding. The tap conversion condition should be recorded. The
operation and testing work of 10kV and under transformer and arc
suppression reactor can be stipulated on site specifications.
3.2.14.2 The maintenance of transformer on-load tap changer fits the following rules:
a. After conversing to 20004000times during operating 612months, the oil

sample in tap changer tank should be tested.
b. The newly-put tap changer, after operating 12years or conversing to

5000times, the selector switch should be selected to be checked. And it
assures the checking cycle according to actual condition after that.
c. After the operating on-load tap changer converses to 500010000 times or

the puncture voltage of the insulated oil is lower than 25kV, the insulated oil
of the selector switch should be conversed.
d. The operational institute should always keep good condition
e. The no-load tap changer in tap position without long-term regulation and use,
it should operation the highest and lowest when the power offs.
f. In case of the switch is going to converse under serious overload or system

short circuit, the current lock out device should be installed in on-load tap
changer control circuit and its setting value should not exceed 1.5 times of
the transformers rated current
g. The check and clean for various controlling tank and secondary circuit
3.2.15 Transformer breather silicon discolor is above 1/3, and the silicon needs to be
changed.
3.3 Transformers Put In and Quit
3.3.1 Prepare Work of Transformer Put In
3.3.1.1 Collect relative work permits, remove temporary safe measurement, and
recover usual fence and remarks.
3.3.1.2 Check the operation condition of the protective clap
3.3.1.3 Check the insulated resistance value of the transformer according to the
requirements.
3.3.1.4 Check the relative equipment of transformer circuit, two-side switch, isolating
56
switch and the disconnecting position of PT.
3.3.1.5 Check the actual oil level of the oil conservator is accordance with the oil
remarked line of the environment temperature, the oil color of the oil-filled
pipe and oil level is normal.
3.3.1.6 Check the gas relay is filled with oil and no gas inside. The cover is ok.
3.3.1.7 Check the transformer upper no residual impurity, tap changer position is
proper, each lead wire contact is normal and the temperature guage is ok.
3.3.1.8 Check the porcelain insulator, bushing are clean, no disruption and discharge.
3.3.1.9 Check the bus and cable connection is tight.
3.3.1.10 Check the radiator, oil purifier and gas relay valves are open, no oil leakage
for transformer.
3.3.1.11 Check the non-explosive pipe membrane is unbroken, breather silicon color is
normal, transformer grounding wire is stiff.
3.3.1.12 Check temperature guage and guage components circuit is unbroken, and its
arrow setting temperature fits the requirements.
3.3.1.13 Check the cooling air fan power is normal, and the signal indication is
normal.
3.3.1.14 Check the protection, measurement, signal and control circuit configuration is
proper, markers are complete and the test is normal.
3.3.2 Transformer Putting In and Quit
3.3.2.1 Precautious of transformer power off/on operation
a. Transformer must use switch put in or disconnect, can not use isolating
switch to open or close transformer (including no-load transformer)
b. After the forced oil circulation ventilated transformer putting in, its cooling
device puts into operation auto. Before transformer being put into operation,
the air fan control switch should be in auto position.
c. Transformer power off operation, the load-side switch trips first, power-side
switch trips second. The sending power operation is that power-side switch
closes first and then closes the load-side switch.
d. When the transformer charges or operates, monitor the transformers load

current and should make abnormal condition clear.
57
3.3.2.2 Switching operation for transformer, there should be power-side of protective
device.
3.3.2.3 The high-voltage transformer must charge from high voltage-side, circle
combination from low-voltage side.
3.3.2.4 The long-term standby transformer should be charged periodically and put
cooling device into operation.
3.3.2.5 After the overhaul, emergency maintenance and change of oil, the low-voltage
transformer needs to be stopped for 3-5 hours. After the high-voltage test for
main transformer, high-voltage transformer is qualified, and needs to be
stopped 12 hours after injecting the oil. After eliminate the blowhole in oil, can
it be charged to load up. Before charging and loading up, all the coolers should
be started, cycled the oil for a period of time and relief the bag and radiator
upper residual gas.
3.3.2.6 The on-load regulating transformer can be adjusted at random in operation

according to the chief leaders command and the necessity of voltage. One
thing should be noted that it would be much better not to adjust when the
transformer is overload or full load. If you still want to adjust, you should
check the on-load regulating transformer gas protection is in operation or you
are not allowed to adjust it.
3.3.2.7 Before stopping the main transformer, after the load of the bus in high-voltage
transformer with station transformer 6.6KV backs to standby power, can it stop
the main transformer operation.
3.3.2.8 When the high-voltage station transformer or other transformer power off, it
should be disconnected by low voltage and switch to no-load transformer by
high-voltage side switch.
3.3.2.9 When station low-voltage transformer powers off, after the low-voltage load
switched to standby power, and then stop the transformer.
3.4 Normal Operation and Inspecting of Transformer
3.4.1 The transformer installed in power plant with remote supervision device, you
should often monitor the indication on the guage and grasp the transformer
operational condition. The times of copying from monitoring guage is stipulated
by site regulation. When the transformer exceeds the rated current, you should
make well record.
3.4.2 The distribution transformer should test the three-phase current during the
58
biggest burden and try to keep basic balance. The measuring period is stipulated
by professional workers.
3.4.3 Transformer routine supervision check and can reference the following
specification: The transformer in power plant should be inspected at night at
least once a week.
3.4.4 The special inspection should be made under the following conditions, add the
inspections frequency.
a. The transformer of new equipment or after overhaul runs within 72 hours.
b. When there are serious defects;
c. Weather changes suddenly (strong wind, fog, snow, hailstone and huge moist
etc.);
d. Thunderstorm especially after thunderstorm
e. High temperature season, peak load period.
f. When transformer gives first aid treatment to load operation.
g. When it is overcast and rainy, fog day, it is unable to go to transformer to see

the temperature.
3.4.5 The transformer routine inspections including the under contents;
a. The transformer oil temperature and guage should be normal, the oil level in
oil storage tank should be corresponding, no oil leakage in every parts.
b. The bushing oil level should be normal; the bushing outer part is unbroken
and no oil contamination, no discharge and other abnormal phenomenon.
c. The transformer sound is normal
d. Each cooler touch temperature should be same
e. The oil breather is unbroken, and the absorbent is dry.
f. The leadwire connection, cable and bus does not have radiation phenomenon
g. The pressure relief, safe pipe and the anti-explosion film should be unbroken.
h. The tap position of on-load tap changer and the power indication should be
normal.
i. There is no gas for gas relay
59
j. Each control tank and secondary post tank should be closed and no damp.
k. The outer surface of dry-type transformer should be clean.
l. The door, window and lighting of transformer room should be unbroken, the
room doesnt exist water leakage and the temperature is normal.
3.4.6 The periodical check should be made for transformer (the check period is made
by electrician), add the under contents.
a. The casing and tank-side should no heating phenomenon.
b. Each ground should be unbroken, if it is necessary, the core and the grounding
current of the pinchers should be checked.
c. On-load regulating device acts normally.
d. All the markers should be complete and obvious.
e. All the protection device should be complete and normal.
f. All temperature gauges should be checked within the checking time. The
over-temperature signal should be right and reliable.
g. Fire-fighting facilities should be complete and unbroken.
h. Inside transformer ventilation device should be unbroken.
i. Storage oil pond and oil extracting device should keep good condition.
3.4.7 The transformer should be shut down immediately if the following conditions
happen. If it has operational standby transformer, put it into operation quickly.
a. The transformer sound magnifies obviously, it is abnormal and has crack sound
inside.
b. Seriously oil leakage or spray oil makes the oil film lower than the indication
limit of oil gauge.
c. The bushing has serious breakage and discharge phenomenon.
d. The transformer has smoking and inflame.
3.4.8 The period of the following maintenance items can be stipulated according to
specific conditions.
a. Eliminate the ponding and dirt from storage oil tank collecting oil tank.
b. Bathe the cooler that dirted by jamming which influences the radiator
60
c. Change absorbent of the breather and oil purifier.
d. The transformer outside(including the bushing) clean
3.5 The Transformer Abnormal Operation and Accident Handling
3.5.1 Abnormal Operation Handling
3.5.1.1 Any one of the following conditions happen for operational transformer, you
should report to chief leader and require the arrangement of power off for
check.
a. There are bushing porcelain insulator and discharge phenomenon.
b. The lead wire has radiation, discolor but unmelt.
c. The upper has sundries which will danger to safety, has to power off to
eliminate.
d. Under the circumstance of load and cooling condition are normal, the
transformer upper oil temperature increase to the highest allowable value.
e. There are abnormal sound, special nature and discharge sound.
f. The transformer oil quality is unqualified.
g. There is serious oil leakage and oil level comes to down obviously.
h. There is gas in gas relay, gas signal acts.
3.5.1.2 The transformer oil level abnormal handling
a. When the oil level of oil conservator is higher or lower than the marked line
of the environment temperature, according to the seasons weather and the
cooling condition of transformer to analyze the reason of oil level change, to
enhance the oil level monitor and contact repairer to makeup oil or discharge
oil.
b. If the oil leakage lowers to the bottom of the marked line, the measurements
have to be taken to eliminate oil leakage.
c. The transformer oil level comes to down, it is prohibited to change the gas
protection to signal position before making up oil.
3.5.1.3 The treatment of high temperature, abnormal increase or sending out alarm for
temperature of transformer
a. Check whether it is caused by load or environment temperature, meanwhile,

61
check the temperature record at the same condition.
b. Check the cooling device operation and the temperature indication are
normal.
c. Check the casing and radiator temperature is balance, and the part has no
overheating phenomenon.
d. Putting standby cooler
e. If you find out the oil temperature is higher than above 10with the same
load and cooling temperature, or the oil temperature still rises without change
the transformer load, you should report to chief leader to reduce the load or
stop the transformer for maintenance.
3.5.1.4 The transformer in operation sends out light gas acts signal, it should be
checked as follows (when put light methane gas position)
a. Check the proper, oil level, oil temperature are normal and there is no oil
leakage.
b. Check whether because of the maintenance of oil system that caused the air
enters into transformer, like the signal caused by the entrance of air, you
should relief gas to recover the signal supervision.
c. Check whether it is caused by secondary circuit fault of transformer inside

fault.
d. If it is caused by the reduce of oil film which leads to gas relay sending out
signal, you should check the reason of sudden reduction quickly at that time.
e. Relief gas or sample analysis gas nature, the transformer fault nature can be
decided as follows:
Gas color Combustion Fault nature
condition
No color with light oil inflammable The gas separated from oil or
taste outside
White or light color with flammable Insulation material damaged that
strong odour generates the gas
Tiny color or no color inflammable Woodiness material damaged that
generates the gas
Dark grey or black flammable Transformer inside overflash or oil
temperature is high that resolves gas
If the signal is sent out often, and the interval time shortens slowly or the
signal can vanish, report to chief leader to arrange power cut or switch to
62
operational ways.
3.5.1.5 The treatment of transformer overload: when the transformer is overload,

adjust the load current immediately to recover its right value.
3.5.2 Emergency Handling
3.5.2.1 Handling principle of transformer emergency trip
a. Relay protection cut off the switch of transformer. Power should not transmit
to transformer until the reason has been found and the fault has been
eliminated However, under emergency situation and get the permission from
shift leader the transformer which tripped due to the external fault protection
can be transmitted power for once, and the transformer which tripped due to
the internal fault protection is prohibited to transmit power.
b. Check the put into operation of the backup power when plant service
transformer trips and the voltage of plant service bus bar losses. When
backup power automatic put into operation device is confirms to be no action
and no protection acts, the backup power switch should be manually closed
once. If the switch trips after putting the backup power into operation
automatically and there is protecting signal, power should not be transmit.
c. Power should be retransmitted when the tripping of transformer is confirmed

to be incorrect operation or the switch is out of order.
d. Stop the incorrect protection and eliminate the protection fault and
retransmitted power to the transformer which cut off due to the incorrect
action of the protection device.
3.5.2.2 Cut off the power and stop the transformer when any of the following situation
appeared:
a. People who got a electric shock and fire accident which can be saved unless
the cut-off of power;
b. Bushing broken, over flash and discharge in the surface;
c. Terminal fuses and disconnection;
d. Oil spray from the oil conservator or explosion-proof tube
e. Strong and asymmetric noise, there are discharge and explosion noise in the
internal;
f. The upper oil temperature increase sharply and exceed the permitted value
63
under the normal load and cooling condition;
g. The covering of transformer broken and oil leakage;
h. The oil level of gas relay covered due to the large quantity of oil leakage
i. Transformer main protection not act
3.5.2.3 Transformer gas protection operated
a Reason
a) Light gas operated:
1) Air enters into transformer during the process of oil filtering and oil
feeding;
2) Oil leakage leads to the decrease of oil level;
3) Transformer internal fault causes a bit of gas in it.
b) Heavy gas operated
1) Severe fault appears in the internal of transformer;
2) Protection device and secondary loop faults;
3) Short circuit appears in transformer outlet.
b. No matter gas acts on trip or signal, the shift operator should check each part
of transformer, oil conservator and secondary protection loop and whether
there are abnormal phenomenon or not. Gas analysis should be taken when
there is gas in the gas relay, if the nature of the gas is colorless, odorless,
nonflammable, no short circuit was found through external inspection, then it
can continue to run; if gas is combustible and colored, stop the operation of
transformer immediately, notify the laboratory staff to take the oil sample
analysis.
c. Trip of gas protection can be handled according to the following situation:
a) Stop transformer to check when the system got attack and the gauges and
indicators have reflections at that time;
b) Inform electrical workers to check protection when no attack in the system,

no reflection in gauges and indicators, no gas in gas relay and oil level of
transformer is normal. If the protection acts incorrect, transmit power after
eliminate fault , if no fault was found in the protection
64
c) During the trial run of signal of heavy gas, if the system got no attack and
the gauges and indicators had no reflection, the transformer should not
stop immediately, but report it to the shift leader and strengthen
supervision is necessary.
d) Check gas relay immediately and analysis the gas to judge which fault
caused the protection action. The fault transformer cant be put into
operation until the inner inspection is done and test qualified.
3.5.2.4 Transformer differential protection trip
a. It can be viewed the fault as within the transformer differential when it trips
along with gas protection signal or no other fault in system and causes attack,
and the transformer should be stopped. Power should not be transmitted until
the reason has been figured out and the fault has been eliminated.
b. Have an overall inspection on the equipment within the differential range,

measure the insulation resistance, inform electric worker to check protection
to decide whether power can be transmitted and report to the shift leader
when tripping with no system attack and no action in gas protection.
c. During the charging process of transformer, differential protection caused

tripping, but no problem has been found in the inspection on the transformer
and equipment within differential range, the insulation resistance
measurement is qualified, protection and secondary loop inspection by the
relay protection worker is conforms to be correct, then recharge is permitted.
3.5.2.5 On fire handling of transformer
a. Cut of f the power of transformer, disconnect the switch on both sides, stop
cooler and inform fire fighter immediately.
b. Isolate the fire source to prevent it from extending.
c. Open transformer emergency oil discharge valve when the casing of

transformer is on fire to make the oil level lower than the fire spot; oil
discharge is prohibited when the fire caused by the inner fault of transformer
in case of severe explosion burst on transformer.
d. Discharge all the oil to the oil basin when fire caused by the casing explosion.
e. Start fire fighting pump and open transformer fire fighting MOV to
extinguish the transformer or use dry powder, carbon dioxide, carbon
tetrachloride etc. extinguisher to extinguish; use sand or foam extinguisher to
65
put the fire when the oil basin catch a fire.
3.5.2.6 Handling for transformer trip automatically
a. Check the reason for tripping of the transformer immediately when

transformer trip automatically, if the plant service transformer trips, check
the put into operation situation of backup power source. If backup power
source doesnt put into operation automatically, put it into operation
manually. Handling those problems according to the protection signal,
measuring gauge indication, outer phenomenon when trips and incorrect
operation by the operators etc.
b. Power is prohibited to transmitted before the reason has been figured out and
the fault has been eliminated when transformer differential and gas protection
act to trip simultaneously.
c. Power can be transmitted without check if the transformer tripped due to

backup protection or caused by outer system faults, however, retransmit
power is prohibited if it trips again when trail transmit power to it and an
overall inspection is needed.
d. Retransmit power after eliminating fault and restore the cooling system if
transformer ventilation device fault or ventilation power source interrupted
and caused tripping.
e. Transmit power immediately if caused by incorrect operation from the

operators.
f. If it caused by the incorrect protection, got the approval from the leader and
quit the protection which caused the trip of transformer and retransmit power
and inform the maintenance worker the reason of the incorrect protection.
3.5.2.7 Main transformer pressure relief device operated
a. For the pressure relief device operation caused by the transformer inner fault,
inform the maintenance and assay worker to sample the oil and analysis it ,
measure insulation resistance of oil, analysis the gas element, decide whether
transmit power to transformer or not based on the result of the analysis.
b. For other reasons which caused pressure relief device, inform maintenance
work to check the relevant loop in time.
3.5.2.8 Power interrupted in the transformer cooler:
a. Make record of the outage time of cooling device exactly.

66
b. Figure out the reason quickly and recover the operation of the cooling device.
c. Control the transformer current within the rated value, supervise the
transformer oil temperature within the regulated value, decrease load when
necessary.
4 Auxiliary Power System Operation Regulation

4.1 11KV Auxiliary Power System
4.1.1 Equipment Technical Specification
4.1.1.1 Busbar and ground busbar

S.N. Item Parameter Remark
1 Rated voltage (KV) 12
2 Main busbar type and cross section TMY -80X8mm
3 Main busbar rated current (A) 1250
4 Branch busbar rated current (A) 630
5 Rated dynamic stable current 80
(crest value)(KA)
6 4S thermal stable current 31.5
(effective value) (KA)
7 1 min industrial frequency withstand 42
voltage(KV)
8 Lightning impulse withstand voltage 75
(crest value) (KV)
9 Rated frequency Hz 50
10 Rated operating sequence Open-0.3S-close/ope
n-180S-close/open
11 Open times of rated short-circuit 30
current
12 Switching electromagnet rated DC11O
voltage (V)
13 Support insulator material Epoxy resin
14 Safe clear distance (phase to ground) Ground distance of
(mm) live part 125mm
15 Ground busbar type and section TMY 10X40mm
16 Rated condenser bank breaking 630
current (A)
17 Rated cable-charging breaking 25
current (A)
4.1.1.2 11kV Vacuum circuit breaker

S.N. Item Unit Parameter Remark
1 Model No. ZN63A12
2 Rated voltage KV 12
67
3 1 min industrial KV Phase-phase, phase to
frequency with stand ground 42, static contact to
voltage moving contact 48
4 Lightning impulse KV Phase-phase, phase to
withstand voltage ground 75, static contact to
(crest value) moving contact 85
5 Rated frequency HZ 50
6 Rated current A Incoming 1600, outgoing
1250
7 Rated short-circuit KA 31.5
breaking current
8 Rated peak withstand KA 63
current (crest value)
9 4S thermal stability KA 31.5
current (effective
value)
10 Operating mechanism Spring operating
type mechanism
11 Rated operating Open-0.3S-close/open-180
sequence S-close/open
12 Spring power storage S 15
time
13 Control power supply V 110
14 Energy storage motor V 110
power source
15 Manufacturer Beikai electric Co., Ltd.
4.1.1.3 Isolating switch (plug)

S.N. Isolating switch or isolating plug Parameter Remark
1 Manufacturer Beikai electric
2 Model No.
3 Rated voltage (kV) 12
4 Rated current (A) 1250/630
5 3S thermal stability current (kA) 25
6 Peak withstand current (kA) 63
4.1.1.4 Current transformer, zero-sequence current transformer

1 Type Epoxy molded
high/dynamic/thermal
stability current
transformer
2 Model No. LZZBJ9-10
3 Construction Sealing
68
4 Accuracy grade 0.5/5P30/5P40
5 Accuracy grade 0.2S/5P30/5P40
15VA
6 Rated accurate limit factor 20
7 Rated voltage KV 11
8 Thermal stability current KA More than 40 (3s)
(effective value)
9 Peak withstand current KA More than 125
(crest value)
4.1.1.5 Potential transformer

1 Model No. JDZ18
2 Primary rated voltage 11/ 3
3 Main secondary winding 0.1/ 3 KV grade 0.2
300VA
4 Minor secondary winding 0.1/3, grade 6P,
200VA
5 Lighting impulse withstand KV 60
voltage
4.1.2 Operating Mode
4.1.2.1 11 KV auxiliary power system overview
11KV plant power system consists of two segments of work bus. # 1 and # 3
high voltage plant transformers normally supply working power to segment 2
work bus. # 2 high voltage plant transformers serves as standby power for
segment 2 work bus. The fast switch between different power supplies is
realized through fast switching device, which can ensure the reliable 11KV
plant power.
4.1.2.2 11KV auxiliary power system operating mode
a. Normal operating mode
When units # 1, # 2, # 3 and # 4 are running normally, the power for 11kV
plant bus is supplied by # 1 and # 3 high voltage plant transformers respectively.
# 2 high voltage plant transformer supplies power, the switch on low-voltage
side (11KV) of # 2 high voltage plant transformer is under hot standby state,
and the fast switching device is under activated state.
b. Unusual operating mode prescription
69
# 2 high voltage plant transformers can realize the start-up and stop of a unit.
If it is used for the start-up and stop of two units, the start-up and stop time of
the two units should be staggered; rapidly switch juxtaposed units to the local
power supply. During outage or maintenance period of # 2 main transformers,
stop the fast switching device.
4.1.2.3 Control and operation
a. Control mode
There are two control modes of remote and local for the operation control of
switch cabinet in 11KV auxiliary power system.
a) Remote
The remote control in 11KV auxiliary power system adopts generating unit
DCS control mode. All control, measurement and alarm of electric part included
in DCS. The switching operation for the breaker will be achieved through ECS
interface of DCS operator station in daily operation.
Operation instruction of breaker in electric DCS system:
Click the switch required operation on ECS interface, the operation

window will turn up on the screen;
Click close means close switch, click open means open switch;
The switch with green plain light in opening condition, red plain light in
close
Condition, and yellow flash light in emergency trip condition;
Click flash position if need to recover yellow flash light, and the reversion
window will turn up on the screen.
b) Local control mode: Local control of 11KV switch is divided to local electric
control and mechanical control. Local electric control:
When switch at test position, through breaking button/closing button of

breaker on switch cabinet faceplate to achieve the opening/closing operation of
breaker. When switch at working position, through breaking button/closing
button of breaker on switch cabinet faceplate to achieve breaker opening
operation only, but not for closing operation. Local mechanical control:
When11KV switch at working/test position, through opening/closing buttons on
breaker proper to achieve opening/closing operation of breaker.
70
b. Control power and auxiliary power
Operation power supply, control protection power supply and signal power
supply in 11KV auxiliary power system are 110VDC; among these, operation,
control protection and signal power supply of 88CR switch in gas turbine
starting motor are 125VDC, which are from MCC of gas turbine.
4.1.3 Switching Operation
4.1.3.1 General prescription of switching operation
a. Switching operation of auxiliary system should be followed the command of

shift in-charge.
b. Opening / closing operation in loop with switch should be broke by switch or

connected with load current, forbidden to open / close load current by
isolating switch.
c. Opening operation when power off should accord with the sequence of switch,
load side isolating switch and power source side isolating switch to take the.
Operation successively, and the sequence of closing operation when power
on is in contrast.
d. The actual opening / closing position of switch cannot be judged from the
indication of indicating lamp and meter, but confirmed from actual
construction of the switch.
e. Put in / stop busbar voltage potential transformer must under the condition of
busbar without voltage.
f. For the11KV and bellow AC/DC voltage busbar, should test insulation
resistance after maintenance and before power supply, in order to check if
grounding and short circuit or not. Best to charge with no-load power source
when power charging.
4.1.3.2 Check before operation put in 11KV auxiliary power system
a. Confirm all the maintenance work of electric equipment in 11KV auxiliary

power system as well as all acceptances and inspection work have been
completed, all relevant work permits have been taken back;
b. Confirm all security measures have been removed (already dismantled

ground connection, and opened earth isolator);
c. Confirm all personnel on duty already left working site;
71
d. Check working site without sundries influence safe operation;
e. Removed temporary barrier and recovered standing barrier;
f. Check high-voltage station transformer already in good standby condition;
g. Check all switchgears of 11KV already in good standby condition;
h. Check control power supply in normal condition, all indicators and alarm
lamps in every condition under normal state, and secondary loop is
completed;
i. Confirm system protection has been put in with normal condition.
4.1.4 Emergency Handling
4.1.4.1 Emergency handling principle
a. Firstly try to ensure auxiliary power supply.
b. Rapidly limit emergency developing, eliminate emergency source and relieve

dangerous to personnel and equipment.
c. Ensure non-fault equipment in good operation continuously.
d. Rapidly recover power supply to the users with power off.
e. Regulate system operation mode and make it recover to normality.
f. Necessarily consider overall situation during emergency handling, with

positive and initiative attitude to take the stable, accurate and fast result.
4.1.4.2 Attention items during emergency handling
a. When emergency occurred, operation personnel should be on the post

position, pay attention to maintain correct operation mode to the equipment,
rapidly and correctly carry out the command from shift in-charge. Only can
stop equipment operation or leave working post after got the command from
direct leader or when obvious and direct dangerous to personnel safety or
equipment completion.
b. When emergency occurred, overall analyze emergency nature, location and

range according to the meter changing, protection, signal along with action
condition of automatic device as well as external symbol of emergency.
c. Pay attention to prevent asynchronous paralleling when emergency handling.
d. Timely record the phenomenon, time, major operation time and protective
72
action condition in the emergency.
4.1.4.3 Attention items when forced energization
a. After equipment trip, no forced energization if any following conditions:
aWith serious short-circuit symbol, such as explosive sound, arc.
bSwitch was damaged seriously.
cAfter operation, trip occurred when charging.
dSwitch with continuous trips for twice.
b. When forced energization, pay attention to ammeter of equipment and

voltmeter of busbar, rapidly interrupt power transmission if finding current
increases fast and voltage decreases seriously. But it is not correct to consider
load current or inrush current of transformer to be fault current.
c. Whatever the condition is, should take external check to the switch with
power supply.
4.1.4.4 Handling of 11KV auxiliary power system grounding
a. Firstly inquire relevant personnel if new-start equipment or motor

abnormality, if any, should instantaneously stop primary for checking.
b. If equipment trip at the same time of grounding, forbidden to put in tripped

equipment again, but check out the reason.
c. Put in standby transformer, open secondary switch of working transformer,

and ascertain if working transformer secondary loop with ground connection
or not.
d. Ascertain which one with ground connection, then recover working

transformer for operation.
e. Switch transformer in grounding busbar to standby, and select working

transformer.
f. Stop unimportant equipment.
g. If there is standby equipment, switch to standby equipment for operation,then

distinguish in proper order.
h. Available to instantaneously stop the motor which cannot be interrupted

power supply as well as without standby equipment after got the consent
73
from shift in-charge and relevant personnel.
i. When above-selection failed, that is busbar or potential transformer grounding,

necessary to interrupt power supply for check and handling.
4.1.4.5 Emergency handling of auxiliary power supply
a. No forced energization again when 11KV auxiliary system with fault, such as
standby transformer re-trip after linkage.
b. During maintenance of standby transformer, such as after working

transformer trip, immediately check out which protection acted; allowable
the forced working transformer for once if no internal fault in the
transformer.
c. When the voltage in low-voltage control center disappeared, forced

energization by working power supply, and energization only after checked
the center without short-circuit symbol.
4.2 400V Auxiliary Power System
4.2.1 Operating Mode
4.2.1.1 400V auxiliary power system overview
There are four segments of 400V working bus, each of which adopts single
busbar wiring. There are two power transformers, and there is bus switch
between them to ensure the two transformers are standby to each other. Under
normal circumstance, two segments run separately. Plant public load is
connected to different PC sections, and some MCC are set in auxiliary plant
according to the principle of combination of process system and nearest power
supply.
4.2.1.2 400V AC auxiliary power operating mode
a. Normal operating mode
Under normal operation condition, 400V PC bus adopts sectionalized

operating mode, tie breaker in spinning condition, which should be put in
self-put equipment for operation.
b. Special operating mode
In case of outage of certain transformer, its 400 bus should be switched to

another segment of bus through contact switch; (firstly, exit the fast switching
device), close the contact switch, and then switch off the high and low voltage
74
side switch of the transformer.
4.2.2 Control and Operation
4.2.2.1 Control mode
There are two modes of remote and local for operation control of switch in
400V auxiliary power system. Remote: All the control, measurement and alarm
in the system bring into DCS, adopting CRT and keyboard for soft manual
operation. Remote mode only can be achieved manual operation on 400V ECS
operation control interface in DCS system, it is available to manually open and
close above-mentioned switches, but out of automatic switching.
4.2.2.2 Control power and auxiliary power all the operation, control protection and
signal power in 400V auxiliary power system belong to 110VDC, the power
source comes from 110VDC DC system. Auxiliary power: (power utilization
of kilowatt hour meter and transducer) belong to 110VAC, which come from
UPS.
4.2.2.3 Check before operation put in 400V auxiliary power system
a. Confirm all maintenance work of electric equipment in 400V auxiliary power

system has completed; acceptance and inspection work has been finished
with qualified, all relevant work permits have been taken back;
b. Confirm all security measures have been removed (already dismantled

ground connection, and opened earth isolator);
c. Confirm 11KV auxiliary working voltage in 11KV auxiliary power system is

normal;
d. Confirm low-voltage auxiliary transformer in good standby condition;
e. Check switchgears needed energization already in good standby condition;
f. Check control power supply in normal condition, all indicators and alarm
lamps in every condition under normal state, and secondary loop is
completed;
g. Check site without sundries influence safe operation;
h. All personnel on duty already left working site before energization.
4.2.2.4 Energization operation of 400V auxiliary power system
a. Confirm all control power and protection of 400V auxiliary power system has
75
been put in with normality;
b. Confirm all switches on 400V busbar already at open position and remote
selection;
c. Close high-voltage side switch of low-voltage auxiliary transformer on ECS

operation interface of 11KV auxiliary power, and confirm it;
d. Close high-voltage side switch of low-voltage auxiliary transformer on ECS

operation interface of 400KV auxiliary power, and confirm it;
e. Locally confirm above-mentioned operation and check operation condition of

400V auxiliary power system.
4.2.2.5 Power interruption operation of 400V auxiliary power
a. Confirm tie breaker on 400V busbar at open position;
b. Relieve load of 400V PC busbar on ECS operation interface of 400V

auxiliary power;
c. Open low-voltage side switch of low-voltage auxiliary transformer on ECS

operation interface of 400V auxiliary power, and confirm it;
d. Locally confirm above-mentioned operation on switch cabinet site, and

confirm 400V auxiliary power busbar without voltage
4.2.2.6 Switching operation of 400V auxiliary power system
a. Check another standby power in good standby condition and without

switching block condition;
b. Open low-voltage side switch of low-voltage auxiliary transformer on ECS

operation interface of 400V auxiliary power, and confirm it;
c. Confirm 400V PC busbar without voltage;
d. Close standby power switch of 400V PC section on ECS operation interface

of 400V auxiliary power system, and confirm it;
e. Locally confirm above-mentioned operation, and confirm busbar operation in

normality..
4.3. Motor Operating Mode
4.3.1 Normal operating mode
a. Motor can be operated in long term with rated temperature according to

76
nameplate data from manufacturer.
b. For the standard voltage of three-phase AC motor in operation, high-voltage

motor with 11KV, and low-voltage motor with 400V.
c. Generally motor can be operated at rated voltage with changing range of -5%
to 10%, and its rated output is not changed. Voltage changing range of 11KV
and 400V motor as following table:
Name Rated voltage (V) Voltage changing range (V)
11KV motor 11000 10450~12100
400Vmotor 400 380~440
d. When motor operation with rated output, the three-phase unbalanced voltage
difference is no more than 5% of rated voltage, three-phase unbalanced
current difference is no more than 10% of rated current as well as no more
than rated value when under any phase current.
4.3.2 Allowable temperature and temperature rise
When motor operation, the allowable temperature and temperature rise of all
components should accord with the prescription of manufacturer nameplate for
operation, and accord with following prescription if no nameplate (environment
temperature follows +35to calculate)
Component Insulation Max. allowable Max. temperature
name grade temperature rise
A 100 65
E 115 80
Stator coil and B 120 85
core F 155 100
H 180 125
Slip ring 105 70
Sliding bearing 80 45
Rolling 100 65
bearing
Outlet air 70 35
temperature
4.3.2.1 Allowable value of vibration and axial displacement
Motor vibration in operation should not exceed following data:

Rated rotating speed 3000 1500 1000 750 Below 750
(r/min)
77
Vibration value 0.05 0.085 0.10 0.12 0.16
(double amplitube mm)
Vibration Value 50 85 100 120 120

(double-amplitude um)
4.3.2.2 Prescription of insulation resistance
a. 11KV motor applies with 1000V-2500V megameter to measure insulation

resistance; under normal temperature, the value should not lower than
6M;under different temperature, the allowable value of insulation
resistance as following:
5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 55 60 65 70 75
M 17 15 13 12 10 9 8 7 6 5.5 5 4 3.8 3.4 3
b. 400V and lower low-voltage motors apply with 500V-1000V megameter to

measure insulation resistance; when temperature is above 50, the value
should not lower than 0.5 M; when temperature is below 50, and the
insulation resistance value should not lower than following prescription.
50 45 40 35 30 25 20 15 10 5
M 0.5 2 3 4 6 8 12 16 20 30
c. Rotor coil of AC and winding motor applies with 500V megameter to

measure insulation resistance, and the value should not lower than 0.5 M.
d. High-voltage motor with capacity of 500KW or above, should measure

absorptance R60/R151.3, the measured resistance value should not lower
than 1/2 of last measured value comparing with last-time in the same
condition; otherwise, check out the reason and report to relevant personnel.
Forbidden energization startup if motor insulation is unqualified.
e. The bearing insulation of high-capacity motor after overhaul should apply wit
1000V megameter to measure insulation resistance, the value should not
lower than 0.5 M.
f. Stand-by motor should be measured insulation periodically for once every two
weeks.
g. For the motor with high temperature change in poor environment, when
standby stopped, should shorten time interval of measuring insulation, and
78
strengthen periodic trial running work (trial running time should not less than
two hours).
h. When motor off-time is no more than one week and without maintenance,
available without insulation measurement before energization or startup;
although the time is no more than one week, when motor with steam and
water intake as well as other abnormal conditions, necessarily measure
insulation before energization or startup.
i. The motors for mutual standby should be changed operation every week or
adopted the mode of half-hour trial running, to improve the insulation of
standby motor.
4.3.3 Operation, Monitoring and Maintenance of Motors
4.3.3.1 Preparation and check-up before start
a. Collect all work permits and remove all safety measures before supplying
power to the new operating or repaired motors
b. Insulation resistance test of motors, cables, motor shafts and insulation pad of
oil tube, ect should be qualified.
c. Do switch changeover and emergency button tip test before supplying power
to new installed or repaired motors
d. Do trip protection and linkage test for secondary circuit after repair and
commission.
e. Verify phase sequence and check whether the rotation direction of motors is
correct after repair work which may change phase sequence.
f. Electrical operators do the following check-ups before start motors
A) Check that marks of each part are complete and correct. Cable head and
cable is grounding very well.
B) Check that there is no abnormal about the proper of motors, no operators

work on machinery part, motor wiring is finished.
C) Each part of motor switches is in good condition. The structure of switch

moves flexible and no block. The contact of isolation switch and fuse plug
is very well. Choose fuse properly. Three phases should be conformed no
appearance of losing phases and the contact is well.
D) Protective circuit is well. Clamp start correctly. Put Protective dc

79
insurance into operation
g. Thermal machine operators do the following check-ups before start:
a) No person work on motors and their driven facilities. It`s clean in

surroundings.
b) The grounding wire of motor casing should be firm and integrated.
c) Motor fans, cleading for wheels and screws of each fundamental part must
be firmed
d) Shafts have been lubricated. Oil ring dipped with oil is sufficient. Oil color
is lucid. Oil level is normal.
e) Motor driven machines are in good condition and they are in start
preparing state.
f) Try best to turn rotor. Check whether there is friction of rotor and no jam
situation of machinery part.
g) The motor that is equipped with a cooler. Make sure that water flow of
cooler is normal. No sundries in the ventilation duct.
h) Check that the position of interlock switch is correct. Electrical and

thermal meters work well.
4.3.3.2 Start up and shut down
a. Contact to supply or interrupt power to plant motors by shift leader, main

duty operators and execute power supply/interrupt system seriously.
b. Starting devices are not allowed to operate before receiving any giving
notices about finish of power supply from electrical shift operators.
c. Motor start up/shut down is operated by thermal machine operators. Under

normal situation, start of high voltage motor, start of governing oil pump,
start/shutdown of DC oil pump should inform electrical shift operators ahead
in convenience to monitor voltage and current.
d. In principle motor could nt start with load, except special conditions.
e. Trip on the first start, check motor and it`s subordinate machinery parts.
Confirm that the insulation of motor is in good condition. Operate under the
appointed person`s supervision. If abnormal situation occurs, press
emergency stop bottom and notify relative personnel to check.
80
f. When the starting current of motor doesn`t return in schedule time (except
jam of meters), stop its operation. Do not re-start before the causes are found
out.
g. When starting motor, shift operators should monitor the process of start
according to ammeters or rotating sound. Stop operation if any abnormality
is found.
h. After motor starts, shift operators of thermal machine do the following

check-ups
a) Rotates normally without abnormal sound
b) Vibration and hunt shouldn`t exceed the specified value.
c) Temperature, pressure of lube oil and carried oil of oil ring is normal as
well as shaft temperature.
d) Inlet/outlet wind temperature and the proper of motor is normal.
e) Check whether the rotating direction of repaired motor is correct.
4.3.3.3 Check and maintenance during running.
a. Shift operators of thermal machine undertake motoring, checking,

maintenance and shaft maintenance work as well as outside cleaning during
motor running. Inform electrical operators timely when there is abnormality
about running motor.
b. Electrical shift operators have no right to change running mode when they
find any abnormality about running motor. After reporting to the shift leader,
ask relative personnel to assist in dealing with it. But if they find that motor
endangers the safety of equipment and person obviously, they have right to
stop the running motor and report it to the shift leader and relative personnel.
c. Check-ups during normally running motor
a) The current, voltage of motor is in the specified range.
b) No noise, clang, smoke and burnt flavor about motor
c) Vibration and dynamic gap shouldn`t exceed specified value.
d) Temperature of each part shouldn1t exceed specified value.
e) Foundation, screws of each part and grounding wires are firm.
81
f) Switch, contactor, isolating switch and cable head couldnt change color
because of overheat and no oil leaking allowed.
g) No oil leakage, oil spraying and overheat of each shaft. oil temperature, oil
color and oil ring dipped with oil is normal.
h) Check the motor that equipped with draft fan. check that the draft fan
operates normal. Ventilating duct is clean without sundries. the fan
shouldn`t be affected with damp because of entry of steam or water.
4.3.3.4 The principle of choosing wire fuse for low voltage motor Because wire fuse
acts as protection for short circuit fault of low voltage motor, so it shouldn`t
fuse when motor overloads during starting. The capacity of a common fuse
chosen is: the rated current of fuse is 2-2.5 times as that of motor.
4.3.4 Handle Accident and Abnormality of Motor
4.3.4.1 Abnormality and the ways of handling when motor starts.
a. If motor rotates very slow or no rotation and buzzing when it starts close the
switch of motor immediately and notify the electrical shift operators to repair.
The reason of this phenomenon may be the followings:
a) First phase of rotor`s circuit disconnect (The first phase of fuse burns out.
The contact of cable head or first phase of switch isn`t very well. First
phase of rotor`s winding disconnect)
b) Circuit of rotor disconnect or doesn`t contact very well.
c) Motor or machinery parts jam
d) Wrong connection of motor`s stator.
b. Spark or smoke arises from the inside of motor during starting or running.
Start standby motor immediately. Stop the trouble motor to check. The
causes may be the followings:
a) It is not in the center position or bush wears. Stator and rotor rub each
other.
b) There is too much dust in the clearance of rotor and stator.
c. The protection of new installed or repaired motor operates during starts. Cut
the power supply immediately. Check first and secondary circuit. The causes
may be the followings:
82
a) Check whether there is fault of driven machines.
b) Check whether there is fault of motor or cables.
c) Check whether the setting value of protection is correct.
d. After motor starts and switch closed, switch off immediately when one of the
following phenomenon happens and contact the electrical shift operators:
a) Motor does not rotate or stop rotating instantaneously.
b) There is abnormal sound of motor and the rotation speed could not reach
the normal value.
c) Starting current does not return in specified time.
d) Do not start without the causes being found out when motor smokes or
there is spark flying out.
e. When the switch blade of motor could not be closed (or after closing the
switch blade trips immediately), ask electrical shift operators to check the
followings and handle it according to situation respectively.
a) Whether the insurance that controls power is well.
b) Whether the inserter of withdraw able switch, the joint of transformation

contact well.
c) Whether the switching circuit disconnect, the switching contactor is

jammed.
d) Whether the switch structure is normal. Whether there is jam of turning

part.
e) Whether the protection of thermocouple operates and whether the thermal

trip operates.
f) Whether the switching voltage is too low.
g) Check that whether the contact of switching circuit, I&C and interlock is
closed.
h) Check that whether the emergency push bottom or trip core doesn`t return.
i) Whether there is problem of protective setting value or it is too low.
4.3.4.2 Handle of motor that is unable to stop
83
a. When the operational handle could not stop the motor, try the emergency
push button to shut down.
b. When the push button of switch cabinet could not shut down the high voltage
motor, try the manual tripping mechanism to make it trip.
c. Poke tripping relay for a low voltage motor. If it has switches, operational
power supply of contactor could be isolated. Use a insulator to unclench the
keeper or cut the power supply through switches. Then check the causes.
d. After the motor switch being pushed aside, the rotating speed of motor
decreases, but not stop and with abnormal sound and vibration. Switch on the
motor immediately and notify the electrical shift operators to handle it (if the
switch isn`t fully pushed aside, the motor will run without phases)
e. When the motor is still running after the switch being isolated, check whether
the water gate or choker of its driven machines is closed.
4.3.4.3 Abnormality and handling during running
a. If one of the following cases happens to the running motor, start the standby
motor first and then shutdown the trouble motor. If there is no standby motor,
report it to the shift leader immediately to determine whether to stop it or not.
a) There is abnormal sound of motor or burning flavor of insulation.
b) There arise sparks or smoke inside the motor or inside the starting devices.
c) The temperature of shaft and plunger coil exceeds the allowed value.
d) The load doesn`t change, but the current of stator increase unmorally and
exceeds the allowed value
e) The motor is drenched by water, fumigated by steam. The insulation is

affected with damp.
b. Sound changes suddenly and gives song stridulation, current increases or

turns to zero, rotating speed decrease during motor running. Start the standby
motor immediately if it is not the problem of power source. Open the switch
of trouble motor and do the following check-ups.
a) Whether first phase of stator`s circuit disconnect (switch, isolating switch,

contactor disconnect. First phase of fuse fusing)
b) Whether it is interturn short circuit.
84
c) Whether it`s fault of driven machines.
d) Whether that the voltage of system is normal.
c. The current of stator occurs strong periodic swing during motor running, start
the standby motor. Stop the trouble motor and check it. The causes maybe
the followings:
a) Welding head of winding of wound rotor is broken.
b) Slip ring of wound motor have shout circuit or rheostat doesn`t contact
well.
c) Machinery load occurs with uneven change.
d. If the running motor heating abnormally and exceeds the allowed value, find
out the causes as soon as possible and try to get rid of it. If there is standby
motor, start the standby one. If there is no standby motor, decrease the output
power of motor. The causes of heating may be the following:
a) There are problems of cooling system (ventilation jammed, inlet gate of

wind or water closed, temperature of inlet wind high, etc.)
b) Voltage of the power supply is too low or voltage of three phases is

unbalanced.
c) Overload or there is trouble of machinery parts.
d) Check whether the motor has been running for a long time with overload.
The voltage is too low or three phases are unbalanced.
e) Add extraordinary ventilation or decrease output power.
f) If the temperature still goes up, it may have fault. Stop the running motor
immediately.
e. If the shaft temperature of running motor is too high, strengthen monitoring

and try to get rid of it or notify the relative personnel to deal with it. The
causes of heating are the followings:
a) Oil is not clean and it`s too dense or there is water in the oil or wrong oil
type.
b) Oil supply is insufficient. Circulation and lubrication of oil is not very well.
Oil pump is jammed or rotates very slow..
c) Driving belt is too tight. Bearing cap covers too closely. The scrape of
85
bush surface is not very well. The clearance of shaft is too small.
d) The axis or bearing of motor dips
e) The center position is not right or convex teeth of elastic coupler works
nonuniformly.
f) There flows electricity through the bearing. The abrasion of journal is not
smooth. The .alloy of bush fuses, etc.
g) Inside of rolling bearing is abraded.
h) Rotor is not in the center of magnetic field, which leads to axial hunt and
the bearing will be extruded.
Handling of heating
1) Monitoring the temperature and adjusting oil level.
2) Start standby motor. Notify repairmen to deal with it. Report it to the
supervision if there is no standby motor to determine whether continue
to running.
f. Motor vibration is too strong.
Causes:
1) The motor and its attached machinery are not in the center.
2) Screws of foundation loose. Unit loses balance.
3) Stator and rotor rub with each other.
4) Bearing is broken or journal abrades.
5) The coupling and its connecting devices are broken.
6) Attached machinery is broken.
7) Motor runs without phases or several coils disconnect.
Handling:
1) Report it to the shift leader and check the electrical circuit of motor.
2) Contact t the repairmen to deal with it.
g. When the important plant motor loses voltage or voltage decreases, forbids
shift operators to interrupt the power of motor in one minute so that the
86
motor starts automatically.
h. When fist fuse fuse, insulation resistance must be measured. When two
phases fuse or protection trips, in addition to measure the insulation
resistance, AC resistance must also be measured. The differential value
between three phases couldn`t 2%
4.3.4.4 Handle accidents.
a. One of the following situations is found during motor running. Shunt down
the motor immediately.
a) The motor and attached machines endanger the safety of person.
b) The motor and subsidiary electrical equipment smokes or on fire.
c) The motor vibrates strongly and the bearing temperature increases

dramatically or the temperature exceeds the specification and continues to
increase.
d) Rotating speed of motor drops The sound is abnormal and the current
exceeds the rated value and does not return.
e) There is occurrence of sweep chamber to stator and rotor, which causes

smoke.
f) Other conditions that threaten the safety running of motor obviouslysuch

as water flood, fire disaster, badly damage of machines, ect.
b. Handle automatic trip of motor.
When the motor trip automatically, start the standby unit. Check and test
the tripping motor from each aspect. Do not put into operation without the
causes being clear. For the important motor without a standby one or the
standby one couldnt be start immediately, try to put it into operation once
after being approved by the shift leader. But the following situations are an
exception:
a) There is strong impulse of current when the motor trips.
b) There is obvious short circuit or damage of motor circuit.
c. Handling of protective operation of tripping after motor switch on.
a) Start standby unit.
b) Check that whether there is problem of protective circuit. Contact the

87
repairmen to handle it.
c) Check that whether there is short circuit or disconnection of the motor

proper and circuit.
d) Check that whether there is jam of driven machines by motor.
e) Determine the insulation resistance of motor.
f) Check the switch of motor.
d. Dont start the motor that is installed with low voltage protection before the
recovery of voltage after the auxiliary power disappears or trips on low
voltage.
5 Operation Regulation of DC System

5.1 Gas Turbine DC System
5.1.1 System Constituent
The GT DC System, mainly composed with two TPR chargers, accumulator

battery and 125V DC switchboard, is used to provide DC power for GT DC Lube
Oil Pump, emergency lighting, GT and generator control panel, excitation and
UPS etc. The two chargers, of which power are from LKB 001AR distribution
box, work at the same time in normal operation with 50% load respectively. Its
accumulator battery is in the floating mode. When one charger is at fault, then put
the other one into operation with full load. But if both of two are at fault, then DC
power is supplied by accumulator battery.
5.1.1.1 Accumulator Battery
Battery Room, in the TCC Room with specific access door, is separated with
control room. The acid misst generated from accumulator battery is extracted
with conduct to the outdoor in case of corrosion to electric equipment. Battery
Room is natural draft with upper sealing (cold air in control room can entered). In
the normal operation, chargers and accumulator battery are paralleling with DC
System and the chargers are in the floating status. The charging current of each
charger is 50% of total current. When one charger is at fault, then the other one
can supply 100% rated current.
5.1.1.2 Charger
The constitution of charger refers to Diagram 2-1, and parameters of

components are as follow:
88
A1: C.C.U.P.C.B+NOV RAM (2001) Z1: Filter 3P 450VMAX
Q1: Three-phase switch 7OA OT 125 T1: Transformer 380-400-415/125V

100A
V1V6: Transistor 60A 1200V
R2: Shunt 100MV 130A Grade 0.5
A2: T.P.C TH1: Thermocouple
LI: Reactor 100V 100A 0.99MH
C1: Capacitor 160V 6.8MF CO39
F1: Safety Switch(fuse) 400V 125A 8G 3P 2258
K10: Inserted Relay 110VDC
V21: Diode SKN 240-04 S2: Switch 230V 16A
R1: Resistor 3.3K 9.5W
Input: 415V/400V-50HZ Output: 134.4V
Operating temperature: 040Exceed 40to 55, output current will
decrease (1.25% PER)
Temperature: 15%90%(Environment) Operating Temperature 20%80%
A20: Governor 220-110VDC/24VDC
5.1.1.3 DC Distribution Box
There are DC Bus Voltmeter, Emergency Lube Oil Pump Mode option switch
-S01 (AUTO/MANU) and three state indicating lamps on the interface of DC
Distribution Box LBA 001AR. In normal, voltmeter indicates normal voltage of
125VDC bus; -S01 should be at the AUTO position and Emergency Lube Oil
Pump is under control of MARK which will start manually when at the
MANU; Three indicating lamps should indicate normal, -HL1 (red
FAULT),-HL2 (yellow RUN), -HL3 (green STOP), and no faults indicate.
5.1.2 Operation and Maintenance
5.1.2.1 Operation of charger control interface (diagram as follow)
On the screen of both two chargers, there is an operating unit display A310
with a display, three touch buttons and two red/green indicating lamps
89
respectively. Green light refers to normal system while red light means faults.
Routine parameter supervision and operation on chargers can be conducted on
the A310 operating unit display.
By the three touch buttons and operating menu display on charger, the
following function operations can be conducted:
Charging pattern settings, alarm display, resetting, historical records, print

settings, voltage settings (scope: 5% rated voltage), date and time settings,
screen display settings etc.
If there is no operation beyond three minutes during operating process, itwill

return to default screen automatically.
5.1.2.2 Inspection and check
Check chargers parameters display whether it is normal and there is no fault

alarms. Check whether indoor operating conditions meets the technical
requirements, the inner has abnormal sounds and the equipment overheat or burn.
Check accumulator battery whether there is leakage, crystallization on the

interface, abnormal connection and draft. Check soft connects between batteries
and timely renew insulating material whether it is preburning and cracking etc.
5.1.3 Fault Alarm and Treatment

Alarm Cause Treatment & Measure
MAINS 1: Charger is not put into 1: Put charger into operation
FAILURE operation 2: Check safety fuse and renew it
2: Main circuit safety fuse 3: Check main circuit voltage
burnout
3: Voltage is over limit
HIGH Charger output voltage is Inform maintenance to handle it
CHARGE higher than permit
VOLT
LOW 1: Charger is not put into 1: Close charger switch
CHARGE operation 2: Reduce load
VOLT 2: Charger overload 3: Check connection
3: Phase sequence reverses 4: Recover output after full
4: Battery discharges charge
5: Battery safety fuse burnout 5: Check safety fuse and renew it
6: Open circuit 6: Check single battery
90
7: Main circuit voltage low connection and battery sets

connection
7: Check main circuit
RECTIFIER 1: Safety fuse burnout 1: Check safety fuse and replace
FAIL 2: Floating voltage low when it
no current limit pattern 2: Check main charger voltage
EARTH Insulation low or output Check insulation
FAULT +or ground (<100)
EARTH
FAULT
TPC OFF 1: Connection or phase 1:Connect main circuit output
sequence fault correctly
2: Main frequency output 2: Check main frequency
limit 3: Inform maintenance to handle
3: Synchronization fault
5.2 DC System
5.2.1 Summary
The power station is equipped with TH230D30NZ -3 series intelligent

high-frequency switching DC power supply system produced by Mianyang
Fubang Electric-Controlled Equipment Co., Ltd. DC system is divided into two
parts such as main plant and network control room. Each system consists of
battery, charger, DC power distribution panel and emergency lighting switch
panel; the function is to supply DC power to DC oil pump, emergency lighting,
generator control panel, excitation, UPS, transformers, switch, protection cabinet
and automatic devices.
The main plant DC system voltage is DC220V, and there is one set of battery
with capacity at 1100AH/2V. Network control room DC system voltage is
DC110V, and there are two sets of batteries with capacity at 600AH/2V. The
batteries adopt VRLA. The battery capacity can enable power supply of 1.5 hours
to all the connected loads after AD power of DC charger disappears. The DC
system voltage is not less than 87.5% of rated value.
The main plant DC bus is single bus. Centralized control DC bus is double bus.
5.2.2 DC system technical specification
5.2.2.1 Accumulator battery criteria:

91
Fixed valve-control sealing lead

Name
accumulator
Type GFM
Single battery rated voltage (V) 2.12
Single battery floating charge
2.23---2.28
voltage(V)
Single battery equalizing charge
2.30---2.35
voltage(V)
Accumulator battery normal floating
1mA/Ah
charge current (mA/Ah)
Shandong sheng yang power
Manufacturer
industrial co., LTD
5.2.2.2 Charger operating description
a. Implement the following functions:
a) Start-up, shut-down control
b) Alarm and state control
c) Timing
d) Output voltage (current) regulation control
e) Power control
f) Manual/Automatic operating mode option
b. Alarm signals and meanings on main control panel
a) Mains voltage high/low: upper, lower limits of equipment input mains

voltage exceed setting value
b) Phase sequence fault: equipment input mains phase sequence fault or

phase not together
c) Phase not together: equipment input mains phase not together or control
pulse phase not together
d) Over firing: thyristor module temperature too high
e) Overvoltage: equipment output DC voltage exceed setting value
f) Over current: equipment output DC current exceed setting value

92
g) When one alarm signal of Mains voltage high/low, Phase sequence
fault, Phase not together, Over firing generates, charger cut off pulse
automatically, stopping supplying power for load. When alarm signal
eliminates and charger is in automatic mode, charger will start
automatically.
h) When there is alarm of Overvoltage or Over current, charger will stop

automatically. After eliminating fault, it starts after pressing Resetting
button.
5.2.3 DC System Inspection and Maintenance
5.2.3.1 Related operating prescription
a. Under normal circumstance, DC input power supply power for all rectifier
modules through DC distribution unit. Rectifier module will transform AC
power to DC power which will be out through protective apparatus, charging
for accumulator batteries while supplying normal operating current for DC
load.
b. Supervision unit use distributed mode to supervise and control the system. It
will automatically control the rectified module to implement current limiting
charge for accumulator batteries, equalizing charge/floating charge,
temperature compensation etc.
c. When DC bus operating, one accumulator at least should be on the DC bus.

Using charger to supply power for DC bus is not suitable.
d. Two accumulator batteries run in parallel for long time is prohibited.

Intermittent parallel during switch between two buses must be under the state
that two closed buses voltage, charger normal operating and available
accumulator batteries.
e. When DC system is operating, all the corresponding supervision and control

apparatuses such as microcomputer DC system supervision apparatus,
isolated supervision apparatus, accumulator batteries inspection apparatus
and high-frequency switch mode protective apparatus should be put into
operation at the same time.
f. Note that power switch of dual supply DC load should operate under DC
system normal operation. When one power system is DC grounding, it
should take the intermittent power interruption and avoid long loop closing
of another power on the side of feeder.
93
5.2.4 Accumulator battery
5.2.4.1 Accumulator battery and Battery Room inspection
a. Battery Room should be clean, dry with good ventilation and the temperature
should be around 25, not higher than 40and lower than 5.
b. Every accumulator should run in floating between 2.152.30V voltage

terminal.
c. No spark or flame can be brought into Battery Room.
d. Check the cleanness accumulators in turn to ensure that no electrolyte leakage,

no damage with distinct distortion on the casing and cover, no damage and
heat on terminal.
5.2.4.2 DC control and feeder panel check
a. Chargers run in normal, the same with indicating lamps, information display
on the panel. No alarm signal, no inner heat, no incomplete connection with
looseness and no heat.
b. Charger output voltage and current are normal, and DC bus voltage is normal.
c. All DC feeder switches are at the correct position, and indicating lamps are
corresponding to switch positions.
d. All isolator positions on the DC control panel is corresponding to the

operating status.
e. Grounding inspection apparatus runs in normal and there is no abnormal

alarm signal.
f. Emergency lighting switch panel runs in normal, and the AC switches are
closed and at the right position.
5.2.4.3 Accumulator batteries maintenance
a. Regularly measure and record the total voltage and floating current of
accumulator batteries.
b. When more than two batteries voltage are lower than 2.18V, the accumulator
batteries need equalizing charge.
c. Every year accumulator batteries should do a verified discharge test under

actual load, liberating 30%40% of verified capacity.
94
d. Every three year, accumulator batteries should do a capacity test, the actual
discharge capacity should not be lower than 85% of verified capacity.
e. After emergency discharge of accumulator batteries, timely charge with

applicable charge current, charge voltage and time according to distinct depth
of discharge.
5.2.5 DC System Operation
5.2.5.1 Check before putting charger into operation
a. Check and maintenance is surly finished, devices and equipment are at

operation condition.
b. Check charger to ensure connection is complete and tight with no looseness,

and control and signal fuse are on it.
c. Check all isolators on the DC bus are at right position and same with the
operating mode.
d. After general overhaul, charger should verify that phase sequence and
polarity are correct before operation.
5.2.5.2 Charger put into operation
a. Check charger power on the emergency security section has been sent out.
b. Check initial charge/floating charge mode option isolator is down. (Floating

charge/equalizing charge)
c. Put on charger three-phase fast fuse.
d. Check every regulating potentiometer on the faceplate is at zero.
e. Check AUTO/MANU selector switch switches to AUTO.
f. Check stabilized voltage/stabilized current selector switch switches to

stabilized voltage.
g. Close charger AC input switch.
h. Close charger AC contactor, and STOP light on.
i. Close charger isolator.
j. Check Mains, Normal charge, Floating charge on the faceplate light on.
k. Press Operating button and check Operating light on, the charger output
95
voltage climb and rise to setting value.
l. Check charger output climb and rise to floating stabilized voltage value.
m. When it is charger manual mode, the auto stabilized voltage/stabilized

current function lose. Regulate manual regulation potentiometer to regulate
the DC output of charger. Supervise DC bus voltage and load history under
this operating mode, and timely regulate the DC output of charger.
5.2.6. DC system abnormal handing
5.2.6.1 DC bus bar voltage abnormal
a. Phenomenon
a) DC bus bar voltage is on the high side or on the low side.
b) Warning and indicating lights of monitoring device and inspecting device

of micro computer is lighting.
c) The visual annuciator of DC system operating normally is lighting on the

large-screen.
d) DC bus bar in the ECS system is over-voltage or under voltage warning.
b. Handling
a) Inspecting whether charger DC output is normal or not, adjusting when

output exceeds the limit.
b) Judge whether is the incorrect warning signal or not.
c) Switch to standby charger to supply power when the charger fault and
cant be adjusted.
d) If the voltage is too high and causing the charger stop working, then press
the "reset" button on the charger to check whether the fault has been
eliminated, if the failure persists, you should switch to the backup power
to the charger.
e) Inspecting whether the charger automatically switch to balanced

charging, or else switch manually to balance charging.
5.2.6.2 Load fuse disconnected
a. Phenomenon
a) ECMS system DC unit load fuse disconnected warning in

96
b) The visual annuciator of DC system operating normally is lighting on
the large-screen.
c) The red light on this load is off, load fuse fuses, fuse signal ejects.
b. Handling
a) Well prepare the safety measurements of losing DC power source on this

load.
b) Switch this load packet type switch to the position of disconnected.
c) Change the fuse on this load, sending the DC power source.
d) Short circuit exists in this loop if the fuse fuses again, and inform the
maintenance worker to handle it.
5.2.6.3 DC grounding
a. Phenomenon
a) DC bus bar voltage abnormal
b) Insulation monitor PM3J device displays the grounding of bus bar and its
branches, "insulation alarm," and "branch alarm" light in the panel may
light.
c) The visual annuciator of DC system operating normally is lighting on the

large-screen, ECS system in the DCS electrical part DC grounding alarm.
b. Handling
a) Inspecting whether grounding manually, and whether there are equipment

start in the grounding loop, judging the reason of grounding.
b) No clear reason or no grounding point of failure, the judging method can

be used by road instantaneous power failure circuit, contact with the user
before the power outage.
c) For non-metallic earth, such as insulators damped and other causes, should
take appropriate measures to eliminate to ensure the quality of the DC
voltage.
d) DC should be grounded in two hours, and stop all the maintenance work
related to the network control secondary loop when grounding.
5.2.6.4 Supervisory module fault handling
97
a. Phenomenon
a) Relevant monitoring module "communication", "Running" and other LEDs

indicate abnormal, "warning" or "abnormal" light on.
b) Corresponding AC or DC system voltage and current abnormal,

centralized monitoring unit issued alarm signal.
b. Handling
a) Check whether it caused by the module power source air switch tripped or
fuse fused.
b) Check whether it caused by the fault of communication, check whether

there are abnormal in the communication lines and interfaces.
c) Check whether the relevant parameter setting of module is normal, ask for
the maintenance worker to handle it when necessary.
5.2.6.5 Storage battery faults
a. Storage battery case rupture, electrolyte flows, pull the battery outlet switch,
remove the fuse, contact the maintenance worker to handle it.
b. When battery is on fire, stop charging the battery immediately (stop using
storage battery packet charger), put out the fire according to "fire-fighting
regulation".
c. Keep the bus bar voltage by silicon rectifier charger when storage battery
faults.
6 UPS System Operating Regulation

6.1 System Summarization
6.1.1 The power station has two sets of UPS, one of which is for the capacity 80KVA
of the main plant, and the other is for the capacity 10KVA of the network
control room. AC uninterrupted power source system provide uninterrupted
AC power to I&C inspection, distributed control system (DCS), transmitter and
important instruments to ensure the normal operation of the unit and the
continues working of measuring instrumentations, regulating devices and DCS
etc. while the whole plants power fails. The AC uninterrupted power supply
system is provided by Mian yang Fu bang equipment electronic control Co.,
Ltd.
6.1.2 AC uninterrupted power supply system includes he main loop isolation

98
transformer, rectifier, inverter, bypass isolation transformers, voltage regulators,
static transfer switches, battery, blocking diodes, the main distribution panel,
distribution of electric screens and other equipment.
6.1.3 Main equipment constitution and its function

Assembly Function
Rectifier Match the rectifier main loop input voltage to the
rectifier
Buttery Connect with rectifier
Inverter To switch DC current to AC current
Static bypass To switch load to bypass automatically or manually
switch
Controller Mainly applied to: Control rectifier, control static
switch, control inverter, detect voltage, current and
alarm, to achieve communication with front
faceplate, etc.
Signal controller Mainly applied to control: Front faceplate LED,
operation status indication LED, alarm relay
Front faceplate Display equipment, operation, operation status
indication, alarm indication
6.2 Operating Mode
6.2.1 Normal Operating Mode
6.2.1.1 Normal UPS operation mode is supplying power by the rectifier main line, the
AC input a matching transformer supply phase angle controlled rectifier,
rectifier compensate for fluctuations in mains voltage and load deviation. DC
power outputted by rectifier will convert to AC and then provide it to load.
6.2.1.2 Equipment status

Equipment Status
Rectifier main line Power source is sending, voltage and
frequency are within normal range
Bypass main line Power source is sending, voltage and
frequency are within normal range
Bypass switch At AUTO end
DC input switch Switching
Rectifier Open
Inverter Open
Static switch Close
99
Output voltage Within normal range
6.2.1.3 When rectifier loss of AC power supply or rectifier fails, UPS systems will
automatically switch to DC system power supply.
6.2.1.4 When the inverter fails or overload (> 150% for 1 minute,> 125%
10minutes),UPS systems will automatically switch to bypass power supply.
6.2.2 DC Power Supply Mode
6.2.2.1 When rectifier AC power is lost or rectifier fails, UPS systems will
automatically switch to DC system power supply without interference.
6.2.2.2 When the DC system voltage decreased and cant guarantee the normal
operation of the inverter, if the rectifier main loop power is restored, the system
will automatically switch to the main circuit operation; If the main circuit
power supply is still abnormal while bypass power supply is normal, the
system will automatically switch to bypass operation; otherwise, the system
will automatically shut down.

Equipment Status
Rectifier main line Beyond normal range
Bypass main line Indefinite
DC system voltage Within normal range
DC input switch Close
Rectifier Close
Inverter Open
Static switch Close
6.2.3 Auto Bypass Power Supply Mode
6.2.3.1 In this operating mode, the bypass switch at AUTO side.
6.2.3.2 When the inverter fails or overload (> 150% for 1 minute,> 125% 10 minutes),
UPS will automatically switch to bypass to supply power; it can be
automatically switched to the bypass power supply in the keyboard according
to the actual situation.
6.2.3.3 When bypass main line fails, if the rectifier is normal, the system will
automatically switch to rectifier main line to supply power. Otherwise, under
100
the normal voltage conditions of DC system, the system will automatically
switch to DC power supply.

Equipment Status
Close / open(determine by
Rectifier
convertion)
Inverter Close
Static switch Open
6.2.4 Manual Bypass Operation Mode
6.2.4.1 In order to check whether the UPS system is normal or not (for example, to
check whether the bypass main line and invert rectifier are synchronization or
put into operation after the maintenance of UPS system)
6.2.4.2 Switch the UPS system to manual bypass operation mode in order to
maintenance the UPS system in the condition of uninterrupted power on the
load. At this time , bypass switch is at BYPASS end.
6.3 The Inspection and Maintenance of UPS System
6.3.1 The Inspection Before Putting Into Operation
6.3.1.1 Finishing the maintenance work, closuring the work permit, dismantling the
safety measures and receiving the written re-service notice or the record of able
to putting into operation
6.3.1.2 Have checked the input phase sequence of UPS rectifier and it is correct, also
have checked the output polarity of rectifier and the output polarity of DC.
6.3.1.3 The manual bypass switch of UPS is at the end of BYPASS, each switch of
primary system is in the open position.
6.3.1.4 Each fan connection in UPS rectifier cabinet and the converter cabinet is good,
there is no ashes or jam.
6.3.1.5 The UPS rectifier, converter, static switch, insulating transformer, pillar
constant voltage regulator are in good condition and no abnormal. There are no
tools or other things left in the cabinet, and the grounding of each equipment
enclosure is good.
6.3.1.6 Check the primary fuse and the secondary fuse in the cabinet are good and
101
connected, the installation of each circuit board is correct, and are injected
stably in the slot.
6.3.1.7 Check whether the UPS bypass power supply is connected.
6.3.1.8 Check whether the main circuit power of UPS rectifier is connected.
6.3.1.9 Check whether the DC power of converter in the 110V DC bus is connected.
6.3.2 The Inspection During The Operation of UPS System
6.3.2.1 Check whether the output voltage of UPS is within the range of 2402%V, the
frequency within the range of 500.5% Hz, the output current exceeds the
limit.
6.3.2.2 The grounding of primary circuit and secondary circuit inside the UPS is good,
there is no looseness or overheat. All the cabinets are clean, and there is no
waste inside. Each fuse is good, and each part of grounding is also good,
6.3.2.3 The fan operation in the cabinet is normal; there is no ashes or jam.
6.3.2.4 The operation condition of front board indicates correct, no abnormal alarm
signal.
6.3.3 The Periodic Maintenance of UPS System
6.3.3.1 Fill the grease in the voltage regulating part of bypass cabinet periodically.
6.3.3.2 Check the parameter condition of input voltage of DC power periodically.
6.3.3.3 Check the condition of fan filter periodically, and change or purge in time.
6.3.3.4 Purge the ashes in the cabinet periodically.
6.3.3.5 Strengthen the inspection and control of indoor temperature in the summer, if
necessary, strengthen the indoor ventilation or install the air conditioning to
cooling.
6.4 UPS Operation
6.4.1 First Starts up Procedure:
6.4.1.1 Close the reserve breaker The reserve (F) and output (L) LED on the mimic
will light up, indicating the reserve static switch loop is energized; therefore,
the output has power now. The power supply in the UPS is also established.
The fans will rotate too.
6.4.1.2 Close the rectifier breaker- The rectifier will be automatically started if the
102
power source connected correctly. The DC BUS will slowly rise up (about 15
30 sec.) until the designated voltage is reached, and from then on, this
designated voltage will always keep the value. Now, the DC BUS has been
ready for the inverter.
6.4.1.3 Press the inverter activation switch: To activate the inverter, the inverter
activate switch (P) and inverter control switch (Q) must be pressed at the
same time, the inverter will begin at this time, about after 7 Seconds the
completion output of the inverter will be established, Inverter (I) LED light,
about after 3 seconds static switch will automatically output load from the
back-up power supply to convert into inverter supply, static switch (J) light ,
now UPS has been beginning to operate.
6.4.1.4 Close the battery breaker- A fuse holder is employed on the DC bus for safety
purpose. Now the DC power will take over to supply the DC bus if the
rectifier mains fail.
6.4.1.5 Close the output breakerNow output indicator light lightening, Present
power on output, load can be start-up.
6.4.1.6 Check whether the mimic LED is correct as shown in the figure. Switch off
all alarm LCD in the panel right, there are two LED (INVERTER ON and
INVERTER SS) ON.
6.4.1.7 Check whether LCD display is correct: all warning LED on the right of the
panel must be off, and there are two LED ("INVERTER ON" and
"INVERTER SS") lit on the let of the panel.
103
B A C
NANDIPUR 425MW CCPP
WARNING
INVERTER ON RESERVE
AC FAIL RECT AC FAIL HIGH DC
INVERTER SS RESERVE
FREQ FAIL
SHORT CIRCUIT BATTERY LOW
RESERVE FAIL BAT LOW
FUSE/OVER BATTERY LOW
TEMP SD SHUTDOWN
INVERTER FAIL RECT AC FAIL
SHUTDOWN FUSE / TEMP BAT LOW STOP
BYPASS ON ROTATION
SHUTDOWN ERROR
HIGH DC RECTIFIER
SHUTDOWN SHUTDOWN
OVERLOAD FAULT
OVERLOAD HIGH DC
SHUTDOWN Q
104
70% LOAD BOOST
CHARGE INVERTER
110% LOAD BATTERY
TEST
125% LOAD EMERGENT
150% LOAD
STOP
DATA LINE
~ R
/
/
ON OFF
LCD
P
TRUE GALVANIC ISOLATED UPS UP DOWN ENTER
D E F G H I J K L M N O
ELECTRICAL OPERATION MANUAL
Picture show
LCD DisplayLCD displays the present state and the past historical data.
UPS parameters, the time is now, inverter, LCD buzzer all can be stetted
also, LCD with LED backlight so bright and clear picture quality. When the
up / down / confirm button has not been pressed after three minutes, the
backlight LED inside LCD extinguished away, you can save power when
any of the up / down / confirm button to be pressed, LCD backlight LED
light to resume immediately.
STATUS LEDThe 24 LED showing the current situation of UPS, can
provide up-to-date information to users availability. When there is an
abnormal situation, the LED will turn on. Of these 24 states are as follows:
INVERTER ONINVERTER OPERATION
INVERTER SSCut off the Back-up power static switch, activated inverter
static switch, the output load supplied by inverter.
SHORT CIRCUITUPS Output short-circuit.
FUSEOVER TEMP SDCut off Fuse or the over temperature, resulting the
inverter locks.
INVERTER FAIL SHUTDOWNInverter output voltage abnormal, leading to
inverter lock.
BYPASS ON SHUTDOWNWhen the operation of the inverter, the bypass
non-fuse switch to activate, causing inverter locks.
HIGH DC SHUTDOWNWhen the operation of the inverter, high DC voltage,
lead the inverter lock.
OVERLOAD SHUTDOWNInverter output load is over the rated load range,
resulting in inverter lock, to reduce some of the load, the UPS will re-actived
after 7 seconds.
70%LOADUPS to connect more than 70% of rated load.
RESERVE AC FAILOver AC back-up power supply voltage range.
RESERVE FREQ FAILOver AC back-up power supply Frequency range.
BATTERY LOWDC power (or battery), which is lower than 180VDC, has
been close to the low battery lock.
BATTERY LOW SHUTDOWNDC power (or battery), which is lower than
165VDC (below the inverter acceptable DC voltage), resulting in inverter
locks.
105
RECT AC FAILRectifier AC input with over voltage range.
ROTATION ERRORRectifier with an incorrect AC input order.
RECTIFIER SHUTDOWNDC power is too high (more than 295VDC),
leading to rectifier lock, when abnormal situation is excluded, the automatic
activation after 30 seconds.
HIGH DCDC voltage is more than 285VDC, UPS limited voltage function
activated, and the voltage will not rise further.
BOOST CHARGEBatteries average rechargeable.
BATTERY TESTBattery test Automatically.
EMERGENT STOP An emergency stops switch to activate, leading to
inverter lock.
DATA LINELED flashes, said communications interface in the transmission
information or to receive messages.
Alarm LED When there is an abnormal situation occurs, the warning LED
will be light, the user can see the error message through the LED clearly.
When return to the normal status LED will be extinguish. All LED
expressed as follows:
RECT AC FAILAC input of rectifier is abnormal, because the size of the AC
power more than range or in the wrong sequence, resulting in rectifiers lock.
RESERVE FAILRESERVE power with abnormal AC INPUT, as the over
AC power or the over frequency FUSETEMPInverter fuse cut off or
the temperature too high.
OVERLOADOutput load is more than 110%, 125% or 150%.
HIGH DCDC voltage more than 285VDC, LED will turn on.
BAT LOWDC voltage lower than 180VDC, LED will turn on.
BAT LOW STOPDC voltage lower than 165VDC, inverter prohibit activated,
LED will turn on.
FAULTAbnormal situation, such as overload, short-circuit, high DC voltage,
fuse blowout/ over temperature, no bypass non fuse switch open or sudden
stop, causing inverter locks.
These LED placed behind the transparent window, users neednt to open the door
will be able to see the lights display clearly.
Buzzer moo
BYPASS LEDWhen the maintenance bypass non-fuse switch activate the
LED will turn on. when the maintenance bypass non-fuse switch activate
the inverter can not be activatedat this time if the inverter in the normal
106
operation will stop immediately also.
RESERVE POWER LED When Reserve power non-fuse switch
activated, the output power supplied by the back-up power, the LED will
turn on.
RECTIFIER LEDWhen the rectifier Under normal circumstances, the
work of the LED will turn on. This means that the normal power supply
input rectifier, which is in the right order, rectifier non-fuse switch activated,
as well as the DC BUS with normal voltage.
POWER OFF LED When the UPS in a state of POWER OFF the LED
will turn on, the battery can also be used to indicate the test results. If the
battery does not pass the test, even if not in the power of the state of the
LED will blink until the user to replace the battery.
INVERTER LED\When the inverter switch to activate the LED will turn
on. The LED that is in the inverter operation.
INVERTER STATIC SWITCH LEDWhen the inverter static switch to
activate and the standby power static switch to cut off, the LED will turn on,
load power provided by the inverter, the inverter switch to activate about 7
seconds until the LED light normally.
RESERVE STATIC SWITCH LEDWhen the RESERVE static switch to
activate and the inverter static switch to cut off, the LED will turn on, then
the load power supplied by back-up power, standby power and inverter
static switch will not switch-on at the same time, the inverse static switch
LED and back-up power static switch LED will not turn on at the same time.
OUTPUT LEDWhen the output terminals with AC powerthe LED will
light. This is a very important show; the user can see that there is AC output
or not.
UP Move keyIt is the LCD control key, when the UPS information or
order re-set, which can move the cursor up a project to the chosen projects,
or to change the number / attributes upward.
Down Move buttonIt is the LCD control key, when the UPS information
or order re-set, which can move the cursor down to a choice of projects, or
down to change the figures / attributes.
The executed keyIt is the LCD control key, which can also determine the
next page to choose the number / attributes / projects.
Inverter activated switchIt is the inverter-activated switch when pressed
the button of the key and inverter control switch (Q) at the same time,
INVERTER activated.
107
Inverter control switchIt is the inverter control switch, when pressed the
key and the inverter activate key (P) at the same time, the inverter is
activated; when press the key and the inverter cut off key (R) at the same
time, the inverter has been Cut off; two-button design to prevent misuse by,
so this button can also be referred to as a key to prevent errors.
Inverter switch to cut offIt is the inverter switch off, when pressed the
button of the Key and the inverter control switch (Q) at the same time, the
inverter is cut off.
6.4.2 Shut down UPS
6.4.2.1 Commonly shutdown operation procedure When UPS is running normally, if

you want to shutdown the UPS at peacetime, Please follow the steps below:
You must press INVERTER OFF Switch(R) of and INVERTER Control
Switch (Q) simultaneously. Here RESERVE light will bright, and the load
will be automatically transferred to reserve without interruption.
6.4.2.2 Overall closing operation procedure if you want to shutdown the UPS
completely, please follow the steps below. And the UPS is running normal.
a. Open output breaker, now LED output indication light is dead. Before open
output breaker, you must first determine the output load non-use, or else
open the output switch, there will be no output power caused the loss of
equipment, open the output switch, the output (or load) did not have
electricity.
b. Switch off the inverter The inverter can be switched off by pressing the
inverter off switch(R) and the control switch (Q) simultaneously. And the
load will be automatically transferred to reserve without interruption.
c. Open the battery breaker If you want to shutdown all the power of the UPS,
continue to open the battery breaker. Now the rectifier only supports the DC
bus.
d. Open the rectifier breaker Open the rectifier breaker will then further take
the power source away from the DC bus; therefore the DC bus will start to
drop slowly. After 5 min., the DC bus will drop to a safe level (let say
20VDC).
e. Open RESERVE breaker: now LED RESERVE indication light is dead.
f. At last all power has been cut off now; the LED or LCD shouldnt light. The
UPS now is completely shut off.
108
6.4.2.3 Transfer the load to maintenance bypass
a .Switch off the inverter The inverter can be switched off by pressing the
inverter off switchRand the control switchQsimultaneously. And the
load will be automatically transferred to reserve without interruption.
b .Open the battery breaker If you have to shutdown the power inside the
UPS, please continue to open the battery breaker. This rectifier can only
save energy in the DC BUS.
c .Open the rectifier breaker Open the rectifier breaker will then further take
the power source away from the DC bus; therefore, the DC bus will start to
drop slowly. After 5 min., the DC bus will drop to a safe level (let say
20VDC).
d .Close the bypass breaker Now the reserve breaker and reserve static
switch is still conducting, therefore when maintenance bypass breaker is
closed, the power will flow through the bypass loop instead of the reserve
loop because the impedance of bypass loop is lower.
e .Open the reserve breaker You can now open the reserve breaker to free
the UPS from any power supply.
f .Open UPS output breakerHere output LED indicator light dead, make load
and inverter disconnect completely, consequently guarantee the load power
cant return the power to inverter.
6.4.2.4Transfer the load from bypass to inverter procedure
a .Close the reserve breaker The reserve and output LED on the mimic will
light up, indicating the reserve static switch loop is energized; Therefore the
output has power now. The power supply in the UPS also established. The
fans will rotate too.
b .Close the UPS output breaker, presence of output power.
c .Open the bypass breaker The inverter cant be switched on with the
maintenance bypass breaker is opened (because the CPU will sense the
breaker and prevent the inverter connecting directly to AC source). And the
reserve breaker has already closed, therefore power goes through the reserve
loop if bypass breaker is open, the AC at output wouldnt be interrupted.
d .Close the rectifier breaker - The rectifier will be automatically started if the
power source connected correctly. The DC voltage will slowly rise up (15
109
30sec.) until the designated voltage is reached, and this designated voltage
will always keep the value. Now, the DC has been ready for the inverter.
e .Press the inverter activation switch: To activate the inverter, the inverter
activate switch (P) and inverter control switch (Q) must be pressed at the
same time, the inverter will begin at this time, about after 7 Seconds the
completion output of the inverter will be established, about after 3 seconds
static switch will automatically output load from the back-up power supply to
convert into inverter supply, now UPS has been beginning to operate.
f .Close the battery breaker - A fuse holder is employed in the DC power to the
DC bus for safety purpose. Now the DC power will take-over to supply the
DC bus if rectifier mains fail.
g .Check the content of LCD display right or not: switch LCD menu, check the
content of LCD accordingly to practice or not, trouble light gives alarm or not
and so on.
6.4.3 Operation Modes
6.4.3.1 Generally, there are four different operation modes, the NORMAL
OPERATION MODE, the BACK-UP (Supplied by the DC power) MODE, the
RESERVE MODE and the MAINTENANCE BYPASS MODE. They will be
explained as below.
a. Normal Operation Mode

3Q4
3Q3 3KM3
BYPASS MAINS
1230V,50Hz
1P2W
3T1 3L1(3L2) 3A1 3L3 3A2 3T2
3Q1 3KM2 3Q5 OUTPUT
MAINS INPUT 1220V/230V
3400V,50Hz 50Hz
3P3W 1P2W
3Q2
BATTERY INPUT
220V/110V
The rectifier converts the AC input to the DC power to supply the inverter and
charge the battery at the same time (if option charger). All the fluctuations, such
as surges and spikes of the AC input are removed during the AC to DC
conversion; therefore the AC supplied by the inverter is clean and stable.
b. Back-Up Mode
110
3Q4
BYPASS MAINS 3Q3 3KM3

1230V,50Hz
1P2W
3T1 3L1(3L2) 3A1 3L3 3A2 3T2
3Q1 3KM2 3Q5 OUTPUT
3400V,50Hz 50Hz
3P3W 1P2W
3Q2
BATTERY INPUT
220V/110V
Since the power is connected directly to the DC power of power plant, when
the AC failure, the DC power immediately supply energy to the inverter instead
of the energy from the rectifier. The output AC wouldnt interrupt. Therefore,
the load connected to the output is protected.
c. Reserve Mode
3Q4

1230V,50Hz
1P2W
3T1 3L1(3L2) 3A1 3L3 3A2 3T2
3Q1 3KM2 3Q5 OUTPUT
3400V,50Hz 50Hz
3P3W 1P2W
3Q2
BATTERY INPUT
220V/110V
When the inverter is the abnormal conditions, such as over temperature, short
circuit, abnormal output voltage or overloaded for a period exceed the inverters
limit, the inverter will automatically shutdown, in order to protect itself from
damage. If the utility power is normal, the static switch will transfer the load to
the reserve source without interruption of AC output.
d. Maintenance Bypass Mode
3Q4

1230V,50Hz
1P2W
3T1 3L1(3L2) 3A1 3L3 3A2 3T2
3Q1 3Q5 OUTPUT
MAINS INPUT 3KM2
1220V/230V
3400V,50Hz 50Hz
3P3W 1P2W
3Q2
BATTERY INPUT
220V/110V
111
In case of UPS need the maintenance or the DC power of power plant need
replacement, and the load cant be interrupted, the user can turn off the inverter,
close the bypass breaker and then open the rectifier and reserve breakers. The
AC output wouldnt be interrupted during the manual bypass transfer procedure.
Therefore maintenance bypass switch keeps continuously power supply to the
load. Electricity will not exist in UPS except the output transformer, thus ensure
the safety of service personnel.
6.5 Common Troubleshooting
a. QAC input normal, but the rectifier cannot be activated
A Check the Rectifier non-fuse switches to activate or not.
TroubleshootingActivated the rectifier non-fuse switch.
Check the AC input sequence is correct or not, LED will display an error
message on the left front panel ROTATION ERROR LED light.
TroubleshootingConnect the AC input right.
b. QInverter cannot be activated
ACheck the DC BUS is established or not. Troubleshooting: use the
Rectifier or activate the Battery switch to establish the DC BUS.
Check Bypass non-fuse switch activate or not? Troubleshooting: cut off
the bypass non-fuse switch.
Check whether the output load overloading. LED displays an error
message, the right of the front panel OVERLOAD LED will turn on.
Troubleshooting: reduce the power load of the UPS.
c. QWhen the AC POWER is power off, UPS remains locked
ACheck battery switch fuses switch Block is activated. Troubleshooting
activate the battery fuse switch blocks.
d. QUPS control circuit is without power supply
A Check RESERVE power switch is activated. Troubleshooting
activated back-up power non-fuse switch.
e. QFault LED lit and the buzzer has been hoot all the while
ACheck whether the output is overload. Troubleshooting reduce the
output load.
Output check whether there is a short-circuit phenomenon.
Troubleshooting rule out short circuit.
112
7 The Safety Section Bus and The Diesel Generator Unit
7.1 Summary
7.1.1 The plant has one 800kW diesel generator in the diesel engine room. Its outlet
voltage is 400V. The 880kW diesel generator supplies accident shutdown power
to the whole plant (except for gas turbine whose own battery should be able to
ensure its safe shutdown) to provide emergency shutdown power.
7.1.2 The unit has one segment of 400V security bus. Security power systems
automatic switch is realized by DCS. In case of failure of security segment
working power, DCS will automatically start diesel generator; When the diesel
generator meets load conditions, diesel generator control system will close the
diesel generator outlet switch and emergency power inlet switch to complete
security power switch in case of accident.7.2 The equipment specification
7.2 The specification of diesel generator
Name Parameter
Manufactory Will power equipment co., LTD
Genset Model P1100E1
Rated voltage(V) 400
Rated current (A) 1588
Phase 3Phase 4wire
Engine Speed 1500RPM
Engine Model 4008TAG2A
Governor Type Elect
Excitation mode Brushless self-excitation
7.3 Start/stop Diesel Generator
7.3.1 Inspection Prior to Start-up
7.3.1.1 Confirm the control switch/key switch is open.
7.3.1.2 Check if oil level, water level, oil temperature and water temperature of diesel
generator are normal.
7.3.1.3 Check if fuel is sufficient (shall keep at least 9 hours fuel usage).
7.3.1.4 Check if leather belt of diesel generator charger fits well.
7.3.1.5 Check if all tubes are free from damages and loosing.
7.3.1.6 Check if there is no leakage on system.
7.3.1.7 Check if auxiliary power supply is used normally.
113
7.3.1.8 Check if voltage of 24V storage battery for start-up & controlling is under
good conditions, and if it can be recharged normally.
7.3.1.9 Check if water heater start/stop automatically and normally, and turn off heater
before starting.
7.3.1.10 Inspect air filter, if there appears red on air filter indicator lamp, shall inform
maintenance personnel to replace filter element.
7.3.1.11 Check lubricating oil filter, when warning lamp on lubricating oil filter turns
on, replace it.
7.3.1.12 Check control panel and meter, start/stop mode of diesel generator shall be set
at "AUTO position, control mode switch of diesel generators outlet switch
shall be set to "AUTO position, and reset alarm and fault signals.
7.3.1.13 Check if emergency cutoff button has been reset.
114
115
7.3.2 Start/stop Mode of Diesel Generator
Diesel generator can start/stop automatically or manually, manually start/stop

can be fulfilled in both DCS and in situ control panel. In automatic or DCS
start/stop mode, start/stop mode of diesel generator shall be set at AUTO
position, and control mode switch of outlet switches on diesel generators shall
be shifted to AUTO position. Only under in situ start/stop mode, start/stop mode
of diesel generator can be set to "Manual position. When start/stop mode of
diesel generator is set at "AUTO position, start/stop tests may be carried out
through "Simulated Voltage Loss switch.
7.3.2.1 Steps for DCS manual start/stop mode of diesel generator:
a. Check if start/stop mode of diesel generator has been set at "AUTO position,
if water heater is operating, stops water heater.
b. Check if control power fuse has been installed inside diesel generator control
cabinet, if 24V battery voltage performs normally, and if indicator lamp
shows properly.
c. Starting instructions can be issued by DCS or press emergency start button in

control room. After control system received start signal, diesel generator can
start normally within 10 seconds. After voltage and frequency of diesel
generator rise up to rated values, it will automatically close outlet switches of
diesel generators and send operation signal to DCS. If unit fails to start three
times, it will send failure start signal to DCS.
d. Start-up time of diesel generator shall be within 10 seconds, the time from
starting to full loading shall be less than 30 seconds, if manual start-up failed,
and the next start-up shall be after an interval of 30 seconds or more.
e. Normally, DCS send the order to stop the diesel engine, the diesel engine stop;
or chance local control on the control cabinet to stop the diesel.
7.3.2.2 Steps of in site start/stop manual mode of diesel generator:
a. Set start/stop mode of diesel generator to "Manual position, check if outlet

switch of diesel generator has been set at AUTO position. When water heater
is operating, stops water heater.
b. Press Start button on control panel of diesel generator, then check if diesel
generators starts normally.
c. Check if output voltage & frequency of diesel generator are normal.
116
d. Check if outlet switch of diesel generator can be closed automatically and
normally.
e. Press Stop button on control panel of diesel generator and check if diesel
generator stops by sequence normally.
f. Set start/stop mode of diesel generator to AUTO position and put water
heater into operation.
7.3.2.3 If need to stop diesel generator emergently, press emergency shutdown button
on control cabinet of diesel generator. No matter which side switch is operating
on, diesel generator will shut down.
7.3.2.4 Switch diesel generator automatically in auto mode
a. The start way show on diesel engine local control screen is Auto location.
b. After each time start-stop, first check the security section PT has an interlock
handle 1 input 0 quit normally stay at 1 location. On the security
section switch has an interlock handle (1 input 0 quit) normally stay
at 0.
c. Diesel engine starting condition is no voltage on the bus line security section
and security section inlet switch is open. If any of the 400V PC power-losing,
after the security section on-off controller judge the main power is shouted
down by accident, send and keep the starting signal to diesel engine, the
diesel engine receive the start signal and start with 10s. When diesel engine
outlet voltage and frequency reach to the rate value, the diesel engine outlet
switch is switch on, security section switch auto switch to the diesel engine
side, security section 400V PC power recover. If during the building of the
standby power, main power side recovers the power, security section switch
will not switch. After 5mins wait, release the start signal of the diesel engine,
if diesel engine doesnt have other start signals, diesel engine order to stop.
d. After security section main power recovered, the voltage, frequency, phase
sequence is meet the conditions. First manual stop the diesel engine, the
order of stop the diesel engine are: before stop the diesel engine must switch
the security section PT interlock manual switch to 0, when stop the diesel
engine, remote switch off the standby power switch, security section loss
power immediately, remote switch on the security section inlet switch, (if
interlock not stay in 0it cannot remote operate and diesel engine will auto
start), after operation switch the PT interlock to 1in order to make sure the
security section prepare for the next time power losing, if the PT interlock
117
doesnt stay in 1, when the security section power losing, the standby
power switchws cannot interlock action.
e.After switch to the main power, with 5mins wait, remove the signal of the
starting diesel.
7.3.3 No-load Test of Diesel Generator Unit
7.3.3.1 Check if start-up mode of diesel generator is set at AUTO position and stop
water heater running.
7.3.3.2 Press staring button in DCS to start diesel generator, check if diesel generators
operate normally, and if voltage and frequency rise up to rated values.
7.3.3.3 Check if outlet switch of diesel generators is closed normally.
7.3.3.4 Check if diesel generating operates normally.
7.3.3.5 Half an hour later, press stop button in DCS to stop the diesel generator; check
if diesel generator stops by sequence normally.
7.3.3.6 Put water heater into operation.
7.3.4 Maintenance of Diesel Generator
7.3.4.1 Clean up each part of unit and ensure that system free from leakage and engine
oil, coolant, fuel and battery electrolyte are kept at a normal liquid level.
7.3.4.2 All buttons on control panel and instrument panel indicate correctly.
7.3.4.3 Diesel generator unit shall be carried out no-load test twice per month; each of
no-load operation takes 30 minutes.
7.3.4.4 During diesel engine is running, shall check if driving leather belt of charger
slacks or wears out, and if voice inside unit sounds normal.
7.3.4.5 Make sure that each of meter indicates correctly, pressure and temperature of
lubricating oil looks normal. Intake resistance Indicator of air filter shows
properly.
7.3.4.6 Check if cooling fan runs normally, and if start-up storage battery of unit is
well recharged automatically.
7.3.4.7 It is strictly prohibited to run diesel generator unit for long time at idle speed or
start up with load.
7.3.4.8 As exhaust temperature within exhaust pipe may be up to 500 ~ 610 during
118
Unit is operating, therefore it is prohibited for personnel to close to the exhaust
pipe to avoid burns, and ensure that there is no waste oil or other combustibles
around the exhaust pipe to prevent fire.
7.3.4.9 After unit stop operating, as coolant is still with high temperature, it is strictly
prohibited to open radiator cap at this time or add coolant into cooling system
not cooled down yet, otherwise it will create serious damage to diesel engine.
7.3.4.10 In case of failures, it is strictly prohibited to restart unit before

troubleshooting and reset. In the "Manual or "automatic mode, it is strictly
prohibited to press fault reset button of unit if failure has not yet been removed.
7.3.4.11 Diesel generator unit shall be conducted loading test quarterly, with 100%
load for one hour.
7.4 The Protections of Diesel Unit Set
7.4.1 The Protections of Diesel Set
a) Municipal power voltage high and low protection,254V and 207V
b) Municipal power frequency high and low protection,53Hz and 47Hz
c) Generator voltage high and low protection,254V and 207V
d) Generator frequency high and low protection,55Hz and 45Hz
e) Over current protection,1600A
f) Reverse power protection,-80kW
g) High-voltage protection254V
h) Start-up failure protection
i) High and low water temperature protection,95and 1
j) High and low oil pressure protection,10bar and 2bar
k) Generator excitation-loss protection-40
l) Over speed protection,1650rpm
m) Low oil pressure and high water temperature alarm2bar and 95
n) Generator frequency does not match with diesel speedAudible
See clause 8.8.1 The Diesel Generator Setting Value.
119
7.4.2 Shutdown protection device
a) Low water level shutdown
b) Low fuel volume shutdown
c) High oil temperature shutdown
d) Poor grounding shutdown
7.4.3 Alarm protection device
a Low fuel volume alarm
b High fuel volume alarm
c Low water level alarm
7.5 The Fault Handling
7.5.1 Diesel Start-Up Failure
Handling:
a Check the fuel level
b Check the fuel control pole wiring and the voltage.
c Check the fuse F1, F2 and F3 on alternator side.
d Check whether the fuel pipes and filters are clogged.
e If there is white smoke in the air exhaust system, it implies that fuel has
entered the engine, but if the diesel does not activate, it is necessary to
further check.
f If the ambient temperature is low, please use the hot start-up (if there is).
g Check the voltage output from circuit board to the fuel control magnet.
7.5.2 High Temp Fault
Fault: Diesel shutdown due to high temperature
Handling:
a Check whether the diesel is overloaded.
b Check whether the radiator is blocked.
c Check the fan belt tension.

120
d After the diesel cools down, check the cooling water level, and do not add a
lot of cooling water to un-cooled diesel.
e After the fault is eliminated, rotate the control knob to OFFposition or rotate
the control switch to STOP to rest the fault alarm.
f For start-up for 10 minutes under non-load condition, please cut off the load.
7.5.3 High Voltage Shutdown
Fault: Over -Voltage fault light is on
Handling:
a Disconnect the load, turn off the switch, rotate the control switch to "STOP",
eliminate the fault and then start again.
b Check the voltmeter on the control panel. If the voltage is normal, please
check to make sure the load is non-capacitive.
c If the voltage is still high and can not be transferred to normal, please use
voltage adjustment potentiometer to adjust.
7.5.4 Low Battery Voltage Alarm
Phenomenon: Low Battery Voltage alarm light is on
Handling:
a Check the battery voltage 24V to make sure the battery is at least 24V.
b If the battery voltage is low when generators are stationary, remove the
battery and use another charger to charge power, or run the diesel to charge
power.
c If battery voltage is low but the generator is running, it implies that the
diesel-driven charger does not charge power, then please shutdown to check
the fan belt.
d If belt does not move, check the diesel charger.
e If the battery can not keep power, replace the battery.
f After the fault is eliminated, press Lamp Test button to clear the fault.
7.5.5 High-Temperature Failure Alarm;
Phenomenon: Approa -CHING-HIGH-ENGING-TEMP alarm light is on
121
Handling:
a Check whether the diesel is overloaded.
b Check whether the radiator and the ventilation are blocked.
c Check whether the ambient temperature is suitable for the working

temperature of the unit.
d If none of the above has any problem, shutdown as soon as possible, and
then check the fan belt tension.
e When the cause is identified, press TEST button to turn off the alarm light.
7.5.6 The Unit can not Stop
Phenomenon: The unit is still running after shutdown
Handling:
a Check whether the key switch and the control switch are at correct positions.
b Check the fuel control solenoid valve , and replace it if necessary.
7.5.7 No-Voltage during Unit Commissioning
Phenomenon: no voltage display on voltmeter
Handling:
a Check whether the voltmeter selector switch is at OFF position.
b Check fuses F1, F2 and F3
c Use another voltmeter to measure the voltage of the generator, and if it is

normal, then check the wiring from the generator to the control wire, check
the voltmeter, and replace it if necessary.
d Check AVR and rotating diodes.
e Check whether the diesel speed is normal.
8 The Regulation of Relay Protection and Auto Device

8.1 General Operation Regulation
8.1.1 The relay protection and the auto device equipped by the electric equipment
during the operation must correspond to the actual operating mode of electric
primary equipment.
122
8.1.2 The protection device that is put into operation must be under the good condition,
only receiving the approval from the dispatching station or the duty director
can shut down the protection, but the main protection cant shut down at the
same time. No matter what condition, equipment cant operate without
protection.
8.1.3 Before the electric equipment sending the power, must put the main protection
into operation.
8.1.4 The relay protection of the dispatching management, putting into/quitting the
auto device, and the change of auto device as the system operation mode
change, are operated according to the demand of dispatcher. The putting into/
quitting the protection of all auxiliary protection and the auto device should be
operated according to the duty director.
8.1.5 When the AC system grounds, during the switching process of searching the
grounding position, apply for the approval of duty director or the dispatching
station, can quit the relative protection for short time in order to prevent the
miss-operation. After the switching, recover the protection immediately.
8.1.6 Operate in the circuit of relay protection and the auto device, the equipment will
quit the operation if there is any operation affects the equipment safety, and
then operate again.
8.1.7 If there is disconnection between the current transformer and the voltage
transformer, should quit the relative protection device, in order to protection
the equipment mis-operation, and then report to the duty director and notify the
protection shift to handle it.
8.1.8 Before the operation of relay protection of outage equipment and the auto device,
should cut off all the contact among the protection, auto device and other
equipment, prepare the safety measure for preventing the operation equipment
tripping and then operate them.
8.1.9 After the maintenance of synchronous device and relative circuit, need to do the
test of false parallel and false synchronization.
8.1.10When operate in the operating relay protection panel, should do the safety
isolating measures of this panel and nearby protection device.
8.1.11 Forbid doing the large vibrating operation in the operating relay protection
panel or nearby relay protection panel ( such as hole drilling, moving and so
on),if actually need such operation, must make the anti vibration measures to
123
prevent the protection mis-operation.
8.1.12 The operators should ensure the continuity of the print report, and keep the
print report well.
8.2 work permit
The relay protection and the outage apply for the auto device, work permit,
acceptance and the enclosure system
8.2.1 Any operation in the relay protection, auto device and the secondary circuit,
should apply for the outage in advance. The apply for the relay protection, the
outage of auto device should apply according to the regulation according to the
equipment dispatching range, after the approval, then shutdown and maintain.
8.2.2 After the outage switching to the maintenance of relay protection and the auto
device according to the dispatching command, before the operation except the
routine safety measures according to the Safety Regulation requirement ,
should make the isolating measures among the AC/AC power supply of this
device, AC input circuit, protection outlet and other protection or auto device
according to the requirement of technical measures and the relay protection
personnel, and then operate.
8.2.3 The acceptance of relay protection should operate according to the following
requirement
a. When do the acceptance, should listen to the work condition from the person
in charge, pay attention to whether there is setting change, connection change,
defect or the cautious items during the operation.
b. During the verification of the whole device, when do the transmission test,
pay attention to checking whether the signal, hand tag, switch operation
condition are correct. If have any question, should explain clearly, and write
down the content of transmission and the improvement in the log book of
equipment transmission and improvement.
c. If there is defect in the equipment, should report to the leader. If necessary,

should report to the dispatching station, and then operate after the approval.
d. The condition of protection device and the auto device before the
maintenance and after the maintenance are the same; check whether inside
the protection panel is clean and no waste.
8.2.4 The maintenance of relay protection personnel should be verified by the
124
operators on duty, and after the approval can handle the enclosure.
8.3 Before the operation of check items.
Before the relay protection putting into operation, operator on duty should
check the following items.
8.3.1 Every component and clamp are in the correct position, if there is any change of
protection setting value, should check with the dispatching station, and then put
it into operation.
8.3.2 When put the clamp of protection tripping circuit into operation, should use the
high internal resistance voltmeter to measure whether there is voltage on both
ends of the clamp, and then put clamp into operation.
8.3.3 The tags of relay, switch, clamp , and other component which relay protection
and auto device belong to, should be in good condition and the instruction is
the same as the code number.
8.4 No Power to Work
The maintenance &test operation of relay protection and auto device of

main equipment should be operated during the outage of the equipment. Only in
the following conditions can do the operation of relay protection and the auto
device in the uninterrupted equipment.
8.4.1 After quit the protection and the auto device, wont affect the normal operation
of main equipment or the accident cutting.
8.4.2 Under the condition of no effect of the performance in this protection and the
auto device, do the uninterrupted data measure.
8.4.3 After quit the protection and the auto device, the main standby protection and the
auto device will replace them.
8.5 The Checking
The checking items of relay protection and auto device of operation &standby
are as following
8.5.1 The relay protection device and enclosure of relay should be in the good
condition and clean, the contact of terminal is reliable.
8.5.2 The device temperature and its environmental temperature are normal
8.5.3 The signal indication of power supply of protection and auto device is normal.
125
There is no abnormal sound in the device.
8.5.4 The putting into/quitting of the protection clamp is correct, which coincide with
operation mode at that moment
8.5.5 No grounding or short-circuit in the secondary circuit
8.5.6 The mark and symbol should be complete and good, the lead sealing is in good
condition.
8.5.7 No signal or other abnormal phenomenon
8.5.8 Check whether the protection printing paper is sufficient, the writing is clear.
8.5.9 Check the switch positions of protection, AC/DC power supply of auto and the
voltage input are correct.
8.6 The Content of Record
After the operation of protection or auto device during operation, the

personnel on duty should reset the signal after recording the relative in formation
and get the approval from the duty director. Forbid recording the information by
the memory .No matter the protecting operation is correct or not, should notify
the relay protection shift, do the operation analysis. The content of record is as
following:
8.6.1 The protection signal of all the operations
8.6.2 All the switches of tripping and auto closing, isolating tripping should explain
which phase
8.6.3 The signal when the fault appears
8.6.4 The voltage, frequency, load fluctuation and the fault phenomenon
8.6.5 The date and the time when the fault happen
8.7 The Equipment Operation Rules
The following operation in the equipment protection and auto device during
the operation, should operate by the operators.
8.7.1 Putting into /quitting the protection and the DC power supply of auto device.
8.7.2 The outlet clamp of putting into /quitting the protection device and other clamps
8.7.3 Use the button in the operation panel to reset the signal and the hang tag
126
8.8 The Setting Value of Auto Device and the Control Characteristic
8.8.1 The Diesel Generator Setting Value
127
Shutdowns And Alarms Usual Choice Suggested Final
OVERSPEED. Rated Speed+10 * 1650
OVERSPEED ALM. Hard S/D H
OVERCURRENT LVL. FLC+10 * 1600
OVERCURRENT DLY. 20 20
OVERCURRENT ALM. Soft/Hard S/D Soft S/D S
REVERSE PWR. -10 -10 -10
REVERSE PWR DLY. 10 10 10
MIN REVERSE PWR. -5 -5 -5
REVERSE PWR ALM. Hard S/D Hard S/D H
LOSS OF EXCITE. -40 -40 -40
LOSS OF EXCITE ALM, Hard S/D Hard S/D H
BATT VOLT HI LMT. 14.5/29 * 29.6
BATT VOLT HI ALM. Aud Alm A
BATT VOLT LO LMT. 11.7/23.4 * 20
BATT VOLT LO ALM, Aud Alm A
HIGH OIL PRESSURE LMT. 10 Bar 10
HIGH OIL PRESSURE ALM. Aud Alm Aud Alm A
APPR LOW OIL PRESSURE 2 Bar 2
LMT.
APPR LOW OIL PRESSURE Aud Alm Aud Alm A
ALM.
APPR HIGH H2O TEMP 95 95
APPR HIGH H2O TEMP ALM Aud Alm Aud Alm A
LOW H2O TEMP 1 1
LOW H2O TEMP ALM. Aud Alm Aud Alm A
REMOTE FAULT 1.[High Eng Soft/Hard Soft/Hard S
Temp]
FAULT 1 DLY 0-30 sec 0 sec 10
REMOTE FAULT 2.[Low Oil Hard S/D Hard S/D H
Press]
REMOTE FAULT 3.[E/stop] Hard S/D Hard S/D H
MODBUS TIMEOUT 0.1-20.0 sec 3.0 3.0
MODBUS RESET TRUE,FALSE FALSE FALSE
LOAD SURGE 1-100 40 40
128
Shutdowns And Alarms Usual Choice Suggested Final
LOAD SURGE ALM. Disabled,LOM LOM LOM
MAIN VOLT HI LMT. Vref + 6 * 254
MAIN VOLT HI ALM. Disabled,LOM LOM LOM
MAIN VOLT LO LMT. Vref - 6 * 207
MAINVOLT LO ALM. Disabled,LOM LOM LOM
MAIN FREQ HI LMT. Vref + 6 * 53
MAIN FREQ HI ALM. Disabled,LOM LOM LOM
MAIN FREQ LO LMT. Vref - 6 * 47
MAIN FREQ LO ALM. Disabled,LOM LOM LOM
LOM ACTION DELAY 0-10 sec 2 2
VOLTAGE RNG ALM. Disabled-Audible Audible AA
GEN VOLTAGE HI LMT. Vref + 10 * 254
GEN VOLTAGE HI ALM. Hard S/D HS
GEN VOLTAGE LO LMT. Vref - 10 * 207
GEN VOLTAGE LO ALM. Hard S/D HD
VOLTAGE ALARM DELAY 0-10 sec 2 sec 2
GEN FREQ HI LMT. Frdf + 10 * 55
GEN FREQ HI ALM. Hard S/D H
GEN FREQ LO LMT. Frdf - 10 * 45
GEN FREQ LO ALM. Hard S/D H
SPD FREQ MISMATCH. Disabled-Audible Audible A
8.8.2 132kV System Setting Value
Project: 132kV Line AROOP-1&2Line GPR-3&4; Line SAHOWALA

SIALKOT E15Q1&E16Q1132kV Busbar
Relay Type: PCS-902,PCS-9611,RCS-921,RCS-915E
8.8.2.1 Protection Configuration
Type Quantity Function

PCS-902 1 85,21,50PVT,68,SOTF
PCS-9611 1 50/51P,50/51G
RCS-921 3 50BF,79,25
RCS-915E 2 87B
Note:
85: Pilot protection
129
21: Distance protection
50/51G:Earth fault protection
50/51P:Overcurrent protection
50PVT:Phase overcurrent protection when VT circuit failure
50GVT:Earth fault protection when VT circuit failure
68:Power swing blocking
SOTF:Switch onto fault protection
79:Automatic reclosure
25:Synchronism check
50BF:Breaker failure protection
87B:Busbar differential protection
8.8.2.2 PCS-902(111839)Settings
System settings
No. Item Range Value
1 Active_Grp 1~10 1
2 Opt_SysFreq 50 or 60 Hz 50
3 PrimaryEquip_Name Maximum 12 character
4 U1n 33~65500(kV) 132
5 U2n 80~220(V) 110
6 CB1.I1n 100~65500(A) 1600
7 CB2.I1n 100~65500(A) 1600
8 I1n_Base 100~65500(A) 1600
9 I2n_Base 1 or 5(A) 1
10 f_High_FreqAlm 50-65 Hz 53
11 f_Low_FreqAlm 40-60 Hz 47
Line Parameters
1. X1L (0.000~4Unn)/In(ohm) Aroop-1,2 8.893;
GPR-3,4 8.433;
E15Q1,E16Q1 12.464
2. R1L (0.000~4Unn)/In(ohm) Aroop-1,2 1.305
GPR-3,4 1.238;
E15Q1,E16Q1 1.359
3. X0L (0.000~4Unn)/In(ohm) Aroop-1,2 21.462;
GPR-3,4 20;
E15Q1,E16Q1 34.962
130
System settings
4. R0L (0.000~4Unn)/In(ohm) Aroop-1,2 5.868;
GPR-3,4 5.565;
E15Q1,E16Q1 5.375
5. X0M (0.000~4Unn)/In(ohm) 0
6. R0M (0.000~4Unn)/In(ohm) 0
7. LineLength 0.00~655.35(km) Aroop-1,2 11.6;
GPR-3,4 11;
E15Q1,E16Q1 32.78
8. phi1_Reach 30.00~89.00(Deg) Aroop-1,2 82;
GPR-3,4 82
E15Q1,E16Q1 84
9. phi0_Reach 30.00~89.00(Deg) Aroop-1,2 75;
GPR-3,4 75
E15Q1,E16Q1 81
10. Real_K0 -4.000~4.000 Aroop-1,2 0.485;
GPR-3,4 0.485
E15Q1,E16Q1 0.606
11. Imag_K0 -4.000~4.000 Aroop-1,2 -0.1;
GPR-3,4 -0.1
E15Q1,E16Q1 -0.041
Fault Detector Settings
1 FD.DPFC.I_Set (0.050~30.000)In(A) 0.2
2 FD.ROC.310_Set (0.050~30.000)In(A) 0.1
Direction Settings
1 RCA_OC 45.00~89.00(Deg) 60
2 RCA_ROC 45.00~89.00(Deg) 60
3 RCA_NegOC 45.00~89.00(Deg) 60
4 Z0_Comp (0.000~4Unn)/In(ohm) 0
5 Z2_Comp (0.000~4Unn)/In(ohm) 0
Pilot Scheme Settings
1 85.Opt_PilotMode 0~2 0
2 85.Opt_Ch_PhSeg 0 or 1 0
3 85.En_WI 0 or 1 Aroop-1,2 1;
131
System settings
GPR-3,4 0;
E15Q1,E16Q1 0
4 85.U_UV_WI 0~Unn(V) 40
5 85.Z.En 0 or 1 1
(it should be set as 0 if
pilot protection is not
used)
6 85.En_Unblocking1 0 or 1 0
7 85.t_DPU_Blocking1 0.000~1.000(s) 0.1
8 85.t_DPU_CR1 0.000~1.000(s) 0.025
9 85.t_DDO_CR1 0.000~1.000(s) 0.025
10 85.EN_ZX 0 or 1 0
11 85.t_DPU_ZX 0.000~1.000(s) 0.1
12 85.DEF.En 0 or 1 1
it should be set as
0if pilot protection is
not used
13 85.DEF.En__BlkAR 0 or 1 0
14 85.DEF_En_IndepCh 0 or 1 1
15 85.En_Unblocking2 0 or 1 0
16 85.t_DEF.3I0_Set (0.050~30.000)In(A) Aroop-1,2 0.151;
GPR-3,4 0.173;
E15Q1,E16Q1 0.131
17 85.DEF.t_DPU 0.000~1.000(s) 0.1
18 85.t_DPU_CR2 0.000~1.000(s) 0.025
19 85.t_DDO_CR2 0.000~1.000(s) 0.025
DPFC Distance Protection Settings
1 21D.Z_DPFC (0.000~4Unn)/In(ohm) Aroop-1,2 5.393;
GPR-3,4 5.114;
E15Q1,E16Q1 7.523
2 21D.En_DPFC 0 or 1 1
Load Encroachment Settings
1 LoadEnch.phi_Blind 0-45(Deg) 32
er
132
System settings
2 LoadEnch.R_Blinder (0.05~200)/In(ohm) 58.303
3 LoadEnch.En 0 or 1 0
Distance Protection Settings
1 21Q.ZG1.Z_Set (0.000~4Unn)/In(ohm) Aroop-1,2 5.393;
GPR-3,4 5.114;
E15Q1,E16Q1 7.523
2 21Q.ZG1.R_Set (0.000~4Unn)/In(ohm) Aroop-1,2 10.786;
GPR-3,4 10.228;
E15Q1,E16Q1 15.046
3 21Q.ZG1.t_Op 0.000~10.000(s) 0
4 21Q.ZG1.En 0 or 1 1
5 21Q.ZG1.En_BlkAR 0 or 1 0
6 21Q.ZP1.Z_Set (0.000~4Unn)/In(ohm) Aroop-1,2 7.191;
GPR-3,4 6.819;
E15Q1,E16Q1 10.03
7 21Q.ZP1.R_Set (0.000~4Unn)/In(ohm) Aroop-1,2 14.382;
GPR-3,4 13.638;
E15Q1,E16Q1 20.06
8 21Q.ZP1.t_Op 0.000~10.000(s) 0
9 21Q.ZP1.En 0 or 1 1
10 21Q.ZP1.En_BlkAR 0 or 1 0
GPR-3,4 12.786;
E15Q1,E16Q1 18.807
GPR-3,4 25.572;
E15Q1,E16Q1 37.614
13 21Q.ZG2.t_Op 0.000~10.000(s) 0.35
14 21Q.ZG2.t_ShortDly 0.000~10.000(s) 0.35
15 21Q.ZG2.En 0 or 1 1
GPR-3,4 12.786;
E15Q1,E16Q1 18.807
133
System settings
GPR-3,4 25.572;
E15Q1,E16Q1 37.614
19 21Q.ZP2.t_Op 0.000~10.000(s) 0.35
20 21Q.ZP2.t_ShortDly 0.000~10.000(s) 0.35
21 21Q.ZP2.En 0 or 1 1
23 21Q.Z2.En_ShortDly 0 or 1 0
GPR-3,4 17.047;
E15Q1,E16Q1 25.076
GPR-3,4 34.094;
E15Q1,E16Q1 50.152
26 21Q.ZG3.t_Op 0.000~10.000(s) 0.7
27 21Q.ZG3.t_ShortDly 0.000~10.000(s) 1
28 21Q.ZG3.En 0 or 1 1
GPR-3,4 17.047;
E15Q1,E16Q1 25.076
GPR-3,4 34.094;
E15Q1,E16Q1 50.152
32 21Q.ZP3.t_Op 0.000~10.000(s) 0.7
33 21Q.ZP3.t_ShortDly 0.000~10.000(s) 1
34 21Q.ZP3.En 0 or 1 1
36 21Q.Z3.En_ShortDly 0 or 1 0
GPR-3,4 0.9;
E15Q1,E16Q1 1.254
GPR-3,4 1.8;
E15Q1,E16Q1 2.058
39 21Q.ZG4.t_Op 0.000~10.000(s) 1
40 21Q.ZG4.En 0 or 1 1
134
System settings
GPR-3,4 0.9;
E15Q1,E16Q1 1.254
GPR-3,4 1.8;
E15Q1,E16Q1 2.058
43 21Q.ZP4.t_Op 0.000~10.000(s) 1
44 21Q.ZP4.En 0 or 1 1
45 21Q.Pilot.Z_Set (0.000~4Unn)/In(ohm) Aroop-1,2 15.281;
GPR-3,4 14.49;
E15Q1,E16Q1 21.314
46 21Q.Pilot.R_Set (0.000~4Unn)/In(ohm) Aroop-1,2 18.876;
GPR-3,4 17.9;
E15Q1,E16Q1 26.33
47 21Q.Pilot.Z_Rev (0.000~4Unn)/In(ohm) Aroop-1,2 9.438;
GPR-3,4 8.95;
E15Q1,E16Q1 13.165
48 21Q.Pilot.R_Rev (0.000~4Unn)/In(ohm) Aroop-1,2 18.876;
GPR-3,4 17.9;
E15Q1,E16Q1 26.33
49 21Q.Z1.En_PSBR 0 or 1 1
50 21Q.Z2.En_PSBR 0 or 1 1
51 21Q.Z3.En_PSBR 0 or 1 1
52 21Q.Z4.En_PSBR 0 or 1 1
53 21Q.I_PSBR (0.050~30.000)In(A) 0.55
SOFT Settings
1 50GSOTF.3I0_Set (0.050~30.000)In(A) 0.25
2 50GSOTF.En_3I0 0 or 1 1
3 21SOTF.En 0 or 1 1
4 21SOTF.Z2.En_Man 0 or 1 1
Cls
Cls
Cls
135
System settings
7 21SOTF.Z2.En_3PA 0 or 1 1
R
8 21SOTF.Z3.En_3PA 0 or 1 1
R
9 21SOTF.Z4En_3PA 0 or 1 1
R
10 21SOTF.Z2En_3PSB 0 or 1 0
R
R
R
13 21SOTF.En_PDF 0 or 1 1
14 21SOTF.t_PDF 0.000~10.000(s) 0.12
15 21SOTF.Opt_Mode_ 0,1or 2 2
ManCls
VTF OC Settings
1 51PVT.I_Set (0.050~30.000)In(A) Aroop-1,2 1.28;
GPR-3,4 1.33;
E15Q1,E16Q1 1.03
2 51PVT.t_Op 0.000~10.000(s) 0.7
3 51PVT.En 0 or 1 1
4 51GVT.3I0_Set (0.050~30.000)In(A) Aroop-1,2 1.146;
GPR-3,4 1.2;
E15Q1,E16Q1 0.84
5 51GVT.t_Op 0.000~10.000(s) 0.7
6 51GVT.En 0 or 1 1
MiscProt Settings
1 68.En 0 or 1 1
VTS/CTS Settings
1 VTS.t_DPU 0.2-100(s) 1.25
2 VTS.t_DDO 0.2-100(s) 10
3 VTS.En_Out_VT 0 or 1 0
136
System settings
4 VTS.En_Line_VT 0 or 1 1
5 VTS.En 0 or 1 1
Tripping Logic Settings
1 En_MPF_Blk_AR 0 or 1 0
2 En_3PF_Blk_AR 0 or 1 0
3 En_PhSF_Blk_AR 0 or 1 1
4 t_Dwell_Trp 0.000~1000.000(s) 0.04
5 CB1.E_3PTrp 0 or 1 1
6 CB2.En_3PTrp 0 or 1 1
CB1 Auto-reclosing Settings
1 CB1.25.Opt_Source_ 0-5 1
UL (Check it on site)
UB (Check it on site)
3 CB1.25.U_Dd 3.17552-50.8083(V) 30
4 CB1.25.U_Lv 3.17552-63.5104(V) 40
5 CB1.25.K_Usyn 0.2-5 1
6 CB1.25.phi_Diff 0-89(Deg) 12
7 CB1.25.phi_Comp 0-359(Deg) 0
8 CB1.25.f_Diff 0.02-1 Hz 0.2
9 CB1.25.U_Diff 1.27021-50.8083 10
10 CB1.25.t_DeadChk 0.01-25(s) 0.05
11 CB1.25.t_SvnChk 0.01-25(s) 0.05
12 CB1.25.En_fDiffChk 0 or 1 1
13 CB1.25.En_SynChk 0 or 1 1
14 CB1.25.En_DdL_Dd 0 or 1 0
B
15 CB1.25.En_DdL_Lv 0 or 1 1
B
16 CB1.25.En_LvL_Dd 0 or 1 1
B
17 CB1.25.En_NoChk 0 or 1 0
18 CB1.79.N_Rcls 1~4 1
19 CB1.79.t_Dd_1PS1 0.000~600.000(s) 1
137
System settings
20 CB1.79.t_Dd_3PS1 0.000~600.000(s) 1
21 CB1.79.t_Dd_3PS2 0.000~600.000(s) 1
22 CB1.79.t_Dd_3PS3 0.000~600.000(s) 1
23 CB1.79.t_Dd_3PS4 0.000~600.000(s) 1
24 CB1.79.t_CBClsd 0.000~600.000(s) 15
25 CB1.79.t_CBReady 0.000~600.000(s) 0.4
26 CB1.79.t_WaitChk 0.000~600.000(s) 10
27 CB1.79.t_Fail 0.000~600.000(s) 0.3
28 CB1.79.t_DDO_AR 0.000~600.000(s) 0.12
29 CB1.79.t_Reclaim 0.000~600.000(s) 15
30 CB1.79.t_PersistTrp 0.000~600.000(s) 0.2
31 CB1.79.t_DDO_Blk 0.000~600.000(s) 15
AR
32 CB1.79.t_AddDly 0.000~600.000(s) 0.5
33 CB1.79.t_WaitMaste 0.000~600.000(s) 3
r
34 CB1.79.t_SecFault 0.000~600.000(s) 0.3
35 CB1.79.EN_PDF_Bl 0 or 1 1
k
36 CB1.79.EN_AddDly 0 or 1 0
37 CB1.79.EN_CutPuls 0 or 1 1
e
38 CB1.79.EN_FailChe 0 or 1 0
ck
39 CB1.79.EN 0 or 1 1
40 CB1.79.EN_ExtCtrl 0 or 1 0
41 CB1.79.EN_CBlnit 0 or 1 0
42 CB1.79.Opt_Priority 0 ,1or 2 0
43 CB1.79.SetOpt 0 or 1 1
44 CB1.79.En_1PAR 0 or 1 0
45 CB1.79.En_3PAR 0 or 1 1
46 CB1.79.En_1P/3PAR 0 or 1 0
CB2 Auto-reclosing Settings
UL (Check it on site)
138
System settings
UB (Check it on site)
3 CB2.25.U_Dd 3.17552-50.8083(V) 30
4 CB2.25.U_Lv 3.17552-63.5104(V) 40
5 CB2.25.K_Usyn 0.2-5 1
6 CB2.25.phi_Diff 0-89(Deg) 12
7 CB2.25.phi_Comp 0-359(Deg) 0
8 CB2.25.f_Diff 0.02-1 Hz 0.2
9 CB2.25.U_Diff 1.27021-50.8083 10
10 CB2.25.t_DeadChk 0.01-25(s) 0.05
11 CB2.25.t_SvnChk 0.01-25(s) 0.05
12 CB2.25.En_fDiffChk 0 or 1 1
13 CB2.25.En_SynChk 0 or 1 1
14 CB2.25.En_DdL_Dd 0 or 1 0
B
15 CB2.25.En_DdL_Lv 0 or 1 1
B
16 CB2.25.En_LvL_Dd 0 or 1 1
B
17 CB2.25.En_NoChk 0 or 1 0
18 CB2.79.N_Rcls 1~4 1
19 CB2.79.t_Dd_1PS1 0.000~600.000(s) 1.3
20 CB2.79.t_Dd_3PS1 0.000~600.000(s) 1.3
21 CB2.79.t_Dd_3PS2 0.000~600.000(s) 1
22 CB2.79.t_Dd_3PS3 0.000~600.000(s) 1
23 CB2.79.t_Dd_3PS4 0.000~600.000(s) 1
24 CB2.79.t_CBClsd 0.000~600.000(s) 15
25 CB2.79.t_CBReady 0.000~600.000(s) 0.4
26 CB2.79.t_WaitChk 0.000~600.000(s) 10
27 CB2.79.t_Fail 0.000~600.000(s) 0.3
28 CB2.79.t_DDO_AR 0.000~600.000(s) 0.12
29 CB2.79.t_Reclaim 0.000~600.000(s) 15
30 CB2.79.t_PersistTrp 0.000~600.000(s) 0.2
31 CB2.79.t_DDO_Blk 0.000~600.000(s) 15
AR
32 CB2.79.t_AddDly 0.000~600.000(s) 0.5
139
System settings
33 CB2.79.t_WaitMaste 0.000~600.000(s) 3
r
34 CB2.79.t_SecFault 0.000~600.000(s) 0.3
35 CB2.79.EN_PDF_Bl 0 or 1 1
k
36 CB2.79.EN_AddDly 0 or 1 0
37 CB2.79.EN_CutPuls 0 or 1 1
e
38 CB2.79.EN_FailChe 0 or 1 0
ck
39 CB2.79.EN 0 or 1 1
40 CB2.79.EN_ExtCtrl 0 or 1 0
41 CB2.79.EN_CBlnit 0 or 1 0
42 CB2.79.Opt_Priority 0 ,1or 2 0
43 CB2.79.SetOpt 0 or 1 1
44 CB2.79.En_1PAR 0 or 1 0
45 CB2.79.En_3PAR 0 or 1 1
46 CB2.79.En_1P/3PAR 0 or 1 0
Tranfer Trip Settings
1 TT.t_Op 0-600(s) 0.01
2 TT.En_FD_Ctrl 0 or 1 1
Stub Overcurrent Protection Settings
1 50STB.I_Set (0.050~30.000)In(A) 0.6
2 50STB.t_Op 0.000~10.000(s) 0.1
3 50STB.En 0 or 1 1
8.8.2.3 PCS-9611 Settings

System settings
1 Active_Grp [1-10] 1
2 Opt_SysFreq [0-1] 50
3 PrimaryEquip_Name [xxxx-xxxx]
4 Prot.I1n [0-20000](A) 1600
5 Prot.I2n [1-5](A) 1
140
6 Measmt.I1n [0-20000](A)
7 Measmt.I2n [1-5](A)
8 Neu1.I1n [0-20000](A)
9 Neu1.I2n [1-5](A)
10 Prot.U1n [0.1-500]kV 132
11 Prot.U2n [100-200]V 110
12 Syn.U1n [0.1-500]kV
13 Syn.U2n [100-200]V
14 Opt_3I0 [0-1] 1
15 Opt_PwrDir [0-3] 0
OC settings
1 50/51P.U2_VCE [2-70]V 4
2 50/51P.Upp_VCE [2-120]V 70
3 50/51P.RCA [-180-179]deg 60
4 50/51P.En_VTS_Blk [0-1] 0
5 50/51P.K_Hm2 [0.05-1.0] 0.2
6 50/51P.I_Rls_HmBlk [0.05-150.0] 30
7 50/51P.Opt_Hm_Blk [1-3] 1
8 50/51P4.I_Set [0.05-150]A 0.75
9 50/51P4.t_Op [0-100]s 0.8
10 50/51P4.En_VCE [0-1] 0
11 50/51P4.Opt_Dir [0-2] 1
12 50/51P4.En_Hm_Blk [0-1] 0
13 50/51P4.En [0-1] 1
14 50/51P4.OutMap [00000-FFFFF] 03FFF
(Field Check)
15 50/51P4.Opt_Curve [0-13] 0
16 50/51P4.TMS [0.05-100] Aroop-1,2 0.1;
GPR-3,4 0.1;
E15Q1,E16Q1 0.09
17 50/51P4.tmin [0-100]s 0.1
18 50/51P4.K [0.001-120.0] 0.14
19 50/51P4.C [0.00-1.00] 0.00
20 50/51P4.Alpha [0.01-3.00] 0.02
EF1 settings
1 50/51G.RCA [-180-179]deg -120
141
2 50/51G.En_VTS_Blk [0-1] 0
3 50/51G.K_Hm2 [0.05-1.0] 0.2
4 50/51G.3I0_Rls_Hm [0.05-150.0] 30
Blk
5 50/51G4.3I0_Set [0.05-150]A Aroop-1,2 0.147;
GPR-3,4 0.2;
E15Q1,E16Q1 0.15
6 50/51G4.t_Op [0-100]s 0.8
7 50/51G4.Opt_Dir [0-2] 1
8 50/51G4.En_Hm_Blk [0-1] 0
9 50/51G4.En [0-1] 1
10 50/51G4.OutMap [00000-FFFFF] 03FFF
(check it on site)
11 50/51G4.Opt_Curve [0-13] 0
12 50/51G4.TMS [0.05-100] 0.16
13 50/51G4.tmin [0-100]s 0.1
14 50/51G4.K [0.001-120.0] 0.14
15 50/51G4.C [0.00-1.00] 0.00
16 50/51G4.Alphsa [0.01-3.00] 0.02
Superv settings
1 CTS.3I0_Set [0.05-150]A 0.08
2 CTS3U0_Set [0.1-120]V 4.4
3 CTS.En [0-1] 1
4 VTS.I_Set [0.05-150]A 0.55
5 VTS.I2_Set [0.05-150]A 0.1
6 VTS.En [0-1] 1
7 VTS.En_SynVT [0-1] 0
8.8.2.4 RCS-921(090167,Applied to OACA05GS001/002/003)Settings

Equipment settings
No. Item Range Unit Value
1 Active_Grp 0~29 1
2 Comm_Addr 0~254
3 COM1_Baud 4800~38400
4 COM2_Baud 4800~38400
5 Printer_Baud 4800~38400
6 Debug_Baud 4800~9600
142
7 fn 50,60 Hz 50
8 U1n 127~655 kV Aroop-1,2 76.2;
GPR-3,4 132;
E15Q1,E16Q1 132
9 U2n 57.73 V 63.5
10 I1n 100~65535 A 1600
11 I2n 1,5 A 1
12 Equip_ID
13 En_Net_Print 0/1
14 En_Auto_Print 0/1
15 Protocol 0/1
16 GPS_Pulse 0/1
17 En_Remote_Cfg 0/1
Protection settings
1 I_DPFC_OC_FD (0.1~0.5)In A 0.2
2 I_ROC_FD (0.1~0.5)In A 0.1
3 I_H_BFP (0.1~20)In A 0.6
4 I_L_BFP (0.1~20)In A 0.6
5 I_ROC_BFP (0.1~20)In A 0.19
6 phi_LowPF_BFP 45~90 90
7 I_OC_LowPF_BFP (0.1~20)In A 20
8 I_NegOC_BFP (0.1~20)In A 0.19
9 t_BFP11 0.01-10 s 0.15
10 t_BFP12 0.01-10 s 0.25
11 I_ROC_PD (0.1~20)In A 20
12 I_NegOC_PD (0.1~20)In A 20
13 t_PD 0.01-10 s 10
14 I_EFP (0.1~20)In A 20
15 t_EFP 0-10 s 10
16 I_OC1 (0.1~20)In A 20
17 t_OC1 0-10 s 10
18 I_OC2 (0.1~20)In A 20
19 t_OC2 0.01s~10 s 10
20 t_DlyRcls_SlowAR 0.01s~10 s 10
21 t_Trip_SlowAR 0.01s~10 s 10
22 t_1PAR 0.01s~10 s 10
23 t_3PAR 0.01s~10 s 10
143
24 phi_SynChk_AR 0~90 30
25 CB_ID 0~65535 A
Logic settings
1 En_BFP 0,1 1
2 En_ROC_1P_BFP 0,1 0
3 En_LowPF_BFP 0,1 0
4 En_ROC_BFP 0,1 1
5 En_NegOC_BFP 0,1 1
6 En_ReTrip 0,1 0
7 En_PD 0,1 0
8 En_ROCNNegOC_PD 0,1 0
9 En_EFP 0,1 0
10 En_OC1 0,1 0
11 En_OC2 0,1 0
12 En_AR 0,1 0
13 En_SynChk_AR 0,1 1
14 En_DeadChk_AR 0,1 0
15 En_NoChk_AR 0,1 0
16 En_Trp3P_ARU 0,1 0
17 En_52blnit1PAR 0,1 0
18 En_52blnit3PAR 0,1 0
19 En_LvL_SlowAR 0,1 0
20 En_SlowAR 0,1 0
21 En_PwrPlant 0,1 0
22 En_SetOpt_AR 0,1 0
23 En_1P_AR 0,1 0
24 En_3P_AR 0,1 0
25 En_1/3R_AR 0,1 0
VEBI settings
1 VEBI_OC 0,1 1
2 VEBI_FastAR 0,1 1
3 VEBI_Lockout 0,1 0
8.8.2.5 Settings List of RCS-915E

Equipment settings
144
1 Setting_Group 0~3 1
2 Equip_ID 6 characters or digits
3 Comm_Addr 0~254
3 COM1_Baud 2.4/4.8/9.6/19.2 kbit/s
4 COM2_Baud 2.4/4.8/9.6/19.2 kbit/s
5 Printer_Baud 2.4/4.8/9.6/19.2 kbit/s
6 Protocol 0000-FFFF
7 En_Auto_Print 0/1
8 En_Net_Print 0/1
9 GPS_Pulse 0/1
10 En_Remote_Cfg 0/1 0
Equipment Parameter
1 U2n_VT 0-100 V 63.5
2 I2n_CT 5A/1 A 1
3 U1n_VT 0~6550 kV 132
4 I1n_CT 0~65535 A 1600
5 ID_Fdr01 Four characters or digits
6 k_CT_Fdr01 0.00~2.00
8 k_CT_Fdr02 0.00~2.00
10 k_CT_Fdr03 0.00~2.00
12 k_CT_Fdr04 0.00~2.00
14 k_CT_Fdr05 0.00~2.00
16 k_CT_Fdr06 0.00~2.00
18 k_CT_Fdr07 0.00~2.00
20 k_CT_Fdr08 0.00~2.00
22 k_CT_Fdr09 0.00~2.00
23 ID_BB I~VIII
Note:
CT correction coefficient for every feeder (k_CT_Fdr01~k_CT_Fdr09)
145
should be set according to the actual condition on site,it should be set as
0 if the corresponding bay is not used.
BBP Settings
1 I_Pkp_Pcnt_BBP 0.1In~10In A 0.93
2 Slope_K_Pcnt_BBP 0.5~0.8 0.5
3 I_Alm_CTS 0.04IN~1IN A 0.08
4 I_Alm_SensCTS 0.04IN~1IN A 0.08
Logic setting1enable,0disable
5 En_BBP 0/1 1
6 En_AutoRecov_SensCTS 0/1 1
7 En_Unbal_SensCTS 0/1 0
8 En_CTS_Blk_BBP 0/1 0
BFP Settings
1 t_TrpBB_BFP 0.01~10s 10
2 En_BFP 0/1 0
8.8.3 The Relay Protection Setting Value

8.8.3.1 THE RELAY SETTING VALUE FOR UNIT 1 & UNIT 2 & UNIT 3 MAIN
TRANSFORMER
a. THE RELAY SETTING VALUE FOR RCS-985TM FOR UNIT 1 & UNIT 3
MAIN TRANSFORMER
No. Symbol Range Settings

1 En_Diff 0/1 1
2 En_PPF_HVS 0/1 1
3 En_EF_HVS 0/1 1
4 En_EF_Gap_HVS 0/1 0
5 En_PD_HVS 0/1 0
6 En_OvExc 0/1 1
7 En_Flash_CB_HVS 0/1 1
8 En_PPF_MVS 0/1 0
9 En_EF_MVS 0/1 0
10 En_EF_Gap_MVS 0/1 0
11 En_Bak_LVS 0/1 0
12 En_REF_HVS 0/1 0
146
13 En_StubDiff_HVS 0/1 1
14 En_Prot_Reserved (#) 0/1 0
15 En_TestMode (#) 0/1 0
a1. Setting list of logic settings of configuring functions
a2. Setting list of system settings
No. Symbol Range Step Settings
1 Sn 0-6000.0MVA 0.1MVA 170
2 U1n_HVS 0-600.00kV 0.01kV 140
3 U1n_MVS 0-600.00kV 0.01kV 0
4 U1n_LVS 0-600.00kV 0.01kV 15
5 U1n_VT_HVS 0-600.00kV 0.01kV 76.21
6 U2n_VT_HVS 0-100.0V 0.01V 63.51
7 U2n_DeltVT_HVS 0-330.0V 0.01V 110
8 U1n_VT_MVS 0-600.00kV 0.01kV 0
9 U2n_VT_MVS 0-100.0V 0.01V 63.51
10 U2n_DeltVT_MVS 0-330.0V 0.01V 110
11 U1n_VT_LVS 0-600.00kV 0.01kV 8.66
12 U2n_VT_LVS 0-100.0V 0.01V 63.51
13 U2n_DeltVT_LVS 0-330.0V 0.01V 110
14 I1n_CT_HVS1 0-60000A 1A 1600
15 I2n_CT_HVS1 1A,5A 1A 1
16 I1n_CT_HVS2 0-60000A 1A 1600
18 I1n_CT_MVS 0-60000A 1A 0
19 I2n_CT_MVS 1A,5A 1A 1
20 I1n_CT_LVS1 0-60000A 1A 8000
21 I2n_CT_LVS1 1A,5A 1A 1
22 I1n_CT_LVS4 0-60000A 1A 8000
24 I1n_BakCT_HVS1 0-60000A 1A 1600
25 I2n_BakCT_HVS1 1A,5A 1A 1
26 I1n_BakCT_HVS2 0-60000A 1A 1600
28 I1n_CT_NP_HVS 0-60000A 1A 300
29 I2n_CT_NP_HVS 1A,5A 1A 1
30 I1n_CT_Gap_HVS 0-60000A 1A 0
31 I2n_CT_Gap_HVS 1A,5A 1A 1
147
32 I1n_CT_NP_MVS 0-60000A 1A 0
33 I2n_CT_NP_MVS 1A,5A 1A 1
34 I1n_CT_Gap_MVS 0-60000A 1A 0
35 I2n_CT_Gap_MVS 1A,5A 1A 1
logic setting 1 - enable, 0 disable
0/1 (two-winding
36 Yd11_Conn 1
transformer)
0/1 (three-winding
37 Yyd11_Conn 0
transformer)
0/1 (three-winding
38 Ydd11_Conn 0
transformer)
39 3/2 CB_HVS 0/1 1
a3 Setting list of current differential protection
1 I_Pkp_PcntDiff 0.10-1.50Ie 0.01Ie 0.50
2 I_InstDiff 2-14Ie 0.01Ie 6.00
3 Slope1_PcntDiff 0.05-0.15 0.01 0.15
4 Slope2_PcntDiff 0.50-0.80 0.01 0.70
5 k_Harm_PcntDiff 0.10-0.35 0.01 0.15
6 I_Alm_Diff 0.10-1.00Ie 0.01Ie 0.25
7 TrpLog_Diff 0000-FFFF 1 0A17
8 En_InstDiff 0/1 1
9 En_PcntDiff 0/1 1
10 En_DPFC_Diff 0/1 1
A:0
11 Opt_Inrush_Ident 0/1
B:1
12 Opt_CTS_Blk_PcntDiff 0/1 0
a4. Setting list of phase-to-phase fault protection of HV side
1 V_NegOV_VCE_HVS 1.00-20.00V 0.01V 6.5
2 Vpp_UV_VCE_HVS 10.00-100.00V 0.01V 66
3 I_OC1_HVS 0.05-100.00A 0.01A 100.00
4 t_OC11_HVS 0.00-10.00s 0.01s 10.00
5 TrpLog_OC11_HVS 0000-FFFF 1 0000
6 t_OC12_HVS 0.00-10.00s 0.01s 2.50
148
8 I_OC2_HVS 0.05-100.00A 0.01A 0.63
9 t_OC21_HVS 0.00-10.00s 0.01s 2.30
10 TrpLog_OC21_HVS 0000-FFFF 1 0A17
11 t_OC22_HVS 0.00-10.00s 0.01s 10.00
13 I_OC3_HVS 0.05-100.00A 0.01A 100.00
14 t_OC31_HVS 0.00-10.00s 0.01s 10.00
16 t_OC32_HVS 0.00-10.00s 0.01s 10.00
18 I_Alm_OvLd_HVS 0.05-20.00A 0.01A 0.51
19 t_Alm_OvLd_HVS 0.00-10.00s 0.01s 9.00
20 I_InitCool_OvLd_HVS 0.05-20.00A 0.01A 0.31
21 t_InitCool_OvLd_HVS 0.00-10.00s 0.01s 9.00
I_BlkOLTC_OvLd_HV
22 0.05-20.00A 0.01A 0.31
S
t_BlkOLTC_OvLd_HV
23 0.00-10.00s 0.01s 1.00
S
24 I_BO_OC_HVS 0.05-20.00A 0.01A 20.00
25 t_BO_OC_HVS 0.00-10.00s 0.01s 10.00
En_VCE_Ctrl_OC1_HV
26 0/1 0
S
En_VCE_Ctrl_OC2_HV
27 0/1 1
S
En_VCE_Ctrl_OC3_HV
28 0/1 0
S
En_HVS.VCE_Ctrl_OC
29 0/1 1
_HVS
En_MVS.VCE_Ctrl_OC
30 0/1 0
_HVS
En_LVS.VCE_Ctrl_OC
31 0/1 0
_HVS
32 En_Dir_Ctrl_OC1_HVS 0/1 0
149
0:MTR
34 Opt_Dir_Ctrl_OC_HVS 0/1 0
1: Busbar
Opt_VTS_Ctrl_OC_HV
35 0/1 1
S
36 En_Alm_OvLd_HVS 0/1 1
En_InitCool_OvLd_HV
37 0/1 1
S
En_BlkOLTC_OvLd_H
38 0/1 0
VS
39 En_BO_OC_HVS 0/1 0
a5. Setting list of earthfault protection of HV side
1 V_ROV_VCE_HVS 1-100V 0.01V 100
2 I_ROC1_HVS 0.10-100.00A 0.01A 1.96
3 t_ROC11_HVS 0.00-10.00s 0.01s 2.30
4 TrpLog_ROC11_HVS 0000-FFFF 1 0A17
5 t_ROC12_HVS 0.00-10.00s 0.01s 5.00
6 TrpLog_ROC12_HVS 0000-FFFF 1 0000
7 I_ROC2_HVS 0.10-100.00A 0.01A 1.51
8 t_ROC21_HVS 0.00-10.00s 0.01s 2.60
9 TrpLog_ROC21_HVS 0000-FFFF 1 0A17
10 t_ROC22_HVS 0.00-10.00s 0.01s 5.50
En_VCE.ROV_Ctrl_RO
1 0/1 1
C1_HVS
En_VCE.ROV_Ctrl_RO
2 0/1 1
C2_HVS
3 En_Calc_3I0_ROC1 0/1 0
En_Dir_Ctrl_ROC1_H
5 0/1 0
VS
En_Dir_Ctrl_ROC2_H
6 0/1 0
VS
Opt_VTS_Ctrl_ROC_H
7 0/1 0
VS
150
0:Busbar
8 Opt_Dir_ROC_HVS 0/1 0
1:MTR
a6. Setting list of gap earth fault protection of HV side
1 V_ROV1_Gap_HVS 10.00-220.00V 0.01V 220
2 t_ROV11_Gap_HVS 0.00-10.00s 0.01s 10.00
3 TrpLog_ROV11_Gap_HVS 0000-FFFF 1 0000
4 t_ROV12_Gap_HVS 0.00-10.00s 0.01s 10.00
6 I_ROC1_Gap_HVS 0.10-100.00A 0.01A 100.00
7 t_ROC11_Gap_HVS 0.00-10.00s 0.01s 10.00
8 TrpLog_ROC11_Gap_HVS 0000-FFFF 1 0000
9 t_ROC12_Gap_HVS 0.00-10.00s 0.01s 10.00
En_BI_Ctrl_ROC_Gap_HV
11 0/1 0
S
a7. Setting list of overexcitation protection of HV side
1 k_OvExc 1-2 0.01 1.25
2 t_OvExc 0-3000s 0.01s 1.00
3 TrpLog_OvExc 0000-FFFF 1 0A17
4 k_Alm_OvExc 1-2 0.01 1.10
5 t_Alm_OvExc 0-25s 0.01s 25.00
6 k0_InvOvExc 1-2 0.01 1.25
7 t0_InvOvExc 0-3000s 0.01s 12.00
8 k1_InvOvExc 1-2 0.01 1.22
9 t1_InvOvExc 0-3000s 0.01s 15.00
10 k2_InvOvExc 1-2 0.01 1.20
11 t2_InvOvExc 0-3000s 0.01s 24.00
12 k3_InvOvExc 1-2 0.01 1.15
13 t3_InvOvExc 0-3000s 0.01s 300
14 k4_InvOvExc 1-2 0.01 1.13
15 t4_InvOvExc 0-3000s 0.01s 600.00
16 k5_InvOvExc 1-2 0.01 1.10
17 t5_InvOvExc 0-3000s 0.01s 3000
151
18 TrpLog_InvOvExc 0000-FFFF 1 0A17
a8. Setting list of pole disagreement protection of HV side
1 I_OC_PD1_HVS 0.10-20.0A 0.01A 20.00
2 I_NegOC_PD1_HVS 0.10-20.0A 0.01A 20.00
3 I_ROC_PD1_HVS 0.10-20.0A 0.01A 20.00
4 t_PD11_HVS 0.10-10.0s 0.01s 10.00
5 TrpLog_PD11_HVS 0000-FFFF 1 0000
6 t_PD12_HVS 0.10-10.0s 0.01s 10.00
8 En_NegOC_PD_HVS 0/1 0
9 En_ROC_PD_HVS 0/1 0
10 En_ExtTrp_Ctrl_PD12_HVS 0/1 0
11 En_OC_PD12_HVS 0/1 0
a9. Setting list of breaker flashover protection of HV side
1 I_NegOC_Flash1_CB_HVS 0.10-20.0A 0.01A 0.11
2 t_Flash11_CB_HVS 0.10-10.0s 0.01s 0.20
3 TrpLog_Flash11_CB_HVS 0000-FFFF 1 0A11
4 t_Flash12_CB_HVS 0.10-10.0s 0.01s 0.50
5 TrpLog_Flash12_CB_HVS 0000-FFFF 1 0A15
a10. Setting list of LV side backup protection
1 I_OC1_LVS4 0.10-100.0A 0.01A 100.00
2 t_OC11_LVS4 0.10-10.0s 0.01s 10.00
3 TrpLog_OC11_LVS4 0000-FFFF 1 0000
4 t_OC12_LVS4 0.10-10.0s 0.01s 10.00
6 I_CCE_LVS4 0.10-100.0A 0.01A 100.00
7 TrpLog_CCE_LVS4 0000-FFFF 1 0000
8 V_ALM_ROV_LVS 10.00-100.0V 0.01V 100.00
9 t_Alm_ROV_LVS 0.10-10.0s 0.01s 10.00
10 En_Alm_ROV_LVS 0/1 0
a11. Setting list of REF protection of HV side
152
1 I_Alm_REF_HVS 0.10In-10.00 In 0.01In 0.25
2 I_Pkp_PcntREF_HVS 0.10In-10.00 In 0.01In 0.50
3 Slope_PcntREF_HVS 0.30-0.80 0.01 0.50
4 TrpLog_REF_HVS 0000-FFFF 1 0000
5 En_PcntREF_HVS 0/1 0
a12. Setting list of stub percentage differential protection of HV side
1 I_Alm_StubDiff_HVS 0.10In-20.00 In 0.01In 0.15
2 I_Pkp_StubDiff_HVS 0.10In-20.00 In 0.01In 0.3
3 Slope_StubDiff_HVS 0.10-1.00 0.01 0.5
4 TrpLog_StubDiff_HVS 0000-FFFF 1 0007
b. THE RELAY SETTING VALUE FOR RCS-985TM FOR UNIT 2 MAIN
TRANSFORMER
b1. Setting list of logic settings of configuring functions
1 En_Diff 0/1 1
2 En_PPF_HVS 0/1 1
3 En_EF_HVS 0/1 1
5 En_PD_HVS 0/1 0
6 En_OvExc 0/1 1
8 En_PPF_MVS 0/1 0
9 En_EF_MVS 0/1 0
11 En_Bak_LVS 0/1 0
12 En_REF_HVS 0/1 0
b2. Setting list of system settings
1 Sn 0-6000.0MVA 0.1MVA 170
2 U1n_HVS 0-600.00kV 0.01kV 140
3 U1n_MVS 0-600.00kV 0.01kV 0
153
4 U1n_LVS 0-600.00kV 0.01kV 15
5 U1n_VT_HVS 0-600.00kV 0.01kV 76.21
6 U2n_VT_HVS 0-100.0V 0.01V 63.51
7 U2n_DeltVT_HVS 0-330.0V 0.01V 110
8 U1n_VT_MVS 0-600.00kV 0.01kV 0
9 U2n_VT_MVS 0-100.0V 0.01V 63.51
10 U2n_DeltVT_MVS 0-330.0V 0.01V 110
11 U1n_VT_LVS 0-600.00kV 0.01kV 8.66
12 U2n_VT_LVS 0-100.0V 0.01V 63.51
13 U2n_DeltVT_LVS 0-330.0V 0.01V 110
14 I1n_CT_HVS1 0-60000A 1A 1600
16 I1n_CT_HVS2 0-60000A 1A 1600
18 I1n_CT_MVS 0-60000A 1A 0
20 I1n_CT_LVS1 0-60000A 1A 8000
22 I1n_CT_LVS4 0-60000A 1A 8000
24 I1n_BakCT_HVS1 0-60000A 1A 1600
26 I1n_BakCT_HVS2 0-60000A 1A 1600
28 I1n_CT_NP_HVS 0-60000A 1A 300
30 I1n_CT_Gap_HVS 0-60000A 1A 0
32 I1n_CT_NP_MVS 0-60000A 1A 0
34 I1n_CT_Gap_MVS 0-60000A 1A 0
0/1 (two-winding
36 Yd11_Conn 1
transformer)
0/1 (three-winding
37 Yyd11_Conn 0
transformer)
154
0/1 (three-winding
38 Ydd11_Conn 0
transformer)
39 3/2 CB_HVS 0/1 1
b3. Setting list of current differential protection
3 Slope1_PcntDiff 0.05-0.15 0.01 0.15
4 Slope2_PcntDiff 0.50-0.80 0.01 0.70
5 k_Harm_PcntDiff 0.10-0.35 0.01 0.15
6 I_Alm_Diff 0.10-1.00Ie 0.01Ie 0.25
7 TrpLog_Diff 0000-FFFF 1 1817
8 En_InstDiff 0/1 1
9 En_PcntDiff 0/1 1
A:0
B:1
b4. Setting list of phase-to-phase fault protection of HV side
1 V_NegOV_VCE_HVS 1.00-20.00V 0.01V 6.5
2 Vpp_UV_VCE_HVS 10.00-100.00V 0.01V 66
3 I_OC1_HVS 0.05-100.00A 0.01A 100.00
4 t_OC11_HVS 0.00-10.00s 0.01s 10.00
6 t_OC12_HVS 0.00-10.00s 0.01s 2.50
8 I_OC2_HVS 0.05-100.00A 0.01A 0.63
9 t_OC21_HVS 0.00-10.00s 0.01s 2.30
11 t_OC22_HVS 0.00-10.00s 0.01s 10.00
13 I_OC3_HVS 0.05-100.00A 0.01A 100.00
14 t_OC31_HVS 0.00-10.00s 0.01s 10.00
155
16 t_OC32_HVS 0.00-10.00s 0.01s 10.00
18 I_Alm_OvLd_HVS 0.05-20.00A 0.01A 0.51
19 t_Alm_OvLd_HVS 0.00-10.00s 0.01s 9.00
22 I_BlkOLTC_OvLd_HVS 0.05-20.00A 0.01A 0.31
23 t_BlkOLTC_OvLd_HVS 0.00-10.00s 0.01s 1.00
24 I_BO_OC_HVS 0.05-20.00A 0.01A 20.00
25 t_BO_OC_HVS 0.00-10.00s 0.01s 10.00
26 En_VCE_Ctrl_OC1_HVS 0/1 0
En_HVS.VCE_Ctrl_OC_
29 0/1 1
HVS
En_MVS.VCE_Ctrl_OC_
30 0/1 0
HVS
En_LVS.VCE_Ctrl_OC_H
31 0/1 0
VS
0:MTR
1: Busbar
35 Opt_VTS_Ctrl_OC_HVS 0/1 1
37 En_InitCool_OvLd_HVS 0/1 1
En_BlkOLTC_OvLd_HV
38 0/1 0
S
b5. Setting list of earthfault protection of HV side
1 V_ROV_VCE_HVS 1-100V 0.01V 100
2 I_ROC1_HVS 0.10-100.00A 0.01A 1.96
3 t_ROC11_HVS 0.00-10.00s 0.01s 2.30
156
5 t_ROC12_HVS 0.00-10.00s 0.01s 5.00
7 I_ROC2_HVS 0.10-100.00A 0.01A 1.51
8 t_ROC21_HVS 0.00-10.00s 0.01s 2.60
10 t_ROC22_HVS 0.00-10.00s 0.01s 5.50
1 En_VCE.ROV_Ctrl_ROC1_HVS 0/1 1
2 En_VCE.ROV_Ctrl_ROC2_HVS 0/1 1
5 En_Dir_Ctrl_ROC1_HVS 0/1 0
Opt_VTS_Ctrl_ROC_HV
7 0/1 0
S
0:Busbar
1:MTR
b6. Setting list of gap earth fault protection of HV side
1 V_ROV1_Gap_HVS 10.00-220.00V 0.01V 220
2 t_ROV11_Gap_HVS 0.00-10.00s 0.01s 10.00
4 t_ROV12_Gap_HVS 0.00-10.00s 0.01s 10.00
6 I_ROC1_Gap_HVS 0.10-100.00A 0.01A 100.00
7 t_ROC11_Gap_HVS 0.00-10.00s 0.01s 10.00
9 t_ROC12_Gap_HVS 0.00-10.00s 0.01s 10.00
11 En_BI_Ctrl_ROC_Gap_HVS 0/1 0
b7. Setting list of overexcitation protection of HV side
1 k_OvExc 1-2 0.01 1.25
2 t_OvExc 0-3000s 0.01s 1.00
157
3 TrpLog_OvExc 0000-FFFF 1 1817
4 k_Alm_OvExc 1-2 0.01 1.10
5 t_Alm_OvExc 0-25s 0.01s 25.00
6 k0_InvOvExc 1-2 0.01 1.25
7 t0_InvOvExc 0-3000s 0.01s 12.00
8 k1_InvOvExc 1-2 0.01 1.22
9 t1_InvOvExc 0-3000s 0.01s 15.00
10 k2_InvOvExc 1-2 0.01 1.20
11 t2_InvOvExc 0-3000s 0.01s 24.00
12 k3_InvOvExc 1-2 0.01 1.15
13 t3_InvOvExc 0-3000s 0.01s 300
14 k4_InvOvExc 1-2 0.01 1.13
15 t4_InvOvExc 0-3000s 0.01s 600.00
16 k5_InvOvExc 1-2 0.01 1.10
17 t5_InvOvExc 0-3000s 0.01s 3000
18 TrpLog_InvOvExc 0000-FFFF 1 1817
b8. Setting list of pole disagreement protection of HV side
1 I_OC_PD1_HVS 0.10-20.0A 0.01A 20.00
2 I_NegOC_PD1_HVS 0.10-20.0A 0.01A 20.00
3 I_ROC_PD1_HVS 0.10-20.0A 0.01A 20.00
4 t_PD11_HVS 0.10-10.0s 0.01s 10.00
6 t_PD12_HVS 0.10-10.0s 0.01s 10.00
En_ExtTrp_Ctrl_PD12_H
10 0/1 0
VS
11 En_OC_PD12_HVS 0/1 0
b9. Setting list of breaker flashover protection of HV side
2 t_Flash11_CB_HVS 0.10-10.0s 0.01s 0.20
3 TrpLog_Flash11_CB_HVS 0000-FFFF 1 1811
4 t_Flash12_CB_HVS 0.10-10.0s 0.01s 0.50
b10. Setting list of LV side backup protection
158
1 I_OC1_LVS4 0.10-100.0A 0.01A 100.00
2 t_OC11_LVS4 0.10-10.0s 0.01s 10.00
4 t_OC12_LVS4 0.10-10.0s 0.01s 10.00
6 I_CCE_LVS4 0.10-100.0A 0.01A 100.00
8 V_ALM_ROV_LVS 10.00-100.0V 0.01V 100.00
9 t_Alm_ROV_LVS 0.10-10.0s 0.01s 10.00
b11. Setting list of REF protection of HV side
b12. Setting list of stub percentage differential protection of HV side
4 TrpLog_StubDiff_HVS 0000-FFFF 1 0007
c. THE RELAY SETTING VALUE FOR RCS-9661C
c1. System settings list
No. Menu Text Range Step Settings
1 Active_Grp 1-16 1 1
c2. Protection settings list
1 t_Dly_MR5 0-100min 1 30
2 t_Dly_MR4 0-100s 1 100
3 En_Dly_MR5 0/1 1 1
4 En_MR1_Ctrl_MR5 0/1 1 0
5 En_FixDly_MR5 0/1 1 0
6 En_Dly_MR4 0/1 1 0
c3. The explanation of the main transformer non-electricity protection
The main transformer non-electricity protection "body heavy gas trip"
159
and "cold loss control electric" input trip, the rest of non-electricity protection
input alarm.
d. THE VALUE FOR MAIN TRANSFORMER TEMPERATURE PROTECTION
d1. No.1 Oil temperature
The first temperature: 45(stop fan)
Second temperature: 55(run fan)
Third first temperature: 75(alarm)
Fourth temperature: 85(trip)
d3. Winding temperature
8.8.3.2 THE RELAY SETTING VALUE FOR UNIT 1 & UNIT 2 & UNIT 3
AUXILARY TRANSFORMER
a. THE RELAY SETTING VALUE FOR RCS-985TS OF UNIT 1 & UNIT 3
AUXILARY TRANSFORMER
1 En_Diff 0/1 1
2 En_PPF_S1 0/1 1
3 En_PPF_S2 0/1 1
4 En_PPF_S3 0/1 0
5 En_EF_S1 0/1 0
6 En_EF_S2 0/1 1
7 En_EF_S3 0/1 0
8 En_EF_Gap 0/1 0
9 En_OvLd 0/1 1
10 En_REF_S1 0/1 0
11 En_REF_S2 0/1 0
12 En_REF_S3 0/1 0
160
1 Active_Grp 0- 3 0
2 Sn 0-300.00MW 20
3 U1n_S1 0-300.00kV 15
4 U1n_S2 0-300.00kV 11
5 U1n_S3 0-300.00kV 0
6 I1n_CT_S1 0-30000.0A 800
7 I2n_CT_S1 1/5A 1
8 I1n_CT_S2 0-30000.0A 1500
9 I2n_CT_S2 1/5A 5
10 I1n_CT_S3 0-30000.0A 0
11 I2n_CT_S3 1/5A 1
12 I1n_CT1_ROC 0-30000.0A 0
13 I2n_CT1_ROC 1/5A 1
14 I1n_CT2_ROC 0-30000.0A 300
15 I2n_CT2_ROC 1/5A 1
16 I1n_CT3_ROC 0-30000.0A 0
17 I2n_CT3_ROC 1/5A 1
0:Y/Y/Y-12
1:Y/D/D-11
2:Y/D/D-1
3:D/Y/Y-11
18 Cfg_ConnGrp 3
4:Y/Y/D-11
5:D/D/Y-11
6:D/Y/Y-1
7:D/D/D-12
0:
1:TA1
19 Cfg_CT_OvLd 1
2:TA2
3:TA3
20 En_InstDrop_Trp5 0
0:disable
21 En_CT3_ROC 0
1:enable
a3. Setting list of current differential protection
3 Slope1_PcntDiff 0.05-0.15 0.01 0.15
4 Slope2_PcntDiff 0.50-0.80 0.01 0.70
5 k_2ndH_PcntDiff 0.10-0.35 0.01 0.15
6 I_Alm_Diff 0.10-1.00Ie 0.01Ie 0.25
7 TrpLog_Diff 0000-FFFF 1 11A7
8 En_InstDiff 0/1 1
161
9 En_PcntDiff 0/1 1
10 En_CTSBlkDiff 0/1 0
a4. Setting list of phase-to-phase fault protection of side 1
1 V_NegOV_VCE_S1 1.00-20.00V 0.01V 6.50
2 Vpp_UV_VCE_S1 10.00-100.00V 0.01V 66.00
3 I_OC1_S1 0.05-100.00A 0.01A 10.97
4 t_OC1_S1 0.00-10.00s 0.01s 0.50
5 I_OC2_S1 0.05-100.00A 0.01A 1.39
6 t_OC2_S1 0.00-10.00s 0.01s 1.60
7 I_OC3_S1 0.05-100.00A 0.01A 100.00
8 t_OC3_S1 0.00-10.00s 0.01s 10.00
9 TrpLog_OC1_S1 0000-FFFF 1 11A7
10 TrpLog_OC2_S1 0000-FFFF 1 11A7
11 TrpLog_OC3_S1 0000-FFFF 1 0000
12 En_VCE _OC1_S1 0/1 1
13 En_VCE_OC2_S1 0/1 1
14 En_S1.VCE_OC_S1 0/1 0
15 En_S2.VCE_OC_S1 0/1 1
16 En_S3.VCE_OC_S1 0/1 0
17 Opt_VTS_OC_S1 0/1 1
18 En_Mem_Curr 0/1 0
1 V_NegOV_VCE_S2 1.00-20.00V 0.01V 6.50
2 Vpp_UV_VCE_S2 10.00-100.00V 0.01V 66.00
3 I_OC1_S2 0.05-100.00A 0.01A 13.23
4 t_OC1_S2 0.00-10.00s 0.01s 1.00
5 I_OC2_S2 0.05-100.00A 0.01A 5.05
6 t_OC2_S2 0.00-10.00s 0.01s 1.30
7 TrpLog_OC1_S2 0000-FFFF 1 1281
9 En_VCE _OC1_S2 0/1 0
10 En_VCE_OC2_S2 0/1 1
11 En_OC2_SOTF_S2 0/1 0
1 V_NegOV_VCE_S3 1.00-20.00V 0.01V 1.00
2 Vpp_UV_VCE_S3 10.00-100.00V 0.01V 10.00
162
3 I_OC1_S3 0.05-100.00A 0.01A 100.00
4 t_OC1_S3 0.00-10.00s 0.01s 10.00
5 I_OC2_S3 0.05-100.00A 0.01A 100.00
6 t_OC2_S3 0.00-10.00s 0.01s 10.00
9 En_VCE _OC1_S2 0/1 0
10 En_VCE_OC2_S2 0/1 0
11 En_OC2_SOTF_S2 0/1 0
a7. Setting list of earthfault protection of side 1
1 I_ROC1_S1 0.05-100.00A 0.01A 100.00
2 t_ROC1_S1 0.00-10.00s 0.01s 10.00
3 I_ROC2_S1 0.05-100.00A 0.01A 100.00
4 t_ROC2_S1 0.00-10.00s 0.01s 10.00
5 TrpLog_ROC1_S1 0000-FFFF 1 0000
7 Opt_3I0_ROC_S1 0/1 0
8 En_Dir_ROC1_S1 0/1 0
10 Opt_VT_ROC_S1 0/1 0
0:SYSTEM
11 Opt_Dir_ROC_S1 0/1 0
1:STR
1 I_ROC1_S2 0.05-100.00A 0.01A 0.17
2 t_ROC1_S2 0.00-10.00s 0.01s 1.00
3 I_ROC2_S2 0.05-100.00A 0.01A 0.17
4 t_ROC2_S2 0.00-10.00s 0.01s 1.30
6 TrpLog_ROC2_S2 0000-FFFF 1 11A7
1 I_ROC1_S3 0.05-100.00A 0.01A 100.00
2 t_ROC1_S3 0.00-10.00s 0.01s 10.00
3 I_ROC2_S3 0.05-100.00A 0.01A 100.00
4 t_ROC2_S3 0.00-10.00s 0.01s 10.00
163
a10. Setting list of gap earthfault protection
1 I_ROC1_Gap 0.05-100.00A 0.01A 100.00
2 t_ROC11_Gap 0.00-10.00s 0.01s 10.00
3 t_ROC12_Gap 0.00-10.00s 0.01s 10.00
4 V_ROV1_Gap 1.00-200.00V 0.01V 200.00
5 t_ROV11_Gap 0.00-10.00s 0.01s 10.00
6 t_ROV12_Gap 0.00-10.00s 0.01s 10.00
7 V_Alm_ROV 1.00-200.00V 0.01V 200.00
8 T_ Alm_ROV 0.00-10.00s 0.01s 10.00
9 TrpLog_ROC11_Gap 0000-FFFF 1 0000
11 TrpLog_ROV11_Gap 0000-FFFF 1 0000
13 En_Alm_ROV 0/1 0000
a11. Setting list of overload protection
1 I_Alm_OvLd 0.05-100.00A 0.01A 1.12
2 t_Alm_OvLd 0.00-10.00s 0.01s 9.00
3 I_InitCool_OvLd 0.05-100.00A 0.01A 0.67
4 t_InitCool_OvLd 0.00-10.00s 0.01s 9.00
5 I_Blk_OLTC_OvLd 0.05-100.00A 0.01A 0.67
6 t_Blk_OLTC_OvLd 0.00-10.00s 0.01s 1.00
7 I_CCE 0.05-100.00A 0.01A 100.00
8 TrpLog_CCE 0000-FFFF 1 0.00
9 En_Alm_OvLd 0/1 1
10 En_InitCool_OvLd 0/1 0
11 En_Blk_OLTC_OvLd 0/1 1
12 En_BO_CCE 0/1 0
a12. Setting list of REF protection of side 1
1 I_Pkp_PcntREF_S1 0.10In-10.00 In 0.01In 0.50
2 I_InstREF_S1 0.10In-10.00 In 0.01In 6.00
3 Slope_PcntREF_S1 0.30-0.80 0.01 0.50
4 TrpLog_REF_S1 0000-FFFF 1 0000
5 En_InstREF_S1 0/1 0
6 En_PcntREF_S1 0/1 0
164
3 Slope_PcntREF_S2 0.30-0.80 0.01 0.50
3 Slope_PcntREF_S3 0.30-0.80 0.01 0.50
b.THE RELAY SETTING VALUE FOR RCS-985TS OF UNIT 2 AUXILARY
TRANSFORMER
b1. Setting list of logic settings of configuring functions
1 En_Diff 0/1 1
2 En_PPF_S1 0/1 1
3 En_PPF_S2 0/1 1
4 En_PPF_S3 0/1 1
5 En_EF_S1 0/1 0
6 En_EF_S2 0/1 1
7 En_EF_S3 0/1 0
8 En_EF_Gap 0/1 0
9 En_OvLd 0/1 1
10 En_REF_S1 0/1 0
11 En_REF_S2 0/1 0
12 En_REF_S3 0/1 0
b2. Setting list of system settings
1 Active_Grp 0- 3 0
2 Sn 0-300.00MW 20
3 U1n_S1 0-300.00kV 15
4 U1n_S2 0-300.00kV 11
5 U1n_S3 0-300.00kV 11
6 I1n_CT_S1 0-30000.0A 800
7 I2n_CT_S1 1/5A 1
8 I1n_CT_S2 0-30000.0A 1500
9 I2n_CT_S2 1/5A 5
165
10 I1n_CT_S3 0-30000.0A 1500
11 I2n_CT_S3 1/5A 5
12 I1n_CT1_ROC 0-30000.0A 0
13 I2n_CT1_ROC 1/5A 1
14 I1n_CT2_ROC 0-30000.0A 300
15 I2n_CT2_ROC 1/5A 1
16 I1n_CT3_ROC 0-30000.0A 0
17 I2n_CT3_ROC 1/5A 1
0:Y/Y/Y-12
1:Y/D/D-11
2:Y/D/D-1
3:D/Y/Y-11
18 Cfg_ConnGrp 3
4:Y/Y/D-11
5:D/D/Y-11
6:D/Y/Y-1
7:D/D/D-12
0:
1:TA1
19 Cfg_CT_OvLd 1
2:TA2
3:TA3
0:disable
21 En_CT3_ROC 0
1:enable
b3. Setting list of current differential protection
3 Slope1_PcntDiff 0.05-0.15 0.01 0.15
4 Slope2_PcntDiff 0.50-0.80 0.01 0.70
5 k_2ndH_PcntDiff 0.10-0.35 0.01 0.15
6 I_Alm_Diff 0.10-1.00Ie 0.01Ie 0.25
7 TrpLog_Diff 0000-FFFF 1 10AF
8 En_InstDiff 0/1 1
9 En_PcntDiff 0/1 1
b4. Setting list of phase-to-phase fault protection of side 1
1 V_NegOV_VCE_S1 1.00-20.00V 0.01V 6.50
2 Vpp_UV_VCE_S1 10.00-100.00V 0.01V 66.00
3 I_OC1_S1 0.05-100.00A 0.01A 10.97
4 t_OC1_S1 0.00-10.00s 0.01s 0.50
166
5 I_OC2_S1 0.05-100.00A 0.01A 1.39
6 t_OC2_S1 0.00-10.00s 0.01s 1.60
7 I_OC3_S1 0.05-100.00A 0.01A 100.00
8 t_OC3_S1 0.00-10.00s 0.01s 10.00
9 TrpLog_OC1_S1 0000-FFFF 1 10AF
10 TrpLog_OC2_S1 0000-FFFF 1 10AF
11 TrpLog_OC3_S1 0000-FFFF 1 0000
12 En_VCE _OC1_S1 0/1 1
13 En_VCE_OC2_S1 0/1 1
14 En_S1.VCE_OC_S1 0/1 0
15 En_S2.VCE_OC_S1 0/1 1
16 En_S3.VCE_OC_S1 0/1 1
1 V_NegOV_VCE_S2 1.00-20.00V 0.01V 6.50
2 Vpp_UV_VCE_S2 10.00-100.00V 0.01V 66.00
3 I_OC1_S2 0.05-100.00A 0.01A 13.23
4 t_OC1_S2 0.00-10.00s 0.01s 1.00
5 I_OC2_S2 0.05-100.00A 0.01A 5.05
6 t_OC2_S2 0.00-10.00s 0.01s 1.30
9 En_VCE _OC1_S2 0/1 0
10 En_VCE_OC2_S2 0/1 1
11 En_OC2_SOTF_S2 0/1 0
1 V_NegOV_VCE_S3 1.00-20.00V 0.01V 6.50
2 Vpp_UV_VCE_S3 10.00-100.00V 0.01V 66.00
3 I_OC1_S3 0.05-100.00A 0.01A 13.23
4 t_OC1_S3 0.00-10.00s 0.01s 1.00
5 I_OC2_S3 0.05-100.00A 0.01A 5.05
6 t_OC2_S3 0.00-10.00s 0.01s 1.30
9 En_VCE _OC1_S2 0/1 0
167
10 En_VCE_OC2_S2 0/1 1
11 En_OC2_SOTF_S2 0/1 0
b7. Setting list of earthfault protection of side 1
1 I_ROC1_S1 0.05-100.00A 0.01A 100.00
2 t_ROC1_S1 0.00-10.00s 0.01s 10.00
3 I_ROC2_S1 0.05-100.00A 0.01A 100.00
4 t_ROC2_S1 0.00-10.00s 0.01s 10.00
7 Opt_3I0_ROC_S1 0/1 0
0:SYSTEM
1:STR
1 I_ROC1_S2 0.05-100.00A 0.01A 0.17
2 t_ROC1_S2 0.00-10.00s 0.01s 1.00
3 I_ROC2_S2 0.05-100.00A 0.01A 0.17
4 t_ROC2_S2 0.00-10.00s 0.01s 1.30
6 TrpLog_ROC2_S2 0000-FFFF 1 10AF
1 I_ROC1_S3 0.05-100.00A 0.01A 100.00
2 t_ROC1_S3 0.00-10.00s 0.01s 10.00
3 I_ROC2_S3 0.05-100.00A 0.01A 100.00
4 t_ROC2_S3 0.00-10.00s 0.01s 10.00
b10. Setting list of gap earthfault protection
1 I_ROC1_Gap 0.05-100.00A 0.01A 100.00
2 t_ROC11_Gap 0.00-10.00s 0.01s 10.00
3 t_ROC12_Gap 0.00-10.00s 0.01s 10.00
4 V_ROV1_Gap 1.00-200.00V 0.01V 200.00
5 t_ROV11_Gap 0.00-10.00s 0.01s 10.00
6 t_ROV12_Gap 0.00-10.00s 0.01s 10.00
168
7 V_Alm_ROV 1.00-200.00V 0.01V 200.00
8 T_ Alm_ROV 0.00-10.00s 0.01s 10.00
13 En_Alm_ROV 0/1 0000
b11. Setting list of overload protection
1 I_Alm_OvLd 0.05-100.00A 0.01A 1.12
2 t_Alm_OvLd 0.00-10.00s 0.01s 9.00
5 I_Blk_OLTC_OvLd 0.05-100.00A 0.01A 0.67
6 t_Blk_OLTC_OvLd 0.00-10.00s 0.01s 1.00
7 I_CCE 0.05-100.00A 0.01A 100.00
9 En_Alm_OvLd 0/1 1
12 En_BO_CCE 0/1 0
b12. Setting list of REF protection of side 1
3 Slope_PcntREF_S1 0.30-0.80 0.01 0.50
b13. Setting list of REF protection of side 2
3 Slope_PcntREF_S2 0.30-0.80 0.01 0.50
b14 Setting list of REF protection of side 3
169
3 Slope_PcntREF_S3 0.30-0.80 0.01 0.50
c. THE RELAY SETTING VALUE FOR RCS-9661C OF UNIT 1 & UNIT 2 &
UNIT 3 AUXILARY TRANSFORMER
c1. System settings list
c2. Protection settings list
1 t_Dly_MR5 0-100min 1 100
2 t_Dly_MR4 0-100s 1 100
3 En_Dly_MR5 0/1 1 0
6 En_Dly_MR4 0/1 1 0
c3. The explanation of the auxilary transformer non-electricity protection
The auxilary transformer non-electricity protection "body heavy gas trip"
and "on-load heavy gas trip " input trip, the rest of non-electricity protection
input alarm.
d. THE VALUE FOR AUXILARY TRANSFORMER TEMPERATURE
PROTECTION
The first temperature: 45
Second temperature: 55
170
d3. Winding temperature
8.8.3.3 THE RELAY SETTING VALUE FOR UNIT 4 GENERATOR
a.THE RELAY SETTING VALUE FOR RCS-985G
1 En_Diff_Gen 0/1 1
2 En_SPTDiff_Gen 0/1 0
3 En_IntTurn_Gen 0/1 1
4 En_PPF_Gen 0/1 1
5 En_EF_Sta 0/1 1
6 En_EF_RotWdg 0/1 1
7 En_OvLd_Sta 0/1 1
8 En_NegOC_Gen 0/1 1
9 En_LossExc_Gen 0/1 1
10 En_OOS_Gen 0/1 1
11 En_VoltProt_Gen 0/1 1
12 En_OvExc_Gen 0/1 0
13 En_PwrProt_Gen 0/1 1
14 En_FreqProt_Gen 0/1 1
15 En_StShut_Gen 0/1 1
16 En_AccEnerg_Gen 0/1 1
17 En_BFP_GCB 0/1 0
18 En_Diff_Exc 0/1 0
19 En_Bak_Exc 0/1 0
20 En_OvLd_RotWdg 0/1 0
21 En_MechRly 0/1 1
22 En_VTComp_Term_Gen 0/1 1
23 En_TestMode 0/1 0
a2. Setting list of Generator Parameters
1 fn_Gen 50.0
2 Pn_Gen 200
3 PF_Gen 0.85
4 U1n_Gen 15.75
5 U1n_VT_Term_Gen 9.09
6 U2n_VT_Term_Gen 63.51
7 U2n_DeltVT_Term_Gen 36.67
8 U1n_VT_NP_Gen 15.75
171
9 U2n_VT_NP_Gen 240
10 I1n_CT_Term_Gen 10000
11 I2n_CT_Term_Gen 1
12 k_SP1_Gen 100%
13 k_SP2_Gen 0%
14 I1n_CT_SP1_Gen 10000
15 I2n_CT_SP1_Gen 1
16 I1n_CT_SP2_Gen 0
17 I2n_CT_SP2_Gen 1
18 I1n_CT_TrvDiff_Gen 0
19 I2n_CT_TrvDiff_Gen 1
20 I1n_RotWdg 1727.17
21 U2n_Shunt_RotWdg 75
a3. Setting list of Excitation Parameters
1 fn_Exc 50.00
2 Sn_Exc 1.50
3 U1n_S1_Exc 15.75
4 U1n_S2_Exc 0.51
5 I1n_CT_S1_Exc 200
6 I2n_CT_S1_Exc 1
7 I1n_CT_S2_Exc 3000
8 I2n_CT_S2_Exc 1
For the following settings, if no specific explanation, 1 means enable and
0 means disable.
1 Opt_Exc 0/1 0
2 Yy12_Conn_ET 0/1 0
3 Dd12_Conn_ET 0/1 0
4 Dy11_Conn_ET 0/1 0
5 Yd11_Conn_ET 0/1 1
6 Dy1_Conn_ET 0/1 0
a4. Setting list of Gen Diff Prot Settings
1 I_Pkp_PcntDiff_Gen 0.30
2 I_InstDiff_Gen 4.00
3 Slope1_PcntDiff_Gen 0.10
4 Slope2_PcntDiff_Gen 0.50
5 TrpLog_Diff_Gen 001F
0 means disable.
1 En_InstDiff_Gen 0/1 1
172
2 En_PcntDiff_Gen 0/1 1
3 En_DPFC_Diff_Gen 0/1 1
Opt_CTS_Blk_PcntDiff_G
4 0/1 0
en
a5. Setting list of Gen SPTDiff Prot Settings
1 I_Pkp_PcntSPTDiff_Gen 0.10
2 I_InstSPTDiff_Gen 6.00
3 Slope1_PcntSPTDiff_Gen 0.05
4 Slope2_PcntSPTDiff_Gen 0.50
5 TrpLog_SPTDiff_Gen 0000
0 means disable.
1 En_InstSPTDiff_Gen 0/1 0
2 En_PcntSPTDiff_Gen 0/1 0
Opt_CTS_PcntSPTDiff_G
3 0/1 0
en
a6. Setting list of Gen IntTurn Prot Settings
1 I_SensTrvDiff_Gen 2.00
2 I_InsensTrvDiff_Gen 10.00
3 t_TrvDiff_Gen 10.00
4 V_SensROV_Longl_Gen 3.30
5 V_InsensROV_Longl_Gen 11.00
6 t_ROV_Longl_Gen 0.20
7 TrpLog_IntTurn_Gen 001F
0 means disable.
1 En_SensTrvDiff_Gen 0/1 0
2 En_InsensTrvDiff_Gen 0/1 0
3 En_SensROV_Longl_Gen 0/1 1
4 En_InsensROV_Longl_Gen 0/1 1
5 En_DPFC_IntTurn_Gen 0/1 1
a7. Setting list of Gen PPF Bak Prot Settings
1 V_NegOV_VCE_Gen 5.00
173
2 Vpp_UV_VCE_Gen 66.00
3 I_OC1_Gen 20.00
4 t_OC1_Gen 10.00
5 TrpLog_OC1_Gen 0000
6 I_OC2_Gen 1.44
7 t_OC2_Gen 2.60
8 TrpLog_OC2_Gen 001F
9 Z1_Fwd_Gen 20.00
10 Z1_Rev_Gen 20.00
11 t_Z1_Gen 10.00
12 TrpLog_Z1_Gen 0000
13 Z2_Fwd_Gen 20.00
14 Z2_Rev_Gen 20.00
15 t_Z2_Gen 10.00
16 TrpLog_Z2_Gen 0000
17 I_BO_OC_Gen 20.00
0 means disable.
1 En_VCE_Ctrl_OC1_Gen 0/1 0
2 En_VCE_Ctrl_OC2_Gen 0/1 1
3 Opt_VTS_Ctrl_OC_Gen 0/1 1
4 Opt_ExcMode_Gen 0/1 1
5 En_BO_OC_Gen 0/1 0
a8. Setting list of Sta EF Prot Settings
1 V_SensROV_Sta 13.00
2 V_InsensROV_Sta 25.00
3 t_ROV_Sta 1.00
4 k_V3rdHRatio_PreSync_Sta 1.30
5 k_V3rdHRatio_PostSync_Sta 2.00
6 k_V3rdHDiff_Sta 0.30
7 t_V3rdH_Sta 9.00
8 TrpLog_EF_Sta 001F
0 means disable.
1 En_Alm_ROV_Sta 0/1 1
174
2 En_Trp_ROV_Sta 0/1 1
3 En_Alm_V3rdHRatio_Sta 0/1 1
4 En_Alm_V3rdHDiff_Sta 0/1 1
5 En_Trp_V3rdHRatio_Sta 0/1 0
6 En_Trp_InsensRov_Sta 0/1 1
a9. Setting list of RotWdg EF Prot Settings
1 R_Sens1PEF_RotWdg 20.00
2 R_1PEF_RotWdg 10.00
3 t_1PEF_RotWdg 5.00
4 V2ndH_VCE_2PEF_RotWdg 1.00
5 t_2PEF_RotWdg 1.00
6 TrpLog_EF_RotWdg 001F
0 means disable.
1 En_Alm_Sens1PEF_RotWdg 0/1 1
2 En_Alm_1PEF_RotWdg 0/1 1
3 En_Trp_1PEF_RotWdg 0/1 0
4 En_2PEF_RotWdg 0/1 1
5 En_VCE_2PEF_RotWdg 0/1 0
a10. Setting list of Sta OvLd Prot Settings
1 I_OvLd_Sta 1.01
2 t_OvLd_Sta 9.00
3 TrpLog_OvLd_Sta 0000
4 I_Alm_OvLd_Sta 1.01
5 t_Alm_OvLd_Sta 9.00
6 I_InvOvLd_Sta 1.06
7 tmin_InvOvLd_Sta 0.50
8 A_Therm_Sta 37.50
9 K_Disspt_Sta 1.02
10 TrpLog_InvOvLd_Sta 001F
a11. Setting list of Gen NegOC Prot Settings
1 I_NegOC1_Gen 20.00
2 t_NegOC1_Gen 10.00
175
3 TrpLog_NegOC1_Gen 0000
4 I_NegOC2_Gen 20.00
5 t_NegOC2_Gen 10.00
6 TrpLog_NegOC2_Gen 0000
7 I_Alm_NegOC_Gen 0.10
8 t_Alm_NegOC_Gen 9.00
9 I_InvNegOC_Gen 0.12
10 I_Neg_Perm_Gen 0.09
11 tmin_InvNegOC_Gen 0.50
12 A_Therm_RotBody 10
13 TrpLog_InvNegOC_Gen 001F
a12. Setting list of Gen LossExc Prot Settings
1 X1_LossExc_Gen 8.14
2 X2_LossExc_Gen 143.85
3 Q_RevQ_LossExc_Gen 20%
4 V_RotUV_LossExc_Gen 84.00
5 Un_RotNoLoad_LossExc_Gen 108.00
6 k_RotUV_LossExc_Gen 1.43
7 V_UV_LossExc_Gen 93.50
8 P_OvPwr_LossExc_Gen 50%
9 t_LossExc1_Gen 0.50
12 TrpLog_LossExc1_Gen 0081
13 TrpLog_LossExc2_Gen 001F
14 TrpLog_LossExc3_Gen 001F
0 means disable.
1 En_Z_LossExc1_Gen 0/1 1
2 En_RotUV_LossExc1_Gen 0/1 0
3 En_P_LossExc1_Gen 0/1 1
4 En_UV_LossExc2_Gen 0/1 1
176
9 En_Alm_LossExc1_Gen 0/1 1
10 Opt_Z_LossExc_Gen 0/1 1
11 En_RevQ_LossExc_Gen 0/1 1
12 Opt_UV_LossExc_Gen 0/1 1
a13. Setting list of Gen OOS Prot Settings
1 Za_OOS_Gen 13.66
2 Zb_OOS_Gen 16.26
3 Zc_OOS_Gen 8.45
4 _Reach_OOS_Gen 85
5 _Inner_OOS_Gen 120
6 n_Slip_Ext_OOS_Gen 8
7 n_Slip_Int_OOS_Gen 2
8 Ibrk_GCB 7.11
9 TrpLog_OOS_Gen 001F
0 means disable.
1 En_Alm_Ext_OOS_Gen 0/1 1
2 En_Trp_Ext_OOS_Gen 0/1 0
3 En_Alm_Int_OOS_Gen 0/1 1
4 En_Trp_Int_OOS_Gen 0/1 1
a14. Setting list of Gen Volt Prot Settings
1 V_OV1_Gen 143.00
2 t_OV1_Gen 0.50
3 TrpLog_OV1_Gen 001F
4 V_OV2_Gen 132.00
5 t_OV2_Gen 5.00
6 TrpLog_OV2_Gen 001F
7 V_UV_Gen 88.00
8 t_UV_Gen 8.00
9 TrpLog_UV_Gen 0001
a15. Setting list of Gen OvExc Prot Settings
1 k_OvExc1_Gen 1.07
177
2 t_OvExc1_Gen 9.00
3 TrpLog_OvExc1_Gen 0000
4 k_OvExc2_Gen 1.25
5 t_OvExc2_Gen 3.00
6 TrpLog_OvExc2_Gen 0000
7 k_Alm_OvExc_Gen 1.07
8 t_Alm_OvExc_Gen 9.00
9 k0_InvOvExc_Gen 1.25
10 t0_InvOvExc_Gen 4.00
11 k1_InvOvExc_Gen 1.19
12 t1_InvOvExc_Gen 6.00
13 K2_InvOvExc_Gen 1.15
14 T2_InvOvExc_Gen 8.00
25 TrpLog_InvOvExc_Gen 0000
a16. Setting list of Gen Pwr Prot Settings
1 P_RevP_Gen 1%
2 t_Alm_RevP_Gen 15.00
3 t_Trp_RevP_Gen 60.00
4 TrpLog_RevP_Gen 001F
5 P_SeqTrpRevP_Gen 1%
6 t_SeqTrpRevP_Gen 1.00
7 TrpLog_SeqTrp_RevP_Gen 0017
a17. Setting list of Gen Freq Prot Settings
1 f_UF1_Gen 48.50
178
2 t_Accu_UF1_Gen 300.00
3 f_UF2_Gen 48.00
4 t_UF2_Gen 30.00
5 f_UF3_Gen 47.00
6 t_UF3_Gen 8.00
7 TrpLog_UF_Gen 001F
8 f_OF1_Gen 51.00
9 t_OF1_Gen 3.00
10 f_OF2_Gen 51.50
11 t_OF2_Gen 30.00
12 TrpLog_OF_Gen 001F
0 means disable.
1 En_Alm_UF1_Gen 0/1 1
2 En_Trp_UF1_Gen 0/1 0
7 En_Alm_OF1_Gen 0/1 1
8 En_Trp_OF1_Gen 0/1 1
9 En_Alm_OF2_Gen 0/1 1
10 En_Trp_OF2_Gen 0/1 1
a18. Setting list of Gen StShut Prot Settings
1 f_UF_StShut_Gen 45.00
2 I_GenDiff_StShut_Gen 0.30
3 TrpLog_Diff_StShut_Gen 0019
4 I_UFOC_StShut_Gen 20.00
5 t_UFOC_StShut_Gen 10.00
6 TrpLog_OC_StShut_Gen 0000
7 V_StaROV_StShut_Gen 10.00
8 t_StaROV_StShut_Gen 2.00
9 TrpLog_StaROV_StShut_Gen 0019
0 means disable.
179
1 En_GenDiff_StShut_Gen 0/1 1
2 En_UFOC_StShut_Gen 0/1 0
3 En_StaROV_StShut_Gen 0/1 1
4 En_UF_Ctrl_StShut_Gen 0/1 1
a19. Setting list of Gen AccEnerg Prot Settings
1 f_UF_AccEnerg_Gen 40.00
2 I_OC_AccEnerg_Gen 0.17
3 t_AccEnerg_Gen 0.30
4 TrpLog_AccEnerg_Gen 0017
5 I_NegOC_Flash_GCB 0.22
6 t_Flash11_GCB 0.30
7 TrpLog_Flash11_GCB 0011
8 t_Flash12_GCB 0.50
9 TrpLog_Flash12_GCB 0015
0 means disable.
1 En_UF_Ctrl_AccEnerg_Gen 0/1 1
2 En_CB_Ctrl_AccEnerg_Gen 0/1 1
a20. Setting list of GCB BFP Settings
1 I_BFP_GCB 20.00
2 I_ROC_BFP_GCB 20.00
3 I_NegOC_BFP_GCB 20.00
4 t_BFP11_GCB 10.00
5 TrpLog_BFP11_GCB 0000
6 t_BFP12_GCB 10.00
7 TrpLog_BFP12_GCB 0000
0 means disable.
1 En_ROC_BFP_GCB 0/1 0
2 En_NegOC_BFP_GCB 0/1 0
3 En_ExtTrpCtrlBFP_GCB 0/1 0
4 En_CB_Ctrl_BFP_GCB 0/1 0
a21. Setting list of Exc Diff Prot Settings
180
1 I_Pkp_PcntDiff_Exc 0.30
2 I_InstDiff_Exc 6.00
3 Slope1_PcntDiff_Exc 0.10
4 Slope2_PcntDiff_Exc 0.70
5 k_Harm_PcntDiff_Exc 0.15
6 TrpLog_Diff_Exc 0000
0 means disable.
1 En_InstDiff_Exc 0/1 0
2 En_PcntDiff_Exc 0/1 0
3 Opt_Inrush_Ident_Exc 0/1 0
4 Opt_CTS_Blk_PcntDiff_Exc 0/1 0
a22 Setting list of Exc Bak Prot Settings
1 I_OC1_Exc 20.00
2 t_OC1_Exc 10.00
3 TrpLog_OC1_Exc 0000
4 I_OC2_Exc 20.00
5 t_OC2_Exc 10.00
6 TrpLog_OC2_Exc 0000
a23. Setting list of RotWdg OvLd Prot Settings
1 I_OvLd_RotWdg 10.00
2 t_OvLd_RotWdg 10.00
3 TrpLog_OvLd_RotWdg 0000
4 I_Alm_OvLd_RotWdg 10.00
5 t_Alm_OvLd_RotWdg 10.00
6 I_InvOvLd_RotWdg 10.00
7 tmin_InvOvLd_RotWdg 10.00
8 A_Therm_RotWdg 40.00
9 Ib_InvOvLd_RotWdg 10.00
10 TrpLog_InvOvLd_RotWdg 0000
11 Opt_AC_Input_RotWdg 3
a24. Setting list of MechRly Prot Settings
1 t_MechRly1 10.00
181
2 TrpLog_MechRly1 0000
3 t_MechRly2 0.01
4 TrpLog_MechRly2 001F
5 t_MechRly3 1.00
7 t_MechRly4 1.00
b.THE RELAY SETTING VALUE FOR RCS-9671C
b1. Setting list of System Parameters
1 Active_Grp 1~16 1 1
2 Sn 0.00600.00 0.01 MVA 240
3 U1n_S1 0.00500.00 0.01kV 140
4 U1n_S2 0.00500.00 0.01kV 140
5 U1n_S3 0.00500.00 0.01kV 15.75
6 WdgConn_S1 0~1 1 0
7 Clk_S2_WRT_S1 0~11 1 0
8 Clk_S3_WRT_S1 0~11 1 1
9 CTConn 0~1 1 0
10 N_CT_REF_S1 0~2 1 0
11 N_CT_REF_S2 0~2 1 0
12 N_CT_REF_S3 0~2 1 0
13 En_AntiLogic 0/1 0
b2. Setting list of Protection settings
1 I1n_CT_S1 0.0020.00kA 0.01kA 1.60
2 I2n_CT_S1 5A/1A 1
3 I1n_CT_S2 0.0020.00kA 0.01kA 1.60
4 I2n_CT_S2 5A/1A 1
5 I1n_CT_S3 0.0020.00kA 0.01kA 10.00
6 I2n_CT_S3 5A/1A 1
7 I1n_CT_NP_ S1 0.0020.00kA 0.01kA 0
8 I2n_CT_NP_S1 5A/1A 1
9 I1n_CT_NP_S2 0.0020.00kA 0.01kA 0
10 I2n_CT_NP_S2 5A/1A 1
11 I1n_CT_NP_S3 0.0020.00kA 0.01kA 0
182
12 I2n_CT_NP_S3 5A/1A 1
13 I_ Pkp_PcntDiff 0.21.5Ie 0.01Ie 0.40
14 I_InstDiff 414Ie 0.01Ie 6.00
15 Slope_PcntDiff 0.300.75 0.01 0.50
16 k_2ndH_PcntDiff 0.100.35 0.01 0.15
17 Opt_InrushBlk 0~3 1 1
18 K_5thH_PcntDiff 0.1~0.5 0.01 0.25
19 I_Alm_CTS 0.050.20Ie 0.01Ie 0.10
20 I_Pkp_PcntREF_S1 0.1~1.5 0.01 1.50
21 Slope_PcntREF_S1 0.3~0.75 0.01 0.75
22 t_PcntREF_S1 0.0010.00s 0.01s 10.00
23 I_Pkp_PcntREF_S2 0.1~1.5 0.01 1.50
24 Slope_PcntREF_S2 0.3~0.75 0.01 0.75
25 t_PcntREF_S2 0.0010.00s 0.01s 10.00
26 I_Pkp_PcntREF_S3 0.1~1.5 0.01 1.50
27 Slope_Pcn tREF_S3 0.3~0.75 0.01 0.75
28 t_PcntREF_S2 0.0010.00s 0.01s 10.00
29 I_Alm_REF 0.05~0.2 0.01 0.20
30 I_OC_S1 0.140In 0.01A 40.00
31 t _OC_S1 0.0010.00s 0.01s 10.00
32 I _OC_S2 0.140In 0.01A 40.00
33 t _OC_S2 0.0010.00s 0.01s 10.00
34 I _OC_S3 0.140In 0.01A 40.00
35 t_OC_S3 0.0010.00s 0.01s 10.00
36 Cfg_Trp1 00H~FFH 1 03
0 means disable.
40 En_InstDiff 0/1 1 1
41 En_PcntDiff 0/1 1 1
42 En_CTSBlkDiff 0/1 1 0
43 En_OvExcBlkDiff 0/1 1 1
44 En_Filt_I0_S1 0/1 1 0
45 En_Fil t_I0_S2 0/1 1 0
46 En_Filt_I0_S3 0/1 1 0
183
47 En_REF_S1 0/1 1 0
48 En_REF_S2 0/1 1 0
49 En_REF_S3 0/1 1 0
50 En_OC_S1 0/1 1 0
51 En_OC_S2 0/1 1 0
52 En_OC_S3 0/1 1 0
8.8.3.4 THE RELAY SETTING VALUE FOR UNIT 4 MAIN TRANSFORMER
a. THE RELAY SETTING VALUE FOR RCS-985TM
1 En_Diff 0/1 1
2 En_PPF_HVS 0/1 1
3 En_EF_HVS 0/1 1
5 En_PD_HVS 0/1 0
6 En_OvExc 0/1 1
8 En_PPF_MVS 0/1 0
9 En_EF_MVS 0/1 0
11 En_Bak_LVS 0/1 0
12 En_REF_HVS 0/1 0
1 Sn 0-6000.0MVA 0.1MVA 240
2 U1n_HVS 0-600.00kV 0.01kV 140
3 U1n_MVS 0-600.00kV 0.01kV 0
4 U1n_LVS 0-600.00kV 0.01kV 15.75
5 U1n_VT_HVS 0-600.00kV 0.01kV 76.21
6 U2n_VT_HVS 0-100.0V 0.01V 63.51
7 U2n_DeltVT_HVS 0-330.0V 0.01V 110
8 U1n_VT_MVS 0-600.00kV 0.01kV 0
9 U2n_VT_MVS 0-100.0V 0.01V 63.51
184
10 U2n_DeltVT_MVS 0-330.0V 0.01V 110
11 U1n_VT_LVS 0-600.00kV 0.01kV 9.09
12 U2n_VT_LVS 0-100.0V 0.01V 63.51
13 U2n_DeltVT_LVS 0-330.0V 0.01V 36.67
14 I1n_CT_HVS1 0-60000A 1A 1600
16 I1n_CT_HVS2 0-60000A 1A 1600
18 I1n_CT_MVS 0-60000A 1A 0
20 I1n_CT_LVS1 0-60000A 1A 10000
22 I1n_CT_LVS4 0-60000A 1A 0
24 I1n_BakCT_HVS1 0-60000A 1A 0
26 I1n_BakCT_HVS2 0-60000A 1A 0
28 I1n_CT_NP_HVS 0-60000A 1A 300
30 I1n_CT_Gap_HVS 0-60000A 1A 0
32 I1n_CT_NP_MVS 0-60000A 1A 0
34 I1n_CT_Gap_MVS 0-60000A 1A 0
0/1 (two-winding
36 Yd11_Conn 1
transformer)
0/1 (three-winding
37 Yyd11_Conn 0
transformer)
0/1 (three-winding
38 Ydd11_Conn 0
transformer)
39 3/2 CB_HVS 0/1 1
185
3 Slope1_PcntDiff 0.05-0.15 0.01 0.15
4 Slope2_PcntDiff 0.50-0.80 0.01 0.70
5 k_Harm_PcntDiff 0.10-0.35 0.01 0.15
6 I_Alm_Diff 0.10-1.00Ie 0.01Ie 0.25
7 TrpLog_Diff 0000-FFFF 1 001F
8 En_InstDiff 0/1 1
9 En_PcntDiff 0/1 1
A:0
B:1
a4. Setting list of phase-to-phase fault protection of HV side
1 V_NegOV_VCE_HVS 1.00-20.00V 0.01V 6.5
2 Vpp_UV_VCE_HVS 10.00-100.00V 0.01V 66
3 I_OC1_HVS 0.05-100.00A 0.01A 100.00
4 t_OC11_HVS 0.00-10.00s 0.01s 10.00
6 t_OC12_HVS 0.00-10.00s 0.01s 10.00
8 I_OC2_HVS 0.05-100.00A 0.01A 0.89
9 t_OC21_HVS 0.00-10.00s 0.01s 2.30
10 TrpLog_OC21_HVS 0000-FFFF 1 001F
11 t_OC22_HVS 0.00-10.00s 0.01s 10.00
13 I_OC3_HVS 0.05-100.00A 0.01A 100.00
14 t_OC31_HVS 0.00-10.00s 0.01s 10.00
16 t_OC32_HVS 0.00-10.00s 0.01s 10.00
18 I_Alm_OvLd_HVS 0.05-20.00A 0.01A 0.72
19 t_Alm_OvLd_HVS 0.00-10.00s 0.01s 9.00
186
22 I_BlkOLTC_OvLd_HVS 0.05-20.00A 0.01A 0.43
23 t_BlkOLTC_OvLd_HVS 0.00-10.00s 0.01s 1.00
24 I_BO_OC_HVS 0.05-20.00A 0.01A 20.00
25 t_BO_OC_HVS 0.00-10.00s 0.01s 10.00
En_VCE_Ctrl_OC1_HV
26 0/1 0
S
En_VCE_Ctrl_OC2_HV
27 0/1 1
S
En_VCE_Ctrl_OC3_HV
28 0/1 0
S
En_HVS.VCE_Ctrl_OC_
29 0/1 1
HVS
En_MVS.VCE_Ctrl_OC_
30 0/1 0
HVS
En_LVS.VCE_Ctrl_OC_
31 0/1 0
HVS
0:MTR
1: Busbar
35 Opt_VTS_Ctrl_OC_HVS 0/1 1
37 En_InitCool_OvLd_HVS 0/1 1
En_BlkOLTC_OvLd_HV
38 0/1 0
S
a5. Setting list of earthfault protection of HV side
1 V_ROV_VCE_HVS 1-100V 0.01V 100
2 I_ROC1_HVS 0.10-100.00A 0.01A 2.26
3 t_ROC11_HVS 0.00-10.00s 0.01s 2.30
4 TrpLog_ROC11_HVS 0000-FFFF 1 001F
5 t_ROC12_HVS 0.00-10.00s 0.01s 10.00
7 I_ROC2_HVS 0.10-100.00A 0.01A 1.74
187
8 t_ROC21_HVS 0.00-10.00s 0.01s 2.60
9 TrpLog_ROC21_HVS 0000-FFFF 1 001F
10 t_ROC22_HVS 0.00-10.00s 0.01s 10.00
En_VCE.ROV_Ctrl_ROC
1 0/1 1
1_HVS
En_VCE.ROV_Ctrl_ROC
2 0/1 1
2_HVS
7 Opt_VTS_Ctrl_ROC_HVS 0/1 0
0:Busbar
1:MTR
a6. Setting list of gap earth fault protection of HV side
1 V_ROV1_Gap_HVS 10.00-220.00V 0.01V 220
2 t_ROV11_Gap_HVS 0.00-10.00s 0.01s 10.00
4 t_ROV12_Gap_HVS 0.00-10.00s 0.01s 10.00
6 I_ROC1_Gap_HVS 0.10-100.00A 0.01A 100.00
7 t_ROC11_Gap_HVS 0.00-10.00s 0.01s 10.00
9 t_ROC12_Gap_HVS 0.00-10.00s 0.01s 10.00
En_BI_Ctrl_ROC_Gap_HV
11 0/1 0
S
a7. Setting list of overexcitation protection of HV side
1 k_OvExc 1-2 0.01 1.25
2 t_OvExc 0-3000s 0.01s 1.00
3 TrpLog_OvExc 0000-FFFF 1 001F
188
4 k_Alm_OvExc 1-2 0.01 1.10
5 t_Alm_OvExc 0-25s 0.01s 25.00
6 k0_InvOvExc 1-2 0.01 1.25
7 t0_InvOvExc 0-3000s 0.01s 12.00
8 k1_InvOvExc 1-2 0.01 1.22
9 t1_InvOvExc 0-3000s 0.01s 15.00
10 k2_InvOvExc 1-2 0.01 1.20
11 t2_InvOvExc 0-3000s 0.01s 24.00
12 k3_InvOvExc 1-2 0.01 1.15
13 t3_InvOvExc 0-3000s 0.01s 300
14 k4_InvOvExc 1-2 0.01 1.13
15 t4_InvOvExc 0-3000s 0.01s 600.00
16 k5_InvOvExc 1-2 0.01 1.10
17 t5_InvOvExc 0-3000s 0.01s 3000
18 TrpLog_InvOvExc 0000-FFFF 1 001F
a8. Setting list of pole disagreement protection of HV side
1 I_OC_PD1_HVS 0.10-20.0A 0.01A 20.00
2 I_NegOC_PD1_HVS 0.10-20.0A 0.01A 20.00
3 I_ROC_PD1_HVS 0.10-20.0A 0.01A 20.00
4 t_PD11_HVS 0.10-10.0s 0.01s 10.00
6 t_PD12_HVS 0.10-10.0s 0.01s 10.00
En_ExtTrp_Ctrl_PD12_
10 0/1 0
HVS
11 En_OC_PD12_HVS 0/1 0
a9. Setting list of breaker flashover protection of HV side
2 t_Flash11_CB_HVS 0.10-10.0s 0.01s 0.20
4 t_Flash12_CB_HVS 0.10-10.0s 0.01s 0.50
189
a10. Setting list of LV side backup protection
1 I_OC1_LVS4 0.10-100.0A 0.01A 100.00
2 t_OC11_LVS4 0.10-10.0s 0.01s 10.00
4 t_OC12_LVS4 0.10-10.0s 0.01s 10.00
6 I_CCE_LVS4 0.10-100.0A 0.01A 100.00
8 V_ALM_ROV_LVS 10.00-100.0V 0.01V 100.00
9 t_Alm_ROV_LVS 0.10-10.0s 0.01s 10.00
a11. Setting list of REF protection of HV side
a12. Setting list of stub percentage differential protection of HV side
4 TrpLog_StubDiff_HVS 0000-FFFF 1 001F
b. THE RELAY SETTING VALUE FOR RCS-9661C
b1. System settings list
b2. Protection settings list
1 t_Dly_MR5 0-100min 1 30
190
2 t_Dly_MR4 0-100s 1 100
3 En_Dly_MR5 0/1 1 1
6 En_Dly_MR4 0/1 1 0
b3. The explanation of the main transformer non-electricity protection

The main transformer non-electricity protection "body heavy gas trip"
and "cold loss control electric" input trip, the rest of non-electricity protection
input alarm.
c. THE VALUE FOR MAIN TRANSFORMER TEMPERATURE PROTECTION
c1. No.1 Oil temperature
c2. No.2 Oil temperature
c3. Winding temperature
8.8.3.5.THE RELAY SETTING VALUE FOR EXCITATION TRANSFORMER
a. THE RELAY SETTING VALUE FOR RCS-985TS
1 En_Diff 0/1 1
2 En_PPF_S1 0/1 1
3 En_PPF_S2 0/1 1
191
4 En_PPF_S3 0/1 0
5 En_EF_S1 0/1 0
6 En_EF_S2 0/1 0
7 En_EF_S3 0/1 0
8 En_EF_Gap 0/1 0
9 En_OvLd 0/1 0
10 En_REF_S1 0/1 0
11 En_REF_S2 0/1 0
12 En_REF_S3 0/1 0
1 Active_Grp 0- 3 0
2 Sn 0-300.00MW 1.50
3 U1n_S1 0-300.00kV 15.75
4 U1n_S2 0-300.00kV 0.51
5 U1n_S3 0-300.00kV 0
6 I1n_CT_S1 0-30000.0A 200
7 I2n_CT_S1 1/5A 1
8 I1n_CT_S2 0-30000.0A 3000
9 I2n_CT_S2 1/5A 1
10 I1n_CT_S3 0-30000.0A 0
11 I2n_CT_S3 1/5A 1
12 I1n_CT1_ROC 0-30000.0A 0
13 I2n_CT1_ROC 1/5A 1
14 I1n_CT2_ROC 0-30000.0A 0
15 I2n_CT2_ROC 1/5A 1
16 I1n_CT3_ROC 0-30000.0A 0
17 I2n_CT3_ROC 1/5A 1
0:Y/Y/Y-12
1:Y/D/D-11
2:Y/D/D-1
3:D/Y/Y-11
18 Cfg_ConnGrp 1
4:Y/Y/D-11
5:D/D/Y-11
6:D/Y/Y-1
7:D/D/D-12
19 Cfg_CT_OvLd 0: 2
192
1:TA1
2:TA2
3:TA3
0:disable
21 En_CT3_ROC 0
1:enable
3 Slope1_PcntDiff 0.05-0.15 0.01 0.15
4 Slope2_PcntDiff 0.50-0.80 0.01 0.70
5 k_2ndH_PcntDiff 0.10-0.35 0.01 0.15
6 I_Alm_Diff 0.10-1.00Ie 0.01Ie 0.40
7 TrpLog_Diff 0000-FFFF 1 101F
8 En_InstDiff 0/1 1
9 En_PcntDiff 0/1 1
1 V_NegOV_VCE_S1 1.00-20.00V 0.01V 6.50
2 Vpp_UV_VCE_S1 10.00-100.00V 0.01V 66.00
3 I_OC1_S1 0.05-100.00A 0.01A 5.91
4 t_OC1_S1 0.00-10.00s 0.01s 0.30
5 I_OC2_S1 0.05-100.00A 0.01A 0.68
6 t_OC2_S1 0.00-10.00s 0.01s 10.00
7 I_OC3_S1 0.05-100.00A 0.01A 100.00
8 t_OC3_S1 0.00-10.00s 0.01s 10.00
9 TrpLog_OC1_S1 0000-FFFF 1 101F
11 TrpLog_OC3_S1 0000-FFFF 1 0000
12 En_VCE _OC1_S1 0/1 0
13 En_VCE_OC2_S1 0/1 0
14 En_S1.VCE_OC_S1 0/1 0
193
15 En_S2.VCE_OC_S1 0/1 0
16 En_S3.VCE_OC_S1 0/1 0
1 V_NegOV_VCE_S2 1.00-20.00V 0.01V 6.50
2 Vpp_UV_VCE_S2 10.00-100.00V 0.01V 66.00
3 I_OC1_S2 0.05-100.00A 0.01A 4.02
4 t_OC1_S2 0.00-10.00s 0.01s 0.30
5 I_OC2_S2 0.05-100.00A 0.01A 1.22
6 t_OC2_S2 0.00-10.00s 0.01s 10.00
9 En_VCE _OC1_S2 0/1 0
10 En_VCE_OC2_S2 0/1 0
11 En_OC2_SOTF_S2 0/1 0
1 V_NegOV_VCE_S3 1.00-20.00V 0.01V 6.50
2 Vpp_UV_VCE_S3 10.00-100.00V 0.01V 66.00
3 I_OC1_S3 0.05-100.00A 0.01A 100.00
4 t_OC1_S3 0.00-10.00s 0.01s 10.00
5 I_OC2_S3 0.05-100.00A 0.01A 100.00
6 t_OC2_S3 0.00-10.00s 0.01s 10.00
9 En_VCE _OC1_S2 0/1 0
10 En_VCE_OC2_S2 0/1 0
11 En_OC2_SOTF_S2 0/1 0
194
1 I_ROC1_S1 0.05-100.00A 0.01A 100.00
2 t_ROC1_S1 0.00-10.00s 0.01s 10.00
3 I_ROC2_S1 0.05-100.00A 0.01A 100.00
4 t_ROC2_S1 0.00-10.00s 0.01s 10.00
7 Opt_3I0_ROC_S1 0/1 0
0:SYSTEM
1:STR
1 I_ROC1_S2 0.05-100.00A 0.01A 100.00
2 t_ROC1_S2 0.00-10.00s 0.01s 10.00
3 I_ROC2_S2 0.05-100.00A 0.01A 100.00
4 t_ROC2_S2 0.00-10.00s 0.01s 10.00
7 Opt_3I0_ROC_S2 0/1 0
0:SYSTEM
1:STR
1 I_ROC1_S3 0.05-100.00A 0.01A 100.00
2 t_ROC1_S3 0.00-10.00s 0.01s 10.00
3 I_ROC2_S3 0.05-100.00A 0.01A 100.00
4 t_ROC2_S3 0.00-10.00s 0.01s 10.00
195
a10. Setting list of gap earthfault protection
1 I_ROC1_Gap 0.05-100.00A 0.01A 100.00
2 t_ROC11_Gap 0.00-10.00s 0.01s 10.00
3 t_ROC12_Gap 0.00-10.00s 0.01s 10.00
4 V_ROV1_Gap 1.00-200.00V 0.01V 200.00
5 t_ROV11_Gap 0.00-10.00s 0.01s 10.00
6 t_ROV12_Gap 0.00-10.00s 0.01s 10.00
7 V_Alm_ROV 1.00-200.00V 0.01V 200.00
8 T_ Alm_ROV 0.00-10.00s 0.01s 10.00
13 En_Alm_ROV 0/1 0000
a11. Setting list of overload protection
1 I_Alm_OvLd 0.05-100.00A 0.01A 0.66
2 t_Alm_OvLd 0.00-10.00s 0.01s 10.00
5 I_Blk_OLTC_OvLd 0.05-100.00A 0.01A 100.00
6 t_Blk_OLTC_OvLd 0.00-10.00s 0.01s 10.00
7 I_CCE 0.05-100.00A 0.01A 100.00
9 En_Alm_OvLd 0/1 1
12 En_BO_CCE 0/1 0
3 Slope_PcntREF_S1 0.30-0.80 0.01 0.50
196
3 Slope_PcntREF_S2 0.30-0.80 0.01 0.50
3 Slope_PcntREF_S3 0.30-0.80 0.01 0.50
b. THE RELAY SETTING VALUE FOR RCS-9661C
b1. System settings list
b2. Protection settings list
1 t_Dly_MR5 0-100min 1 0
2 t_Dly_MR4 0-100s 1 0
3 En_Dly_MR5 0/1 1 0
6 En_Dly_MR4 0/1 1 1
197
b3. The explanation of the main transformer non-electricity protection
The excitation transformer non-electricity protection "body high temperation trip"
input trip, the rest of non-electricity protection input alarm.
c. THE VALUE FOR EXCITATION TRANSFORMER TEMPERATURE
PROTECTION
198
8.8.3.6 THE RELAY SETTING VALUE FOR 11kV TRANSFORMERS
8.8.3.6.1THE RELAY SETTING VALUE FOR COOLING TOWER TRANSFORMER
a. The relay setting value for WDZ-441EX
a1. System parameter setting

No Name Unit Range Value
1 Device Address 199
2 Password 09999
3 Backlight Protection Time S 01800 30
4 Net1 Communication Exit/In Service
According
to the actual
6 Debug Port Communication Exit/In Service
setting
7 Power Energy Mode Exit/ Power Energy Board Energy/ Integral Energy
8 Protection CT Secondary Rated 5A/1A 5A
9 Protection Current Phase 2/3 3
10 Relay Output Mode I/O Board /Operation Board I/O Board
11 Wave Recording Debug Tme S 0.2010.00 0.20
Wave Record Information
12 Exit/In Service In Service
Sending
a2 Protection rated value setting
No. Name Symbol Unit Range Value
1 Transformer Capacity S KVA 065535 2000
2 HVS Rated Voltage U1N KV 0.06553.5 11.0
3 HVS Rated Voltage U2N KV 0.06553.5 0.42
199
YN,y/YN,d11
4 Transformer connection mode KMODE d,YN11
/d,YN11
5 HVS CT Rated Primary current CT11 A 065535 150
6 HVS CT Rated Secondary current CT12 A 5A/1A 5
7 LVS CT Rated Primary current CT21 A 065535 4000
8 LVS CT Rated Secondary current CT22 A 5A/1A 5
9 Differential relay Current enable level Icdqd A 0.307.50 1.75
10 Instantaneous differential relay level Isdzd A 3.0070.00 31.50
11 Coefficient of Percentage Differential Brake Kb1 0.30.75 0.40
12 Secondary harmonics brake Coefficient Kxb 0.10.35 0.15
13 Differential Current overpass level Ibj 0.051.00 0.25
14 Instantaneous differential relay Exit/Trip Trip
15 Percentage Differential relay Exit/Trip Trip
16 TA circuit off blocking Percentage Differential Exit/launch Exit
17 TA circuit off warning Exit/ Alarm Alarm
18 Differential Current over pass Exit/ Alarm Alarm
b. The relay setting value for WDZ-440EX
b1. System parameter setting

1 Device Address 199 According to
2 Password 09999 the actual setting
According to
the actual setting
200
Exit/ Power Energy Board Energy/
7 Power Energy Mode
Integral Energy
8 CT Secondary Rated 5A1A 5A
11 Wave Recording debug time S 0.2010.00 0.20
12 Wave Record Information sending Exit/In Service In Service
b2. Protection rated value setting
No. Name Symbol Unit Range(5A rated) Value
1 Transformer Rated Current Ie A 1.006.00 3.50
2 Quick-up Current Isd A 1.00100.00 49.70
3 Quick-up Time tsd S 0.009.99 0.00
4 Time Quick-up Current Ixssd A 1.0080.00 22.07
5 Time Quick-up Time txssd S 0.2099.99 0.70
6 Negative-sequence Over-current 1 Current I21dz A 0.5020.00 12.74
7 Negative-sequence Over-current 1 Time t21dz S 0.1020.00 0.80
10 HVS Zero-sequence Over-current Multiple I0Hdz Time 0.5040.00 13.00
11 HVS Zero-sequence Action Time t0H S 0.069.99 0.50
12 HVS Over-current Action Current Igl A 1.0080.00 10.38
13 HVS Over-current Action Time tgl S 0.1099.99 1.00
14 HVS Over-load Current Igfh A 1.0080.00 4.08
15 HVS Over-load Time Constant tgfh S 0.1~99.99 or 0.02~1.00 9.00
16 HVS Over-load Curve Definite Time/ Normal Definite
201
IDMT/ Very IDMT/ Time
Extreme IDMT
17 LVS Zero-sequence Action Current I0Ldz A 0.1060.00 2.06
18 LVS Zero-sequence Action Time t0L S 0.1~99.99 or 0.02~4.00 0.80
Definite Time/ Normal
Definite
19 LVS Zero-sequence Action Curve IDMT/ Very IDMT/
Time
Extreme IDMT
20 Switch 1 Action Time tKI1 S 0.06650.00 1.00
23 FC Over-current Locked Current Ifcbs A 6.00120.00 90.00
24 Fuse Protection Time Trdq S 0.0699.99 0.40
25 Quick-break Protection In Service Exit/Trip Trip
26 Definite Time Quick-break Protection In Service Exit/Trip Trip
27 Negative-sequence Protection 1 In Service Exit/Trip Trip
29 HVS Zero-sequence Protection In Service Exit/Alarm/Trip Trip
30 HVS Over-current Protection In Service Exit/Alarm/Trip Trip
31 HVS Over Load Protection In Service Exit/Alarm/Trip Alarm
32 LVS Zero-sequence Protection In Service Exit/Alarm/Trip Trip
33 Switch 1 Protection In Service Exit/Alarm/Trip Trip
34 Switch 2 Protection In Service Exit/Alarm/Trip According
to the
35 Switch 3 Protection In Service Exit/Alarm/Trip actual
setting
36 FC Over-Current Locked Exit/In Service Exit
37 Fuse Protection In Serviec Exit/Trip Exit
202
8.8.3.6.2 THE RELAY SETTING VALUE FOR TURBINE TRANSFORMER

No. Name Unit Range Value
According to
the actual setting
Exit/ Power Energy Board
7 Power Energy Mode
Energy/ Integral Energy
a2. Protection rated value setting
203
Negative-sequence Over-current 1
6 I21dz A 0.5020.00 10.46
Current
Negative-sequence Over-current 2
8 I22dz A 0.1020.00 0.98
Current
HVS Zero-sequence Over-current
10 I0Hdz Times 0.5040.00 13.00
Multiple
Definite Time/ Normal IDMT/
16 HVS Over-load Curve Definite Time
Very IDMT/ Extreme IDMT
Definite Time/ Normal IDMT/
19 LVS Zero-sequence Action Curve Definite Time
Very IDMT/ Extreme IDMT
26 Definite Time Quick-break Protection In Exit/Trip Trip
204
Service
Negative-sequence Protection 1 In
27 Exit/Trip Trip
Service
Negative-sequence Protection 2 In
28 Exit/Trip Trip
Service
HVS Zero-sequence Protection In
29 Exit/Alarm/Trip Trip
Service
LVS Zero-sequence Protection In
32 Exit/Alarm/Trip Trip
Service
34 Switch 2 Protection In Service Exit/Alarm/Trip According to
the actual
35 Switch 3 Protection In Service Exit/Alarm/Trip
setting
8.8.3.6.3THE RELAY SETTING VALUE FOR UNIT 1 GAS TURBINE TRANSFORMER

4 Net1 Communication Exit/In Service According to
205
5 Net2 Communication Exit/In Service the actual setting
7 Power Energy Mode
Integral Energy
sending
10 HVS Zero-sequence Over-current Multiple I0Hdz Times 0.5040.00 13.00
206
0.1~99.99 or
15 HVS Over-load Time Constant tgfh S 9.00
0.02~1.00
Definite Time/
Normal IDMT/ Very
16 HVS Over-load Curve Definite Time
IDMT/
Extreme IDMT
0.1~99.99 or
18 LVS Zero-sequence Action Time t0L S 0.80
0.02~4.00
Definite Time/
Normal IDMT/ Very
19 LVS Zero-sequence Action Curve Definite Time
IDMT/
Extreme IDMT
Definite Time Quick-break Protection In
26 Exit/Trip Trip
Service
207
34 Switch 2 Protection In Service Exit/Alarm/Trip According to the
35 Switch 3 Protection In Service Exit/Alarm/Trip actual setting
8.8.3.6.4. THE RELAY SETTING VALUE FOR UNIT 2 GAS TURBINE TRANSFORMER

According to
the actual setting
7 Power Energy Mode
Integral Energy
208
Time
10 HVS Zero-sequence Over-current Multiple I0Hdz 0.5040.00 13.00
s
16 HVS Over-load Curve IDMT/ Very IDMT/ Definite Time
Extreme IDMT
19 LVS Zero-sequence Action Curve IDMT/ Very IDMT/ Definite Time
Extreme IDMT
209
26 Exit/Trip Trip
Service
8.8.3.6.5 .THE RELAY SETTING VALUE FOR UNIT 3A GAS TURBINE TRANSFORMER

210
According to
the actual setting
7 Power Energy Mode
Integral Energy
Time
10 HVS Zero-sequence Over-current Multiple I0Hdz 0.5040.00 13.00
s
211
Extreme IDMT
Extreme IDMT
26 Exit/Trip Trip
Service
212
8.8.3.6.6.THE RELAY SETTING VALUE FOR UNIT 3B GAS TURBINE TRANSFORMER

According to
the actual setting
7 Power Energy Mode
Integral Energy
213
10 I0Hdz Times 0.5040.00 13.00
Multiple
Extreme IDMT
Extreme IDMT
214
26 Exit/Trip Trip
Service
8.8.3.6.7 .THE RELAY SETTING VALUE FOR ADMINISTRATION BUILDING TRANSFORMER
According to
the actual setting
7 Power Energy Mode
Integral Energy
215
sending
10 I0Hdz Times 0.5040.00 13.00
Multiple
Extreme IDMT
216
Extreme IDMT
26 Exit/Trip Trip
Service
8.8.3.6.8. THE RELAY SETTING VALUE FOR FUEL OIL PUMP HOUSE TRANSFORMER
217
According to
the actual setting
7 Power Energy Mode
Integral Energy
218
Extreme IDMT
Extreme IDMT
26 Exit/Trip Trip
Service
219
8.8.3.6.9THE RELAY SETTING VALUE FOR DEEP WELL PUMP HOUSE TRANSFORMER
a.The relay setting value for WDZ-440EX
According to
the actual setting
7 Power Energy Mode
Integral Energy
220
10 I0Hdz Times 0.5040.00 13.00
Multiple
Extreme IDMT
Extreme IDMT
26 Exit/Trip Trip
Service
221
8.8.3.6.10.THE RELAY SETTING VALUE FOR COMMON TRANSFORMER
According to
the actual setting
7 Power Energy Mode
Integral Energy
222
Extreme IDMT
Extreme IDMT
223
26 Exit/Trip Trip
Service
8.8.3.7 THE RELAY SETTING VALUE FOR 11kV MOTORS
8.8.3.7.1. THE RELAY SETTING FOR RIVER WATER SUPPLY PUMP
1 Relay Address 199 According to the
2 Password 09999 actual setting
3 Backlight Set S 01800 30
224
4 Net1 Set Off/Launch
5 Net2 Set Off/Launch According to the
6 Debug Net Set Off/Launch actual setting
7 Power mode Off/Power Board Energy/ Integral Energy
8 CT secondary rated 5A/1A 5A
The Phase Of Protection
9 2 Phase3 Phase 3 Phase
Current
10 Relay Output Mode I/O BoardOperation Board I/O Board
11 Wave Record Debug Time S 0.2010.00 0.20
12 Wave Record Sendout Off/Launch Launch
No. Name Symbol Unit Range(5A) Value
1 Motor Rated Current Ie A 1.006.00 1.64
Instantaneous Differential Relay(87)
2 Isd A 5.0080.00 14.76
Level
3 Percentage Differential Relay(87) Level Iset A 0.018.00 0.66
4 Percentage Restraint Coeff K 0.019.99 0.40
5 Motor Startup Time tqd S 1.0099.99 18
6 Percentage Differential Relay(87) Delay tdz S 09.99 0.40
7 Instantaneous Differential Relay(87) Off/Trip Trip
8 Percentage Differential Relay(87) Off/Trip Trip
9 Setting Diploid During Startup Off/Launch Launch
10 CT Circuit Off Blocking Enabled Off/Launch Off
225
According to the
6 Debug Net Set Off/Launch
actual setting
Off/Power Board Energy/ Integral
7 Power mode
Energy
8 CT secondary rated 5A1A 5A
9 The Phase Of Protection Current 2 Phase3 Phase 3
13 Times of Motor Startup And Stop 032766 2
No. Name Symbol Unit Range(Rated 5A) Value
2 Instantaneous Over Current Relay High Level Isdg A 2.0080.00 16.07
3 Instantaneous Over Current Relay Low Level Isdd A 2.0080.00 10.61
4 Instantaneous Over Current Relay(50) Delay tsd S 0.009.99 0.30
6 Negative Sequence Current Relay1(46) Level I21dz A 0.5020.00 0.74
7 Negative Sequence Current Relay1(46) Delay t21dz S 0.2020.00 0.80
10 Instantaneous Zero Sequence Relay(50N) Level I0dz Times 0.5040.00 17.50
11 Instantaneous Zero Sequence Relay(50N) Delay t0dz S 0.069.99 0.60
226
12 Thermal Relay Alarm Level a 0.501.00 0.70
13 Thermal Time Coeff Tfr Min 1.0080.00 8.00
14 Radiate Thermal Time Coeff Tsr Min 1.00300.00 32.00
15 Thermal Trip Blocking Startup Level b 0.501.00 0.70
16 Mechanical Jam Relay Level Iddz A 1.0060.00 60.00
17 Mechanical Jam Relay Delay tddz S 1.0099.99 99.99
9.84
18 Motor Rated Startup Current Iqde A 2.0060.00 According to the
actual setting
19 Motor Jamed Permitted Time tyd S 1.0099.99 20
20 Positive Sequence Current Relay Level I1gl A 1.0060.00 2.46
21 Positive Sequence Current Relay Delay t1gl S 0.5099.99 20.00
22 Over Load Relay Level Igfh A 1.0060.00 1.72
23 Over Load Relay Delay tgfh S 10.0650.00 60.00
24 Under Voltage Relay(27) Level Uqy V 10.00100.00 55.00
25 Under Voltage Relay(27) Delay tqy S 0.1030.00 9.00
26 FC Overflowing Latch Current Level Ifcbs A 6.00120.00 90.00
27 Fuse Relay Time Trdq S 0.0699.99 0.30
28 Instantaneous Over Current Relay(50) Off/Trip Trip
29 Back Power Latch Off/Trip Off
30 Negative Sequence Current Relay1(46) Off/Trip Trip
31 Negative Sequence Current Relay2(46) Off/Trip Off
32 Instantaneous Zero Sequence Relay(50N) Off/Alarm/Trip Trip
33 Motor Thermal Relay Off/Alarm/Trip Trip
34 Mechanical Jam Relay Off/Alarm/Trip Off
35 Long-time Startup Relay Off/Alarm/Trip Trip
36 Positive Sequence Current Relay Off/Alarm/Trip Trip
227
37 Over Load Relay Off/Alarm/Trip Alarm
38 Under Voltage Relay(27) Off/Trip Trip
39 VT Circuit Off Blocking Enabled Off/Alarm Alarm
40 FC Fault-current Latch Trip Relay Off/Trip Trip
41 Fuse Relay Off/Trip Trip
8.8.3.7.2. THE RELAY SETTING FOR HIGH PRESS BOILER WATER FEED PUMP
9 The Phase Of Protection Current 2 Phase3 Phase 3 Phase

2 Instantaneous Differential Relay(87) Level Isd A 5.0080.00 17.70
228
7 Instantaneous Differential Relay(87) Off/Trip Off
8 Percentage Differential Relay(87) Off/Trip Off
9 Setting Diploid During Startup Off/Launch Off
According to the
actual setting
7 Power mode
Energy

229
Instantaneous Over
4 tsd S 0.009.99 0.00
Current Relay(50) Delay
17.70 According
18 Motor Rated Startup Current Iqde A 2.0060.00 to the actual
setting
230
8.8.3.7.3.THE RELAY SETTING FOR CONDENSATER PUMP
According to the
actual setting
231
7 Instantaneous Differential Relay(87) Off/Trip Off
8 Percentage Differential Relay(87) Off/Trip Off
5 Net2 Set Off/Launch actual setting
232
7 Power mode
Energy
Instantaneous Over
4 tsd S 0.009.99 0.00
233
7.86 According to
18 Motor Rated Startup Current Iqde A 2.0060.00
the actual setting
234
8.8.3.7.4. THE RELAY SETTING FOR CRANKING MOTOR
235
4 Instantaneous Over Current Relay(50) Delay tsd S 0.009.99 0.00
236
19.68
actual setting
237
40 FC Fault-current Latch Trip Relay Off/Trip Off
41 Fuse Relay Off/Trip Off
8.8.3.7.5. THE RELAY SETTING FOR CYCLE CIRCULATING WATER PUMP

238
b.The relay setting value for WDZ-430EX
9 2 Phase3 Phase 3
Current
239
Times of Motor Startup And
13 032766 2
Stop
Instantaneous Over Current
2 Isdg A 2.0080.00 40.77
Relay High Level
3 Isdd A 2.0080.00 28.12
Relay Low Level
Instantaneous Over
4 tsd S 0.009.99 0.00
Negative Sequence Current
6 I21dz A 0.5020.00 1.87
Relay1(46) Level
7 t21dz S 0.2020.00 0.80
Relay1(46) Delay
8 I22dz A 0.1020.00 20.00
Relay2(46) Level
9 t22dz S 0.5020.00 20.00
Relay2(46) Delay
Instantaneous Zero Sequence
10 I0dz Times 0.5040.00 17.50
Relay(50N) Level
11 t0dz S 0.069.99 0.60
Relay(50N) Delay
240
Thermal Trip Blocking Startup 0.70
15 b 0.501.00
Level
24.96
actual setting
Positive Sequence Current 6.24
20 I1gl A 1.0060.00
Relay Level
21 t1gl S 0.5099.99
Relay Delay
FC Overflowing Latch Current 90.00
26 Ifcbs A 6.00120.00
Level
28 Off/Trip Trip
Relay(50)
30 Off/Trip Trip
Relay1(46)
31 Negative Sequence Current Off/Trip Off
241
Relay2(46)
32 Off/Alarm/Trip Trip
Relay(50N)
Positive Sequence Current
Relay
VT Circuit Off Blocking
39 Off/Alarm Alarm
Enabled
FC Fault-current Latch Trip
40 Off/Trip Off
Relay
41 Fuse Relay Off/Trip Off
8.8.3.7.6. THE RELAY SETTING FOR DYNAMOELECTRIC FIRE HYDRANT PUMP
9 The Phase Of Protection 2 Phase3 Phase 3 Phase
242
Current

Instantaneous Differential 9.84
2 Isd A 5.0080.00
Relay(87) Level
Percentage Differential 0.66
3 Iset A 0.018.00
Relay(87) Level
Percentage Differential 0.40
6 tdz S 09.99
Relay(87) Delay
Instantaneous Differential
7 Off/Trip Off
Relay(87)
Percentage Differential
8 Off/Trip Off
Relay(87)
CT Circuit Off Blocking
10 Off/Launch Off
Enabled
b.The relay setting value for WDZ-430EX
243
9 2 Phase3 Phase 3
Current
Times of Motor Startup And
13 032766 2
Stop

2 Isdg A 2.0080.00 16.07
Relay High Level
3 Isdd A 2.0080.00 10.61
Relay Low Level
Instantaneous Over
4 tsd S 0.009.99 0.00
6 I21dz A 0.5020.00 0.74
Relay1(46) Level
244
7 t21dz S 0.2020.00 0.80
Relay1(46) Delay
8 I22dz A 0.1020.00 20.00
Relay2(46) Level
9 t22dz S 0.5020.00 20.00
Relay2(46) Delay
10 I0dz Times 0.5040.00 17.50
Relay(50N) Level
11 t0dz S 0.069.99 0.60
Relay(50N) Delay
Thermal Trip Blocking Startup 0.70
15 b 0.501.00
Level
9.84
actual setting
20 I1gl A 1.0060.00
Relay Level
21 t1gl S 0.5099.99
Relay Delay
245
FC Overflowing Latch Current 90.00
26 Ifcbs A 6.00120.00
Level
28 Off/Trip Trip
Relay(50)
30 Off/Trip Trip
Relay1(46)
31 Off/Trip Off
Relay2(46)
Relay(50N)
Positive Sequence Current
Relay
VT Circuit Off Blocking
39 Off/Alarm Alarm
Enabled
FC Fault-current Latch Trip
40 Off/Trip Trip
Relay
246
8.8.3.8 THE RELAY SETTING VALUE FOR 0.42kV STATION SERVICE ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
8.8.3.8.1TURBINE PC A
SHORT TIME INSTANTA GROUNDING
LONG TIME RELAY NEOUS
LOAD RATED RELAY RELAY RELAY
No. NAME KKS CURRENT TYPE CURREN
IN T In
t1 t2 (I2t
Ir1 Ir2 I Ir4 t4
(7.2Ir) Off) r3
4BFA0 RMW1-
1 POWER INCOMING 2309 2900 0.96 21 1.96 0.4 OFF 0.24 0.4
1GS001 bse4
4BFA0 RMW1-
2 SECTIONALIZING SWITCH 2309 2900 0.96 10 1.68 0.3 OFF OFF OFF
8GS001 bse4
4BFA0 RMW2-
3 TURBINE MCC B POWER A 429 800 0.64 5.2 5.88 0.2 OFF 0.28 0.3
3GS001 bse4
4BFA0 RMW2-
4 TURBINE MCC A POWER A 429 800 0.64 5.2 3.76 0.2 OFF 0.28 0.3
4GS002 bse4
4BFA0 RMW2-
5 TURBINE MCC C POWER A 376 630 0.72 5.2 5.80 0.2 OFF 0.30 0.3
5GS001 bse4
CENTER CONTROL 4BFA0 RMW2-
6 472 800 0.72 5.2 5.74 0.2 OFF 0.30 0.3
BUIDING MCC POWER A 5GS002 bse4
4BFA0 RMW1-
7 NE 400V PC A POWER 1443 2000 0.88 5.2 2.55 0.2 OFF 0.36 0.3
7GS001 bse4
4BFA0 RMW2-
8 AIR-COOLED CHILLER A 372 630 0.72 5.2 8.62 0.1 7.1 0.20 0.1
2GS002 bse4
4BFA0 RMW2-
9 VACUUM PUMP A 220 400 0.66 5.2 8.76 0.1 6.6 0.20 0.1
6GS001 bse4
CLOSED CYCLE COOLING 4BFA0 RMW2-
10 264 400 0.80 5.2 8.66 0.1 7.92 0.20 0.1
PUMP A 6GS002 bse4
8.8.3.8.2.TURBINE PC B
247
SHORT TIME INSTANTA GROUNDING

IN T In
t1 t2 (I2t
Ir1 Ir2 Ir3 Ir4 t4
(7.2Ir) Off)
4BFB01GS RMW1-bs
1 POWER INCOMING 2309 2900 0.96 21 1.96 0.4 OFF 0.24 0.4
001 e4
TURBINE MCC B 4BFB04GS RMW2-bs
2 429 800 0.64 5.2 5.88 0.2 OFF 0.28 0.3
POWER B 002 e4
TURBINE MCC A 4BFB04GS RMW2-bs
3 429 800 0.64 5.2 5.88 0.2 OFF 0.28 0.3
POWER B 001 e4
CENTER CONTROL
4BFB05GS RMW2-bs
4 BUIDING MCC 472 800 0.72 5.2 5.74 0.2 OFF 0.30 0.3
002 e4
POWER B
TURBINE MCC C 4BFB05GS RMW2-bs
5 376 630 0.72 5.2 5.80 0.2 OFF 0.30 0.3
POWER B 001 e4
4BFB07GS RMW1-bs
6 NE 400V PC B POWER 1443 2000 0.88 5.2 2.55 0.2 OFF 0.36 0.3
001 e4
AIR-COOLED 4BFB02GS RMW2-bs
7 372 630 0.72 5.2 8.62 0.1 7.1 0.20 0.1
CHILLER B 002 e4
AIR-COOLED 4BFB03GS RMW2-bs
8 172 400 0.52 5.2 8.68 0.1 5.16 0.20 0.1
CHILLER C 002 e4
CLOSED CYCLE 4BFB06GS RMW2-bs
9 264 400 0.80 5.2 8.66 0.1 7.92 0.20 0.1
COOLING PUMP B 002 e4
4BFB06GS RMW2-bs
10 VACUUM PUMP B 220 400 0.66 5.2 8.76 0.1 6.6 0.20 0.1
001 e4
8.8.3.8.3. UNIT 1 GT 400V PC A
248
LONG TIME SHORT TIME INSTANTA GROUNDING

NEOUS
LOAD RATED RELAY RELAY RELAY RELAY
IN T In
t1 t2 (I2t
Ir1 Ir2 Ir3 Ir4 t4
(7.2Ir) Off)
1BFA01GS
1 POWER INCOMING 1804 RMW1-bse4 2500 0.88 21 2.02 0.4 OFF 0.22 0.4
001
SECTIONALIZING 1BFA05GS
2 1804 RMW1-bse4 2500 0.88 10 1.68 0.3 OFF OFF OFF
SWITCH 001
UNIT 1 GT AND
1BFA03GS
3 H.R.S.G. MCC 560 RMW2-bse4 1000 0.68 5.2 5.00 0.2 OFF 0.28 0.3
001
POWER A
SEWAGE WATER
1BFA04GS
4 PUMP HOUSE MCC 400 RMW2-bse4 630 0.76 5.2 5.86 0.2 OFF 0.32 0.3
001
POWER A
UNIT 1 GT MCC 1BFA06GS
5 1100 RMW1-bse4 2000 0.66 5.2 2.50 0.2 OFF 0.28 0.3
POWER A 001
8.8.3.8.4. UNIT 1 GT 400V PC B
NEOUS
NO. NAME KKS CURRENT TYPE CURREN
IN T In
t1 t2 (I2t
Ir1 Ir2 Ir3 Ir4 t4
(7.2Ir) Off)
1BFB01
GS001
CLOSED CYCLE
COOLING WATER 1BFB02
2 150 RMW2-bse250 250 0.72 -- 5.84 -- 12 -- --
COLLECTIVE DEVICE GS002
OF UNIT 1 GT
249
UNIT 1 GT AND
1BFB03
3 H.R.S.G. MCC POWER 560 RMW2-bse4 1000 0.68 5.2 5.00 0.2 OFF 0.28 0.3
GS001
B
SEWAGE WATER
1BFB04
4 PUMP HOUSE MCC 400 RMW2-bse4 630 0.76 5.2 5.86 0.2 OFF 0.32 0.3
GS001
POWER B
UNIT 1 GT MCC 1BFB05
5 1100 RMW1-bse4 2000 0.66 5.2 2.50 0.2 OFF 0.28 0.3
POWER B GS001
8.8.3.8.5. UNIT 2 GT 400V PC A
INSTANTA
LONG TIME SHORT TIME NEOUS
GROUNDING
IN T In
t1 t2 (I2t
Ir1 I Ir3 Ir4 t4
(7.2Ir) r2 Off)
2BFA01
GS001
SECTIONALIZING 2BFA04
SWITCH 5GS001
UNIT 2 GT AND
2BFA03
3 H.R.S.G. MCC POWER 560 RMW2-bse4 1000 0.68 5.2 5.00 0.2 OFF 0.28 0.3
GS001
A
SWITCHYARD RELAY 2BFA04
4 490 RMW2-bse4 630 0.94 5.2 5.80 0.2 OFF 0.40 0.3
ROOM MCC POWER A GS001
UNIT 2 GT MCC 2BFA05
5 1100 RMW1-bse4 2000 0.66 5.2 2.60 0.2 OFF 0.28 0.3
POWER A GS001
8.8.3.8.6. UNIT 2 GT 400V PC B
LOAD RATED INSTANTA
LONG TIME SHORT TIME GROUNDING
No. NAME KKS CURRENT TYPE CURRENT
RELAY RELAY
NEOUS
RELAY RELAY
IN In
250
2
t1 t2 (I t
Ir1 I Ir3 Ir4 t4
(7.2Ir) r2 Off)
2BFB01
GS001
CLOSED CYCLE
COOLING WATER 2BFB02 RMW2-bse25
2 150 250 0.72 -- 5.84 -- 12 -- --
COLLECTIVE DEVICE GS002 0
OF UNIT 2 GT
UNIT 2 GT AND 2BFB03
3 560 RMW2-bse4 1000 0.68 5.2 5.00 0.2 OFF 0.28 0.3
H.R.S.G. MCC POWER B GS001
SWITCHYARD RELAY 2BFB04
4 490 RMW2-bse4 630 0.94 5.2 5.80 0.2 OFF 0.40 0.3
ROOM MCC POWER B GS001
5 1100 RMW1-bse4 2000 0.66 5.2 2.80 0.2 OFF 0.28 0.3
POWER B GS001
8.8.3.8.7. UNIT 3 GT 400V PC A

NEOUS
RELAY RELAY RELAY RELAY
LOAD RATED
t1
IN T In
t2 (I2t
Ir1 (7.2I Ir2 Ir3 Ir4 t4
Off)
r)
3BFA01 0.9
1 POWER INCOMING 2309 RMW1-bse4 2900 21 1.96 0.4 OFF 0.24 0.4
GS001 6
SECTIONALIZING 3BFA05 0.8
2 1804 RMW1-bse4 2500 10 2.08 0.3 OFF OFF OFF
SWITCH GS001 8
ADMINISTRATION
3BFA02 0.9
3 BUILDING 400V PC 760 RMW2-bse4 1000 5.2 4.80 0.2 OFF 0.38 0.3
GS002 2
BACKUP POWER
251
UNIT 3 GT AND
3BFA03 0.6
4 H.R.S.G. MCC POWER 560 RMW2-bse4 1000 5.2 5.76 0.2 OFF 0.28 0.3
GS001 8
A
HEATING STAGE OF
CENTER CONTROL 3BFA04 0.4
5 161 RMW2-bse4 400 5.2 5.88 0.2 OFF 0.20 0.3
BUIDING MCC GS001 8
POWER A
UNIT 3 GT MCC 3BFA06 0.8
6 1400 RMW1-bse4 2000 5.2 2.80 0.2 OFF 0.36 0.3
POWER A GS001 4
8.8.3.8.8. UNIT 3 GT 400V PC B
NEOUS
IN T In
t1 t2 (I2t
Ir1 Ir2 Ir3 Ir4 t4
(7.2Ir) Off)
3BFB01
GS001
CLOSED CYCLE
COOLING WATER
3BFB02
2 COLLECTIVE 150 RMW2-bse250 250 0.72 -- 5.84 -- 12 -- --
GS002
DEVICE OF UNIT 3
GT
UNIT 3 GT AND
3BFB03
3 H.R.S.G. MCC 560 RMW2-bse4 1000 0.68 5.2 5.76 0.2 OFF 0.28 0.3
GS001
POWER B
HEATING STAGE OF
CENTER CONTROL 3BFB04
4 161 RMW2-bse4 400 0.48 5.2 5.88 0.2 OFF 0.20 0.3
BUIDING MCC GS001
POWER B
252
5 1100 RMW1-bse4 2000 0.66 5.2 2.98 0.2 OFF 0.28 0.3
POWER B GS001
8.8.3.8.9. 400V COMMON AUXILIARY PC A
NEOUS
IN T In
t1 t2 (I2t
Ir1 Ir2 Ir3 Ir4 t4
(7.2Ir) Off)
POWER SUPPLY 0BHA01
1 1443 RMW1-bse4 2000 0.88 21 2.02 0.4 OFF 0.22 0.4
INCOMING FEEDER GS001
0BHA06
2 BUS TIE BREAKER 1443 RMW1-bse4 2000 0.88 10 1.68 0.3 OFF OFF OFF
GS001
POWER I OF WASTE
0BHA03
3 WATER HANDLING 320 RMW2-bse4 630 0.62 5.2 5.74 0.2 OFF 0.26 0.3
GS002
MCC B
POWER I OF FIRE
0BHA03
4 FIGHTING PUMP 380 RMW2-bse4 630 0.72 5.2 5.86 0.2 OFF 0.30 0.3
GS001
HOUSE MCC
POWER I OF BOILER
0BHA04
5 MAKE-UP WATER 570 RMW2-bse4 1000 0.68 5.2 4.20 0.2 OFF 0.30 0.3
GS002
TREATMENT
POWER I OF WASTE
0BHA04
6 WATER HANDLING 320 RMW2-bse4 630 0.62 5.2 5.74 0.2 OFF 0.26 0.3
GS001
MCC A
POWER I OF BOILER
MAKE-UP WATER 0BHA05
7 570 RMW2-bse4 1000 0.68 5.2 4.20 0.2 OFF 0.30 0.3
TREATMENT GS001
PLANT MCC A
8.8.3.8.10.400V COMMON AUXILIARY PC B
253
LONG TIME INSTANTA GROUNDING

SHORT TIME RELAY NEOUS
IN T In
t1
Ir1 Ir2 t2 (I2t Off) Ir3 Ir4 t4
(7.2Ir)
POWER SUPPLY 0BHB01
1 1443 RMW1-bse4 2000 0.88 21 2.02 0.4 OFF 0.22 0.4
POWER II OF FIRE
0BHB03
2 FIGHTING PUMP 380 RMW2-bse4 630 0.72 5.2 5.86 0.2 OFF 0.30 0.3
GS001
HOUSE MCC
POWER II OF
0BHB03
3 WASTE WATER 320 RMW2-bse4 630 0.62 5.2 5.74 0.2 OFF 0.26 0.3
GS002
HANDLING MCC B
POWER II OF
0BHB04
4 WASTE WATER 320 RMW2-bse4 630 0.62 5.2 5.74 0.2 OFF 0.26 0.3
GS002
HANDLING MCC A
POWER II OF
BOILER MAKE-UP
0BHB05
5 WATER 570 RMW2-bse4 1000 0.68 5.2 4.20 0.2 OFF 0.30 0.3
GS002
TREATMENT
PLANT MCC B
POWER II OF
BOILER MAKE-UP
0BHB06
6 WATER 570 RMW2-bse4 1000 0.68 5.2 4.20 0.2 OFF 0.30 0.3
GS002
TREATMENT
PLANT MCC A
8.8.3.8.11. 400V COOLING TOWER PC A
LOAD RATED INSTANTA GROUNDING
No. NAME KKS CURRENT TYPE CURREN LONG TIME RELAY SHORT TIME RELAY NEOUS
RELAY RELAY
IN T In
254
t1
(7.2Ir)
POWER SUPPLY
0BHE01G
1 INCOMING 2887 RMW1-bse4 4000 0.88 21 1.93 0.4 OFF 0.22 0.4
S001
FEEDER
BUS TIE 0BHE06G OF
2 2887 RMW1-bse4 4000 0.88 10 1.62 0.3 OFF OFF
BREAKER S001 F
POWER I FOR
CIRCULATING 0BHE03G
3 270 RMW1-bse4 630 0.52 5.2 5.78 0.2 OFF 0.22 0.3
WATER PUMP S001
HOUSE MCC
COOLING 0BHE03G
4 400 RMW1-bse4 630 0.76 5.2 8.78 0.1 7.62 0.20 0.1
TOWER FAN A S002
COOLING 0BHE04G
5 400 RMW1-bse4 630 0.76 5.2 8.78 0.1 7.62 0.20 0.1
TOWER FAN B S001
TEMPORARY
0BHE04G
6 COOLING 320 RMW1-bse4 630 0.62 5.2 8.60 0.1 6.10 0.20 0.1
S002
WATER PUMP A
COOLING 0BHE05G
7 400 RMW1-bse4 630 0.76 5.2 8.78 0.1 7.62 0.20 0.1
TOWER FAN C S001
COOLING 0BHE05G
8 400 RMW1-bse4 630 0.76 5.2 8.78 0.1 7.62 0.20 0.1
TOWER FAN D S002
8.8.3.8.12. 400V COOLING TOWER PC B
SHORT TIME INSTANTA GROUNDIN
LOAD RATED RELAY RELAY G RELAY
IN T In
t1 t2 (I2t
Ir1 Ir2 Ir3 Ir4 t4
(7.2Ir) Off)
1 POWER SUPPLY 0BHF01 2887 RMW1-bse4 4000 0.88 21 1.93 0.4 OFF 0.22 0.4
255
POWER II FOR
0BHF02
2 CIRCULATING WATER 270 RMW1-bse4 630 0.52 5.2 5.78 0.2 OFF 0.22 0.3
GS002
PUMP HOUSE MCC
COOLING TOWER FAN 0BHF03
3 400 RMW1-bse4 630 0.76 5.2 8.78 0.1 7.62 0.20 0.1
I GS002
4 400 RMW1-bse4 630 0.76 5.2 8.78 0.1 7.62 0.20 0.1
H GS001
TEMPORARY COOLING 0BHF05
5 320 RMW1-bse4 630 0.62 5.2 8.60 0.1 6.10 0.20 0.1
WATER PUMP B GS002
6 400 RMW1-bse4 630 0.76 5.2 8.78 0.1 7.62 0.20 0.1
G GS001
7 400 RMW1-bse4 630 0.76 5.2 8.78 0.1 7.62 0.20 0.1
E GS002
8 400 RMW1-bse4 630 0.76 5.2 8.78 0.1 7.62 0.20 0.1
F GS001
8.8.3.8.13. ADMINISTRATION BUILDINE 400V PC
INSTANT
LONG TIME SHORT TIME ANEOUS
GROUNDING
IN T In
t1 t2 (I2t
Ir1 Ir2 Ir3 Ir4 t4
(7.2Ir) Off)
0BHJ01G
S001
STANDBY POWER 0BHJ04G
INCOMING S008
2 ADMIN. BUILDING 0BHJ02G 74 RMW2-bse25 100 0.90 -- 5.76 -- 12 -- --
256
GROUND FLOOR N. L. S011 0
BOX
ADMIN.BLD.COMMUNI
0BHJ02G RMW2-bse25
3 CATION 48V DC 100 100 1.00 -- 7.00 -- 12 -- --
S012 0
CHARGER1
ADMIN.BLD.COMMUNI
0BHJ02G RMW2-bse25
4 CATION 48V DC 100 100 1.00 -- 7.00 -- 12 -- --
S013 0
CHARGER2
8.8.3.8.14. DEEP WELL PUMP PC A
INSTANTA
SHORT TIME GROUNDING
IN T In
t1 t2 (I2t
Ir1 Ir2 Ir3 Ir4 t4
(7.2Ir) Off)
POWER SUPPLY CBHG01
1 722 RMW2-bse4 1000 0.88 21 2.12 0.4 OFF 0.22 0.4
CBHG03
2 BUS TIE BREAKER 722 RMW2-bse4 1000 0.88 10 1.78 0.3 OFF OFF OFF
GS007
DISTRIBUTION
CBHG01
2 ROOM POWER 100 RMW2-bse250 160 0.76 -- 5.76 -- 12 -- --
GS001
SUPPLY BOX
8.8.3.8.15. DEEP WELL PUMP PC B
SHORT TIME INSTANTA GROUNDIN
LOAD RATED RELAY RELAY G RELAY
IN In
t1 t2 (I2t
Ir1 Ir2 Ir3 Ir4 t4
(7.2Ir) Off)
POWER SUPPLY CBHH01
1 722 RMW2-bse4 1000 0.88 21 2.12 0.4 OFF 0.22 0.4
257
DEEP WELL PUMP
CBHH01
2 HOUSE UNIT 4 100 RMW2-bse250 160 0.76 -- 5.76 -- 12 -- --
GS002
POWER SUPPLY BOX
DEEP WELL PUMP
CBHH03
GS008
POWER SUPPLY BOX
DEEP WELL PUMP
CBHH03
HOUSE UNIT 2 100 RMW2-bse250 160 0.76 -- 5.76 -- 12 -- --
GS010
POWER SUPPLY BOX
DEEP WELL PUMP
CBHH03
GS012
POWER SUPPLY BOX
8.8.3.8.16. NE 400V PC A
LONG TIME SHORT TIME INSTANTA GROUNDIN
NEOUS
LOAD RATED RELAY RELAY RELAY G RELAY
IN In
t1 t2 (I2t
Ir1 Ir2 Ir3 Ir4 t4
(7.2Ir) Off)
0BMA01
GS001
POWER INCOMING
0BMA06
2 (TO DIESEL-ENGINE 1443 RMW1-bse4 2000 0.88 21 2.00 0.4 OFF 0.22 0.4
GS001
GENERATOR)
SWITCHYARD NE 0BMA04
3 400 RMW2-bse4 630 0.76 5.2 5.86 0.2 OFF 0.32 0.3
400V PC A GS002
0BMA02
4 DCS 65 RMW2-bse250 100 0.78 -- 5.84 -- 12 -- --
GS001
0BMA02
5 UPS POWER 160 RMW2-bse250 250 0.78 -- 5.74 -- 12 -- --
GS003
258
TRANSFORMER
0BMA05
6 COOLER POWER 180 RMW2-bse250 250 0.86 -- 5.86 -- 12 -- --
GS008
DISTRIBUTION BOX
8.8.3.8.17. NE 400V PC B
LONG TIME SHORT TIME INSTANTA GROUNDIN
NEOUS
IN T In
t1 t2 (I2t
Ir1 Ir2 Ir3 Ir4 t4
(7.2Ir) Off)
0BMB01
GS001
POWER INCOMING (TO
0BMB06
2 DIESEL-ENGINE 1443 RMW1-bse4 2000 0.88 21 2.00 0.4 OFF 0.22 0.4
GS001
GENERATOR)
SWITCHYARD NE 400V 0BMB04
3 400 RMW2-bse4 630 0.76 5.2 5.86 0.2 OFF 0.32 0.3
PC B GS002
0BMB02 RMW2-bse25
4 UPS BYPATH SUPLY 200 400 0.60 -- 5.84 -- 12 -- --
GS002 0
TRANSFORMER
0BMB05 RMW2-bse25
5 COOLER POWER 180 250 0.86 -- 5.86 -- 12 -- --
GS009 0
DISTRIBUTION BOX
8.8.3.8.18. SWITCHYARD NE 400V PC A

LONG TIME INSTAN GROUNDING
SHORT TIME RELAY TANEOU
LOAD RATED RELAY S RELAY RELAY
IN In
t1
(7.2Ir)
1 POWER INCOMING 0BMC01GS009 400 RMW2-bse4 630 0.76 21 5.00 0.4 OFF 0.20 0.4
259
SECTIONALIZING
2 0BMC02GS007 400 RMW2-bse4 630 0.76 10 4.18 0.3 OFF OFF OFF
SWITCH
8.8.3.8.19.SWITCHYARD NE 400V PC B
LONG TIME SHORT TIME INSTANT GROUNDIN
ANEOUS
IN T In
t1
Ir1 I t (I2t Off) Ir3 Ir4 t4
(7.2Ir) r2 2
0BMD01GS0
08
SWITCH CONTROL
0BMD01GS0
4 BUILDING UPS 90 RMW2-bse250 160 0.68 -- 5.80 -- 12 -- --
07
BYPATH
8.8.3.8.20. UNIT 1 GT AND H.R.S.G. MCC
INSTA GROUNDI
LONG TIME NTAN
SHORT TIME RELAY EOUS NG
LOAD RATED RELAY
RELAY RELAY
No. NAME KKS CURRENT TYPE CURRE
IN NT In
t1
(7.2Ir) r2 2
1BJA02G
1 HRSG MAINTANCE BOX D 70 RMW2-bse250 100 0.84 -- 5.84 -- 12 -- --
S005
1BJA02G
2 HRSG MAINTANCE BOX A 70 RMW2-bse250 100 0.84 -- 5.84 -- 12 -- --
S007
EVAPORATIVE COOLING 1BJA02G
3 100 RMW2-bse250 160 0.76 -- 5.76 -- 12 -- --
UNIT A S008
EVAPORATIVE COOLING 1BJA02G
4 100 RMW2-bse250 160 0.76 -- 5.76 -- 12 -- --
UNIT D S010
8.8.3.8.21.UNIT 2 GT AND H.R.S.G. MCC
260
LONG TIME SHORT TIME INSTANT GROUNDI

RATE ANEOUS
LOAD D RELAY RELAY RELAY NG RELAY
No. NAME KKS CURREN TYPE CUR
T IN RENT
t1 t2 (I2t
InIr1 I Ir3 Ir4 t4
(7.2Ir) r2 Off)
1 HRSG MAINTANCE BOX E 2BJA02GS007 70 RMW2-bse250 100 0.84 -- 5.84 -- 12 -- --
2 HRSG MAINTANCE BOX B 2BJA02GS009 70 RMW2-bse250 100 0.84 -- 5.84 -- 12 -- --
EVAPORATIVE COOLING
3 2BJA02GS010 100 RMW2-bse250 160 0.76 -- 5.76 -- 12 -- --
UNIT D
EVAPORATIVE COOLING
4 2BJA03GS001 100 RMW2-bse250 160 0.76 -- 5.76 -- 12 -- --
UNIT E
5 GT CRANE 2BJA03GS002 112 RMW2-bse250 160 0.84 -- 5.84 -- 12 -- --
8.8.3.8.22. UNIT 3 GT AND H.R.S.G. MCC
INSTA
NTAN GROUNDI
LONG TIME
LOAD SHORT TIME RELAY EOUS NG
RATED RELAY RELA
CURR RELAY
No. NAME KKS ENT TYPE CURRE Y
NT In
IN t1
Ir2 t2 (I2t Off) Ir3 Ir4
Ir1 t4
(7.2Ir)
1 HRSG MAINTANCE BOX F 3BJA02GS013 70 RMW2-bse250 100 0.84 -- 5.84 -- 12 -- --
2 HRSG MAINTANCE BOX C 3BJA03GS001 70 RMW2-bse250 100 0.84 -- 5.84 -- 12 -- --
EVAPORATIVE COOLING
3 3BJA03GS002 100 RMW2-bse250 160 0.76 -- 5.76 -- 12 -- --
UNIT F
EVAPORATIVE COOLING
4 3BJA03GS004 100 RMW2-bse250 160 0.76 -- 5.76 -- 12 -- --
UNIT C
8.8.3.8.23. UNIT 4 TURBINE MCC A
INSTANTA GROUN
LONG TIME
LOAD RATED SHORT TIME RELAY NEOUS DING
RELAY RELAY
No. NAME KKS CURRE TYPE CURRE RELAY
NT IN NT In
Ir1 t1 Ir2 t2 (I2t Off) Ir3 Ir4 t4
261
(7.2Ir)
TURBINE 0.0M
1 4BJA01GS005 70 RMW2-bse250 100 0.84 -- 5.84 -- 12 -- --
MAINTENANCE BOX
UNIT 4 TURBINE ROOM
2 FAN DISTRIBUTION BOX 4BJA01GS006 75 RMW2-bse250 100 0.90 -- 5.84 -- 12 -- --
A
TURBINE POWER
3 4BJA01GS007 75 RMW2-bse250 100 0.90 -- 5.84 -- 12 -- --
DISTRIBUTED PANEL
EVAPORATIVE COOLING
4 4BJA02GS002 130 RMW2-bse250 250 0.62 -- 5.88 -- 12 -- --
UNIT E
EVAPORATIVE COOLING
5 4BJA02GS004 130 RMW2-bse250 250 0.62 -- 5.88 -- 12 -- --
UNIT C
EVAPORATIVE COOLING
6 4BJA02GS005 130 RMW2-bse250 250 0.62 -- 5.88 -- 12 -- --
UNIT A
SPONGE BALL
7 CLEANING PUMP A 4BJA04GS001 87.5 RMW2-bse250 160 0.66 -- 5.80 -- 12 -- --
CONTROL CABINET
8 AIR COMPRESSOR C 4BJA05GS001 63 RMW2-bse250 100 0.76 -- 5.80 -- 12 -- --
9 AIR COMPRESSOR A 4BJA05GS003 63 RMW2-bse250 100 0.76 -- 5.80 -- 12 -- --
OIL PURIFIER CONTROL
10 4BJA05GS006 133 RMW2-bse250 250 0.64 -- 5.82 -- 12 -- --
CABINET
8.8.3.8.24. UNIT 4 TURBINE MCC B
INSTANTA GROUNDIN
LOA RATE LONG TIME RELAY SHORT TIME RELAY NEOUS
D D RELAY G RELAY
No. NAME KKS CUR TYPE CURR
RENT ENT
t1
IN In Ir1 Ir2 t2 (I2t Off) Ir3 Ir4 t4
(7.2Ir)
1 6.3M MAINTANCE BOX 4BJB01GS006 70 RMW2-bse250 100 0.84 -- 5.84 -- 12 -- --
262
OF TURBINE
UNIT 4 TURBINE ROOM
2 FAN DISTRIBUTION 4BJB02GS002 80 RMW2-bse250 100 0.96 -- 5.84 -- 12 -- --
BOX B
EVAPORATIVE
3 4BJB02GS006 130 RMW2-bse250 250 0.62 -- 5.88 -- 12 -- --
COOLING UNIT F
EVAPORATIVE
4 4BJB02GS007 130 RMW2-bse250 250 0.62 -- 5.88 -- 12 -- --
COOLING UNIT D
SPONGE BALL
87.
5 CLEANING PUMP B 4BJB04GS004 RMW2-bse250 160 0.66 -- 5.80 -- 12 -- --
5
CONTROL CABINET
6 AIR COMPRESSOR D 4BJB04GS006 63 RMW2-bse250 100 0.76 -- 5.80 -- 12 -- --
7 AIR COMPRESSOR B 4BJB04GS008 63 RMW2-bse250 100 0.76 -- 5.80 -- 12 -- --
8.8.3.8.25. UNIT 4 TURBINE MCC C
INSTA
NTAN GROUN
LONG TIME
LOAD SHORT TIME RELAY EOUS DING
RATED RELAY RELA
CURR RELAY
No. NAME KKS ENT TYPE CURRE Y
NT In
IN t1
(7.2Ir)
4BJC02
1 TURBINE 12.6M MAINTANCE BOX 70 RMW2-bse250 100 0.84 -- 5.84 -- 12 -- --
GS015
4BJC02
2 ST CRANE 120 RMW2-bse250 160 0.90 -- 5.84 -- 12 -- --
GS016
MAIN BUILDING DC CHARGING 4BJC03
3 100 RMW2-bse250 160 0.76 -- 5.76 -- 12 -- --
CABINET A GS002
8.8.3.8.26. CENTER CONTROL BUIDING MCC
LOAD RATED INSTAN GROUNDI
LONG TIME SHORT TIME TANEO
No. NAME KKS CURR TYPE CURRE
RELAY RELAY US NG
ENT NT In RELAY RELAY
263
IN
t1 t (I2t
Ir2 2
Ir1 I I t
(7.2Ir) Off) r3 r4 4
1 CCB 12.6M MAINTANCE BOX 0BJA03GS011 70 RMW2-bse250 100 0.84 -- 5.84 -- 12 -- --
2 CCB 0.0M MAINTANCE BOX 0BJA03GS012 100 RMW2-bse250 160 0.76 -- 5.76 -- 12 -- --
MAIN BUILDING DC
3 0BJA03GS014 100 RMW2-bse250 160 0.76 -- 5.76 -- 12 -- --
CHARGING CABINET B
8.8.3.8.27. CENTRAL CONTROL BUILDING MCC

INSTANT GROUNDI
LONG TIME
SHORT TIME RELAY ANEOUS NG
LOAD RATED RELAY RELAY
RELAY
No. NAME KKS CURRE TYPE CURRE
NT IN NT In
t1 t2 (I2t
Ir1 I Ir3 Ir4 t4
(7.2Ir) r2 Off)
1 HEAT EXCHANGER UNIT 0BJB01GS007 62.5 RMW2-bse250 100 0.76 -- 5.76 -- 12 -- --
2 MAINTANCE BOX 0BJB02GS001 70 RMW2-bse250 100 0.84 -- 5.84 -- 12 -- --
8.8.3.8.28. BOILER MAKE-UP WATER TREATMENT PLANT MCC A
INSTANTA GROUND
LONG TIME
SHORT TIME RELAY NEOUS ING
RELAY
NT IN NT In
t1
(7.2Ir)
DM WATER PUMP 1 F.C.B
1 0BJD05GS001 55 RMW2-bse250 100 0.66 -- 5.84 -- 12 -- --
(TO MAIN BUILDING)
PUMP ROOM
2 0BJD02GS005 70 RMW2-bse250 100 0.84 -- 5.84 -- 12 -- --
MAINTENANCE BOX
BOILER MAKE-UP WATER
3 0BJD02GS006 70 RMW2-bse250 100 0.84 -- 5.84 -- 12 -- --
MAINTENANCE BOX
LABORATORY BUILDING
4 0BJD02GS010 70 RMW2-bse250 100 0.84 -- 5.84 -- 12 -- --
3.6M DISTRIBUTION BOX
264
8.8.3.8.29.BOILER MAKE-UP WATER TREATMENT PLANT MCC B
INSTANTA GROUND
LONG TIME
SHORT TIME RELAY NEOUS ING
RELAY
IN T In
t1
(7.2Ir) r2 2
LABORATORY
1 BUILDING 0BJE02GS005 70 RMW2-bse250 100 0.84 -- 5.84 -- 12 -- --
MAINTENANCE BOX
8.8.3.8.30. WASTE WATER TREATMENT PLANT MCC A
INSTANTA GROUNDI
LONG TIME
SHORT TIME RELAY NEOUS NG
RELAY
NT IN NT In
t1
Ir2 t2 (I2t Off) Ir3
Ir1 Ir4 t4
(7.2Ir)
1 FAN CONTROL CABINET 0BJF02GS001 74 RMW2-bse250 100 0.90 -- 5.76 -- 12 -- --
8.8.3.8.31. WASTE WATER TREATMENT PLANT MCC B

INSTANT GROUN
LONG TIME
SHORT TIME RELAY ANEOUS DING
RELAY
NT IN NT In
t1
(7.2Ir) r2 2
WASTE WATER TREATMENT
1 0BJG01GS009 70 RMW2-bse250 100 0.84 -- 5.84 -- 12 -- --
PLANT MAINTENANCE BOX
8.8.3.8.32. FIRE FIGHTING PUMP HOUSE MCC

LOAD RATED INSTANT GROUND
LONG TIME SHORT TIME
RELAY RELAY
ANEOUS
RELAY
ING
NT IN NT In RELAY
265
t1 t (I2t
Ir2 2 Ir1
I I t
(7.2Ir) Off) r3 r4 4
1 MAINTENANCE BOX 0BJH01GS005 70 RMW2-bse250 100 0.84 -- 5.84 -- 12 -- --
FIRE CONTROL STABILIVOLT
2 0BJH05GS002 63 RMW2-bse250 100 0.76 -- 5.80 -- 12 -- --
PUMP CONTROL PANEL
8.8.3.8.33. SEWAGE AND INDUSTRIAL WATER PUMP HOUSE MCC
INSTAN GROUNDI
LONG TIME TANEO
SHORT TIME RELAY US NG
LOAD RATED RELAY
RELAY RELAY
No. NAME KKS CURREN TYPE CURREN
T IN T In
t1
(7.2Ir) r2 2
1 MAINTENANCE BOX 0BJJ01GS007 70 RMW2-bse250 100 0.84 -- 5.84 -- 12 -- --
SANITARY SEWAGE
2 0BJJ03GS001 60 RMW2-bse250 100 0.72 -- 5.83 -- 12 -- --
TREATMENT FACILITY
8.8.3.8.34. SEWAGE AND CIRCULATING WATER PUMP HOUSE MCC
LONG TIME INSTANTA GROUNDI
SHORT TIME RELAY NEOUS
LOAD RATED RELAY RELAY NG RELAY
No. NAME KKS CURREN TYPE CURREN
T IN T In
t1
Ir1Ir2 t2 (I2t Off) Ir3 Ir4 t4
(7.2Ir)
1 BRIGE CRANE SWITCH 0BJK01GS007 65 RMW2-bse250 100 0.78 -- 5.84 -- 12 -- --
8.8.3.8.35. INTAKE PUMP HOUSE MCC
INSTANTA
LONG TIME SHORT TIME NEOUS
GROUNDI
LOAD RATED RELAY RELAY RELAY NG RELAY
IN T In
t1
I t (I2t Off) Ir3 Ir4 t4
Ir1
(7.2Ir) r2 2
1 HOOK BRIDGE CRANE 0BJL01GS009 65 RMW2-bse250 100 0.78 -- 5.84 -- 12 -- --
2 MAINTENANCE BOX 0BJL02GS001 70 RMW2-bse250 100 0.84 -- 5.84 -- 12 -- --
266
8.8.3.8.36.THE SETTINGS OF THERMAL OVERLOAD RELAY(P>90KW)
KT1
CT CT
KT1 SECOND
P PRIMAR SECONDA KF KT
No. NAME ATTRIBUTION KKS PRIMARY ARY
(KW) Y RATIO RY RATIO (In) (s)
VALUE (A) VALUE
(A) (A)
(A)
4BFA06GS0
1 VACUUM PUMP A TURBINE PC A 110.00 300 5 66.00 1.10
01
4BFB06GS0
2 VACUUM PUMP B TURBINE PC B 110.00 300 5 66.00 1.10
01
CLOSED CYCLE 4BFA06GS0
3 TURBINE PC A 132.00 400 5 79.20 0.99
COOLING PUMP A 02
CLOSED CYCLE 4BFB06GS0
4 TURBINE PC B 132.00 400 5 79.20 0.99
COOLING PUMP B 02
8.8.3.8.37.THE SETTINGS OF THERMAL OVERLOAD RELAY(40KWP90KW)
KT1
CT CT
P KT1 SECONDA
ATTRIBU PRIMAR SECONDA KF KT
No. NAME KKS PRIMARY RY
TION Y RATIO RY RATIO (In) (s)
(KW) VALUE (A) VALUE
(A) (A)
(A)
NE 400V 0BMA0
1 AUXILIARY OIL PUMP 45.00 150 5 27.00 0.90 1.2 0.5
PC A 2GS004
COOLING WATER 1BJA05
2 75.00 200 5 45.00 1.13 1.2 0.5
BOOSTER PUMP A GS001
UNIT 1
3 GT AND 75.00 200 5 45.00 1.13 1.2 0.5
BOOSTER PUMP B GS003
H.R.S.G.
MCC 1BJA06
4 LP PUMP A 75.00 200 5 45.00 1.13 1.2 0.5
GS001
5 LP PUMP D 1BJA06 75.00 200 5 45.00 1.13 1.2 0.5
267
GS003
6 75.00 200 5 45.00 1.13 1.2 0.5
BOOSTER PUMP A UNIT 2 GS007
COOLING WATER GT AND 2BJA05
7 75.00 200 5 45.00 1.13 1.2 0.5
BOOSTER PUMP B H.R.S.G. GS001
MCC 2BJA05
8 LP PUMP B 75.00 200 5 45.00 1.13 1.2 0.5
GS003
9 75.00 200 5 45.00 1.13 1.2 0.5
BOOSTER PUMP A UNIT 3 GS007
COOLING WATER GT AND 3BJA05
10 75.00 200 5 45.00 1.13 1.2 0.5
BOOSTER PUMP B H.R.S.G. GS001
MCC 3BJA05
11 LP PUMP C 75.00 200 5 45.00 1.13 1.2 0.5
GS003
400V 0BHA0
12 INDUSTRIAL PUMP 90.00 250 5 54.00 1.08 1.2 0.5
COMMO 2GS001
N
0BHB0
13 INDUSTRIAL PUMP AUXILIA 90.00 250 5 54.00 1.08 1.2 0.5
2GS001
RY PC A
WASTE 0BJF03
14 BACKWASHING PUMP A 45.00 150 5 27.00 0.90 1.2 0.5
WATER GS006
TREATM
ENT 0BJG02
15 BACKWASHING PUMP B 45.00 150 5 27.00 0.90 1.2 0.5
PLANT GS006
MCC A
DEEP CBHG0
16 DEEP WELL PUMP 2 90.00 250 5 54.00 1.08 1.2 0.5
WELL 2GS001
PUMP PC CBHG0
17 DEEP WELL PUMP 1 A 90.00 250 5 54.00 1.08 1.2 0.5
2GS003
18 DEEP WELL PUMP 3 DEEP CBHH0 90.00 250 5 54.00 1.08 1.2 0.5
268
WELL 2GS001
PUMP PC CBHH0
19 DEEP WELL PUMP 4 B 90.00 250 5 54.00 1.08 1.2 0.5
2GS003
400/230V
LIGHT FUEL OIL UNLOAD 0BHC0 150.0
20 FUEL OIL 200.00 5 90.00 2.25 1.2 0.5
OIL PUMP A 9GS004 0
PC A
400/230V
LIGHT FUEL OIL UNLOAD 0BHD1 150.0
21 FUEL OIL 200.00 5 90.00 2.25 1.2 0.5
OIL PUMP B 0GS004 0
PC B
8.8.3.8.38. THE SETTINGS OF THERMAL OVERLOAD RELAY(5KWP<40KW)

8.8.3.8.39.THE SETTINGS OF THERMAL OVERLOAD RELAY(P<5KW)
8.8.3.8.40.THE SETTINGS OF 400V PT

a. 400V BUS POTENTIAL TRANSFORMER
11YJ/2YJ 55V
33YJ/4YJ 32V
31SJ 0.5S
42SJ 9.0S
b. NE PC VOLTAGE TRANSFORMER
11YJ/2YJ 55V
33YJ/4YJ 32V
31SJ 0.5S
42SJ 9.0S
8.8.3.8.41.400/230V FUEL OIL PC A
269
SHORT INSTANT GROUNDI
LOAD LONG TIME
RATED RELAY TIME ANEOUS NG
CURR RELAY RELAY RELAY
No. NAME KKS TYPE CURRE
ENT
IN
NT In t1 t2 (I2t
Ir1 Ir2 Ir3 Ir4 t4
(7.2Ir) Off)
POWER INCOMING
1 0BHC01GS001 1804 RMW1-bse4 2500 0.88 21 2.40 0.4 OFF 0.22 0.4
INCOMING FEEDER
2 BUS TIE BREAKER 0BHC10GS001 1804 RMW1-bse4 2500 0.88 10 2.00 0.3 OFF OFF OFF
POWER I OF INTAKE
3 0BHC02GS003 280 RMW2-bse4 630 0.54 5.2 5.76 0.2 OFF 0.22 0.3
PUMP HOUSE MCC
POWER I OF
4 AUXILIARY BOILER 0BHC03GS001 217 RMW2-bse4 400 0.66 5.2 5.76 0.2 OFF 0.28 0.3
HOUSE MCC
POWER I OF FUEL OIL
5 TREATMENT ROOM 0BHC04GS001 1080 RMW2-bse4 1600 0.82 5.2 5.76 0.2 OFF 0.34 0.3
MCC
OIL TANK CATHODIC

6 PROTECTION POWER 0BHC05GS008 81 RMW2-bse250 100 0.98 5.80 OFF
CABINET
CONTROL POWER OF
7 0BHC05GS007 44 RMW2-bse250 100 0.54 5.70 OFF
AUXILIARY BOILER
OIL STORE AREA OIL

8 WATER SEPARATE 0BHC06GS011 140 RMW2-bse250 250 0.68 5.76 OFF
SYSTEM
HEAVEY FUEL OIL

9 0BHC03GS002 400 RMW2-bse4 630 0.76 5.2 8.78 0.1 7.1 0.20 0.1
UNLOAD OIL PUMP A
270
8.8.3.8.42. 400/230V FUEL OIL PC B
LONG TIME SHORT TIME INSTANT GROUNDIN
ANEOUS
t1 t2 (I2t
IN In
Ir1 Ir2 Ir3 Ir4 t4
(7.2Ir) Off)
POWER INCOMING
1 0BHD01GS001 1804 RMW1-bse4 2500 0.88 21 2.40 0.4 OFF 0.4
INCOMING FEEDER
POWER II OF INTAKE
2 0BHD02GS003 280 RMW2-bse4 630 0.54 5.2 5.76 0.2 OFF 0.22 0.3
PUMP HOUSE MCC
POWER II OF AUXILIARY
3 0BHD03GS001 217 RMW2-bse4 400 0.66 5.2 5.76 0.2 OFF 0.28 0.3
BOILER HOUSE MCC
POWER III OF AUXILIARY
4 0BHD03GS002 217 RMW2-bse4 400 0.66 5.2 5.76 0.2 OFF 0.28 0.3
BOILER HOUSE MCC
POWER II OF FUEL OIL
5 0BHD04GS002 1080 RMW2-bse4 1600 0.82 5.2 5.76 0.2 OFF 0.34 0.3
TREATMENT ROOM MCC
FUEL OIL PUMP HOUSE RMW2-bse25
6 0BHD06GS007 70 100 0.84 5.84 OFF
MAINTENANCE BOX 0
FUEL OIL TREATMENT
RMW2-bse25
7 ROOM MAINTENANCE 0BHD06GS009 70 100 0.84 5.84 OFF
BOX
0
HEAVY FUEL OIL PUMP
RMW2-bse25
8 HOUSE MAINTENANCE 0BHD09GS002 70 100 0.84 5.84 OFF
BOX
0
HEAVEY FUEL OIL
9 0BHD05GS002 400 RMW2-bse4 1000 0.48 5.2 8.76 0.1 4.8 0.20 0.1
UNLOAD OIL PUMP A
271
8.8.3.9 THE SETTINGS OF AUTOMATIC DEVICES
a. THE SETTINGS OF HIGH SPEED TRANSFER DEVICE
a1. The Table Lists Of The Equipment Parameters
No. Menu text Explanation Range Value
The identification name of Up to 24
1 Equip_ID
this device. characters
The IP address of the No.1
2 IP_Addr_NetA 000.000.0
Ethernet port.
00.000
The IP address of the No.2
3 IP_Addr_NetB ~
Ethernet port.
255.255.2
The subnet mask of the
4 IP_Mask 55.255
Ethernet port.
The communication address
5 COM_Addr 0 ~ 255
of the RS-485 port.
The communication baudrate
6 COM_Baud 0~5
of the RS-485 port.
The protocol of the No.1
7 COM1_Protocol 0~2 Accordin
RS-485 port.
g to
The protocol of the No.2
8 COM2_Protocol 0~2 the actual
RS-485 port.
setting
The setting to enable the
9 En_Remote_Cfg remote settings configuration 0~1
function.
The setting to block the
10 En_BlkComm 0~1
communication function.
The baudrate of the printing
11 Printer_Baud 0~5
port.
The setting to enable the
12 En_Auto_Print 0~1
automatic printing function.
The setting to enable the high
13 En_HiSpeed_Print 0~1
speed printing function.
The rated voltage of the
14 Un_BinaryInput 0~3
binary input.
Opt_Loc_VT_Mai The VT position of the main
15 0~1 0
n power supply on the LCD.
The VT position of the
16 Opt_Loc_VT_Stby standby power supply on the 0~1 0
LCD.
Accordin
The identification name ofthe Up to 24 g to
17 Line_ID
line. characters the actual
setting
a2. The Table Lists Of The Logic Settings
1 En_Man_Init_ Enable/disable the normal manual 0~1 1
272
TS switching function.
Opt_Loc_Man Select the switching mode of the local
2 0~3 2
_Init_TS manual switching.
Select the switching mode between the
Opt_Rmt0_Ma series switching mode and the
3 0~1 1
n_Init_TS simultaneous switching mode for the
remote manual switching function.
Select the switching mode between the
automatic parallel switching and the
Opt_Rmt1_Ma
4 semi-automatic parallel switching mode 0~1 0
n_Init_TS
for the remote manual switching
function.
En_Prot_Init_ Enable/disable the accident switching
5 0~1 1
TS function.
Opt_Prot_Init_ Select the switching mode for the
6 0~1 0
TS accident switching function.
En_UV_Init_T Enable/disable the busbar voltage loss
7 0~1 1
S switching function.
Opt_UV_Init_ Select the switching mode for the busbar
8 0~1 0
TS voltage loss switching function.
En_MalTrp_In Enable/disable the CB unexpected trip
9 0~1 1
it_TS switching function.
En_Fast_Chk_ Enable/disable the quick switching
10 0~1 1
TS conditions check function.
En_LeadTim_ Enable/disable the leading time
11 0~1 1
Syn_Chk_TS switching conditions check function.
En_LeadAng_ Enable/disable the leading phase angle
12 0~1 0
Syn_Chk_TS switching conditions check function.
En_ResVolt_C Enable/disable the residual voltage
13 0~1 1
hk_TS switching conditions check function.
En_Slow_Chk Enable/disable the long time delay
14 0~1 1
_TS switching conditions check function.
Enable/disable the stage 1 UVLS
15 En_UVLS1 0~1 0
function.
Enable/disable the stage 2 UVLS
16 En_UVLS2 0~1 0
function.
17 En_SOTF Enable/disable the SOTF protection. 0~1 1
Enable/disable the blocking transfer
En_LossTarg_
18 function when the voltage of the target 0~1 1
Blk_TS
power supply is lost.
Opt_Mod_Stby Select the operation mode of the standby
19 0~1 1
Tr power supply.
20 En_TS Enable/disable the switching function. 0~1 1
273
Enable/disable the current check
21 En_CurrChk 0~1 0
function in the parallel switching mode.
a3. The Table Lists Of The Switching Function Settings
The voltage setting of the
1 V_UV_Init_TS 20~90% 55%
undervoltage initiation element.
The time setting of the
2 t_UV_Init_TS 0.1~5.0s 0.8s
undervoltage initiation element.
The voltage difference setting
3 V_Diff_ParTS 0~20% 5%
of the parallel switching.
The frequency difference 0.02~0.5
4 f_Diff_ParTS 0.5Hz
setting of the parallel switching. Hz
The phase angle difference
5 phi_Diff_ParTS 0.5~20 15
setting of the parallel switching.
The time setting of the parallel 0.01~5.0
6 t_Trp_ParTS 0.10s
switching tripping CB. s
The time setting of the
7 t_Cls_SimulTS simultaneous switching closing 1~500ms 10ms
CB.
The frequency difference
0.1~2.0
8 f_Diff_Fast_Chk_TS setting of the quick switching 1.5Hz
Hz
conditions.
phi_Diff_Fast_Chk_
9 setting of the quick switching 0.5~60 30
TS
judgment conditions.
The frequency difference
setting of the leading phase 0.1~5.0
10 f_Diff_Syn_Chk_TS 5.0Hz
angle (or leading time) Hz
switching judgment conditions.
phi_LeadAng_Syn_C setting of the leading phase -120 ~
11 -120
hk_TS angle switching judgment -30
conditions.
The leading time setting of the
t_LeadTim_Syn_Chk
12 leading time switching 1~150ms 70ms
_TS
13 V_ResVolt_Chk_TS residual voltage switching 20~60% 20%
The time setting of the long
0.5~10.0
14 t_Slow_Chk_TS time delay switching judgment 2.0s
s
conditions.
15 V_UVLS1 The voltage setting of the stage 20~80% 80%
274
1 UVLS element.
The voltage setting of the stage
16 V_UVLS2 20~80% 70%
2 UVLS element.
The time setting of the stage 1
17 t_UVLS1 0~20s 20s
UVLS element.
The time setting of the stage 2
18 t_UVLS2 0~20s 20s
UVLS element.
The current setting of the SOTF 10~4000
19 I_SOTF 190%
protection. %
The time setting of the SOTF
20 t_SOTF 0~500ms 200ms
protection.
21 V_UV_LossTarg standby power supply voltage 50~90% 90%
loss.
The time setting of the standby 200~500
22 t_UV_LossTarg 200ms
power supply voltage loss. ms
The time delay setting of the
closing operation of the standby
23 t_Cls_ColdStby 0~150ms 100ms
power supply in cold standby
state.
The rated secondary value of
24 I2n_CT 1~ 5A 1A
the current transformer.
The rated secondary value of 57.74~1 *63.5
25 U2n_VT_Main
the main power supply VT. 10V 1V*
The rated secondary value of 57.74~1 *63.5
26 U2n_VT_Stby
the standby power supply VT. 10V 1V*
phi_Diff_VT_Main& The angle difference between *-30
27 1~10
Bus U_Main and Uab_Bus. *
phi_Diff_VT_Stby& The angle difference between *-30
28 1~10
Bus U_Stby and Uab_Bus. *
The time setting for waiting the 0.1~10.0
29 t_PW_Trp&Cls 1s
circuit breaker response. s
b. THE SETTINGS OF SYNCHRONISER OF GENERATOR & G.T
b1. The Table Lists Of The Equipment Settings
Communication address of the
1 COM_Addr 0-254
equipment
4800,9600,192 Accordi
2 COM1_Baud Baud rate of rear RS-485 port 1
00,38400 ng to
4800,9600,192 the actu
3 COM2_Baud Baud rate of rear RS-485 port 2
00,38400 al settin
4800,9600,192 g
4 Printer _Baud Baud Rate of rear print port
00,38400
5 Debug _Baud Baud Rate of front RS-232 port 4800,9600
275
for commissioning
6 fn System nominal frequency 50,60Hz 50Hz
Reserve
7 U1n Reserved
d
The identity of a substation or
8 Equip _ID
plant
Enable/disable network
9 En_Net_Print 1/0 Accordi
printing
ng to
En_Auto_Prin Enable/disable automatic
10 1/0 the actu
t printing
al settin
11 Protocol Communication protocol 0-1
g
12 GPS_Pulse GPS clock synchronizing pulse 0-1
En_Remote_ Enable/disable configuring
13 1/0
Cfg setting remotely
b2. The Table Lists Of Protection Settings
No. Setting Item Description Range Value
1 SyncPoint. Synchro. Point number n *0/1*
Scondary rated voltage of VT 57.7~100.00
2 U2n_Sys 63.51
at system side V
Secondary rated voltage of 57.7~100.00
3 U2n_Gen 63.51
VT at generator side V
4 F_Diff_Sync Permitted freq. difference 0~0.5Hz 0.25Hz
5 Df/dt_Sync Block threshold of slip speed 1~10Hz/s 3.0Hz/s
6 V_Diff_Sync Permitted voltage difference 5%~30% 5%
V_DeadChk_Syn
7 Threshold of dead line 5%~30% 10%
c
8 Phi_Comp_sync Correction of phase angle 0~330 0
Pulse width of frequency
9 t_PW_RegFreq 10~9999ms 500ms
regulation
Period of frequency
10 t_Cycle_RegFreq 10~9999ms 2000ms
regulation
Pulse width of voltage
11 t_PW_RegVolt 10~9999ms 500ms
regulation
12 t_Cycle_RegVolt Period of voltage regulation 10~9999ms 2000ms
Pusle width of breaker
13 t_PW_Cls 10~9999ms 500ms
closing
14 s_Cls_CB Time for breaker closing 20~999ms 100ms
15 t_Rst_Sync Synch. Resetting time 20~999s 60s
Logic setting:1is enabled,0is disabled
Enable/disable automatic
16 En_AutoReg frequency and voltage 1/0 1
regulation function
276
No. Setting Item Description Range Value
Enable/disable breaker
17 En_DeadChk 1/0 1
closing with dead check
Enable/disable VT circuit
18 En_VTS 1/0 0
failure detection
Enable/disable detecting
19 En_SyncRly contacts of synchronization 1/0 1
relay
Enable/disable position
20 En_AuxContact 1/0 1
contact of breaker detection
c. THE SETTINGS VALUE FOR NO.1 FAULT RECORDER OF 132KV BOOSTER
STATIONS(LBD-WLB8000)
c1. The settings for voltage
UPPER LOWER BREAK
NAME
LIMIT LIMIT VARIABLE
SAHOWALA LINE 1 VOLTAGEUa 110%Un 90%Un 10%Un
SAHOWALA LINE 1 VOLTAGEUb 110%Un 90%Un 10%Un
SAHOWALA LINE 1 VOLTAGEUc 110%Un 90%Un 10%Un
SAHOWALA LINE 1 VOLTAGEU0 10%Un None 10%Un
SAHOWALA LINE 2 VOLTAGEUa 110%Un 90%Un 10%Un
SAHOWALA LINE 2 VOLTAGEUb 110%Un 90%Un 10%Un
SAHOWALA LINE 2 VOLTAGEUc 110%Un 90%Un 10%Un
SAHOWALA LINE 2 VOLTAGEU0 10%Un None 10%Un
GUJRAT-SIALKOT ROAD LINE 1110%Un 90%Un 10%Un
VOLTAGEUa
VOLTAGEUb
VOLTAGEUc
GUJRAT-SIALKOT ROAD LINE 1 10%Un None 10%Un
VOLTAGEU0
c2. The settings for current
NAME UPPER LIMIT BREAK VARIABLE
E1Q1CB CURRENTIa 110%In 10%In
E1Q1CB CURRENTIb 110%In 10%In
E1Q1CB CURRENTIc 110%In 10%In
E5Q1 CB CURRENTIa 110%In 10%In
277
d. THE SETTINGS VALUE FOR NO.2 FAULT RECORDER OF 132KV BOOSTER
d1. The settings for voltage
UPPER LOWER BREAK
NAME
GUJRAT-SIALKOT ROAD LINE 2 110%Un 90%Un 10%Un
VOLTAGE Ua
VOLTAGE Ub
VOLTAGE Uc
GUJRAT-SIALKOT ROAD LINE 2 10%Un None 10%Un
VOLTAGE U0
IDENTIFIED LATER 1 VOLTAGE Ua 110%Un 90%Un 10%Un
IDENTIFIED LATER 1 VOLTAGE Ub 110%Un 90%Un 10%Un
IDENTIFIED LATER 1 VOLTAGE Uc 110%Un 90%Un 10%Un
IDENTIFIED LATER 1 VOLTAGE U0 10%Un None 10%Un
d2. The settings for current
278
e. THE SETTINGS VALUE FOR NO.3 FAULT RECORDER OF 132KV BOOSTER
e1. The settings for voltage
UPPER LOWER BREAK
NAME
IDENTIFIED LATER 2 VOLTAGE Ua 110%Un 90%Un 10%Un
IDENTIFIED LATER 2 VOLTAGE Ub 110%Un 90%Un 10%Un
IDENTIFIED LATER 2 VOLTAGE Uc 110%Un 90%Un 10%Un
IDENTIFIED LATER 2 VOLTAGE U0 10%Un None 10%Un
e2. The settings for current
279

Nandipur 425MW CCPP Electrical Operation Manual

Diunggah oleh

Informasi Dokumen

Deskripsi Asli:

Hak Cipta

Format Tersedia

Bagikan dokumen Ini

Bagikan atau Tanam Dokumen

Opsi Berbagi

Apakah menurut Anda dokumen ini bermanfaat?

Apakah konten ini tidak pantas?

Hak Cipta:

Format Tersedia

Nandipur 425MW CCPP Electrical Operation Manual

Diunggah oleh

Hak Cipta:

Format Tersedia

NANDIPUR 425MW CCPP ELECTRICAL OPERATION MANUAL

2 Gas Turbine Generator Operation Regulation ................................... 28

3 Transformer Operation Regulation ...................................................... 49

4 Auxiliary Power System Operation Regulation .................................. 67

5 Operation Regulation of DC System ..................................................... 88

6 UPS System Operating Regulation ....................................................... 98

8 The Regulation of Relay Protection and Auto Device....................... 122

Six 132 kV transmission lines;

Network (132kV Switchyard) control room. Control type of network

1.2 Main Operation Mode

1.2.1 Standard Operation Mode

1.2.2 Non-standard Operation Mode

1.2.2.1 Stop operation for any unit of bus;

1.2.2.2 Maintenance for any switch on operation unit

1.2.2.4 Shut down and maintenance for any generator;

1.2.3 Relative Regulations for Non-standard Operation Mode

1.2.3.1 Change the operation mode because of the equipment maintenance or

1.3 Equipment Specification

Installed position 132kV bus side

1.4 System frequency, Voltage Regulation and Management

1.5 132kV System Switching Operation

1.5.1 Switching Operation Principles

1.5.1.4 Equipment outage should be operated according to the sequence of switch-load

a. Finish the relative work permits

b. Check primary and secondary equipment well, keep clean on site.

c. Dismantle the temporary safety measures of ground connection, fence and so

d. Put the equipment protection into operation

1.5.1.10 Cautious below mentioned mistakes for switching operation:

a. Open /close the isolating switch with load:

c. Move to the wrong interval, miss-shutdown and miss-feeding the equipment

e. Improper of protection putting into /quitting

1.5.2 Specifications for Switching Operation

1.5.2.1 Before cut or switch isolating switch, it is necessary to check switch in

a. Connect and disconnect voltage transformer and lightning arrestor.

b. Connect and disconnect neutral point ground isolating switch of transformer,

f. Use for equipotential concept to put into switch operation.

1.5.3 Charging Operations

1 Filled in work permits and removed safety measures

3 Check the breaker E3Q2 in open position.

4 Check the breaker E3Q3 in open position.

5 Check the breaker E3Q1 in open position.

6 Check isolator E3Q22 is in open position.

7 Check isolator E3Q21 is in open position.

8 Check isolator E3Q32 is in open position.

9 Check isolator E3Q31 is in open position.

10 Check isolator E3Q12 is in open position.

11 Check isolator E3Q11 is in open position.

12 Check isolator E3Q20 is in open position.

13 Check isolator E3Q20 of AROOP(ARP-II) line is in open position.

14 Check other complete series of switch breaker isolator earthing isolator

16 Closed E3Q10 isolator (ARP -II) line side.

17 Check E3Q10 isolator (ARP - II) line side is in closed position

18 Closed E3Q31 isolator.

19 Check E3Q31 isolator is in closed position.

20 Closed E3Q32 isolator.

21 Check E3Q32 isolator is in closed position.

22 Closed E3Q21 isolator.

23 Check E3Q21 isolator is in closed position.

24 Closed E3Q22 isolator

25 Check E3Q22 isolator is in closed position.

26 Input line protection device and normal.

27 Closed the breaker E3Q3 power supply operation.

28 Switch on the synchronizing device no voltage protected pressing plate.